2017 Elantra GT Om

OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-

lication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may
be carried out.
This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions

and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to
your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE
HYUNDAI WARNING
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. This manual includes information titled as WARN-
Such modifications may adversely affect the per- ING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and These titles indicate the following:
may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifica-
tions may also be in violation of regulations estab- WARNING
lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation This indicates that a condition may result in
and other federal or state agencies. harm, serious injury or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow
the advice provided with the warning.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR CAUTION

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION This indicates that a condition may result in
damage to your vehicle or its equipment if
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec- the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice
tion and other electronic components. It is possible provided with the caution.
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you ✽ NOTICE
carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc- This indicates that interesting or helpful infor-
tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precau- mation is being provided.
tionary measures or special instructions if you
choose to install one of these devices.
F2
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain
how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:
https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer
Connect Center at:
Hyundai Motor America/Phoenix

P.O. Box 83835
Phoenix, AZ 85071-3835
800-633-5151
consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST
(English).
For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday
through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who
drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of
which we're very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read
it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized
Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance
that may be required.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please
leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do
not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the spec-
ifications listed on Page 8-5 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner's
Manual.
Copyright 2017 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in
any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor
America.
F4
Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts In addition, any damage to or fail-
1.What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? ure of Hyundai Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or failure
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the of an imitation, counterfeit or used
same parts used by Hyundai Motor salvage part is not covered by any
Company to manufacture vehicles. Hyundai Warranty.
They are designed and tested for
the optimum safety, performance,
and reliability to our customers. 3. How can you tell if you are pur-
chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?
2. Why should you use genuine Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts
parts? Logo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi- Hyundai Genuine Parts for export
neered and built to meet rigid man- are packaged with labels written
ufacturing requirements. Damage only in English.
caused by using imitation, counter- Hyundai Genuine Parts are only
feit or used salvage parts is not sold through authorized Hyundai
covered under the Hyundai New Dealerships.
Vehicle Limited Warranty or any A100A03L
other Hyundai warranty.
A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L
F5
Introduction
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / 1
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster
Your vehicle at a glance 2

Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment
Safety features of your vehicle 3

Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag
Features of your vehicle

Keys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panorama sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors / 4
Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Multimedia system / Etc.
table of contents Driving your vehicle
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system / 5
Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.
What to do in an emergency 6
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.
Maintenance
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8

Index I
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Other fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is Symbols used in this manual
possible driving experience from provided in the Table of Contents. A Warnings, Cautions and Notices
your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual good place to start is the index; it has
can assist you in many ways. We an alphabetical listing of all informa-
strongly recommend that you read tion in your manual. WARNING
the entire manual. In order to mini- Sections: This manual has eight sec- A WARNING indicates that a
mize the chance of death or injury, tions plus an index. Each section condition may result in harm,
you must read the WARNING and begins with a brief list of contents so serious bodily injury or death if
CAUTION sections in the manual. you can tell at a glance if that section the warning is ignored.
Illustrations complement the text in has the information you want.
this manual to best explain how to You will find various WARNINGS,
use your vehicle. By reading your CAUTIONS, and NOTICES in this CAUTION
manual, you will learn about fea- manual. These WARNINGS were pre- A CAUTION indicates that a con-
tures, important safety information, pared to enhance your personal safe- dition may result in damage to
and driving tips under various road ty. You should carefully read and fol- your vehicle if the caution is
conditions. low ALL procedures and recommen- ignored.
dations provided in these WARN-
INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Safety symbol in illustrations
The symbol means to "Avoid"

or "Do not do something".
1 2
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to use Gasoline containing alcohol or "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
only unleaded fuel having a pump methanol prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and percent gasoline, and is manufac-
(Research Octane Number 91) or ethanol (also known as grain alco- tured exclusively for use in Flexible
higher. (Do not use methanol blend- hol) are being marketed along with or Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati-
ed fuels.) instead of leaded or unleaded gaso- ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85"
line. For example, "E15" is a gasohol may result in poor engine perform-
Your new vehicle is designed to comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% ance and damage to your vehicle's
obtain maximum performance with gasoline. engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- recommends that customers do not
mize exhaust emissions and spark Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use use fuel with an ethanol content
plug fouling. exceeding 15 percent.
gasoline or gasohol containing any
Never add any fuel system cleaning methanol. Either of these fuels may
agents to the fuel tank other than cause drivability problems and dam- ✽ NOTICE
what has been specified. (Consult an age to the fuel system, engine con- To prevent damage to your vehicle’s
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for trol system and emission control sys- engine and fuel system:
details.) tem. • Never use gasohol which contains
Discontinue using gasohol of any methanol.
WARNING - Refueling kind if drivability problems occur. • Never use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol.
• Do not "top off" after the noz- • Never use leaded fuel or leaded
zle automatically shuts off
when refueling. Attempts to
gasohol.
force more fuel into the tank • Never use "E85" fuel.
can cause fuel overflow onto Your New Vehicle Limited
you and the ground causing a Warranty does not cover damage to
risk of fire. the fuel system or any performance
• Always check that the fuel cap
problems caused by the use of
is installed securely to pre- "E85" fuel.
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
1 3
Introduction
Other fuels Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives

Using fuels such as; Some gasoline contains harmful man- HYUNDAI recommends that you use
- Silicone (Si) contained fuel, ganese-based fuel additives such as good quality gasolines treated with
- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl detergent additives such as TOP
- Other metalic additives contained Manganese Tricarbonyl). TIER Detergent Gasoline, which
fuels, HYUNDAI does not recommend the help prevent deposit formation in the
use of gasoline containing MMT. engine. These gasolines will help the
may cause vehicle and engine dam- engine run cleaner and enhance per-
age or cause plugging, misfiring, This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emis- formance of the Emission Control
poor acceleration, engine stalling, System. For more information on
catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion, sion control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
life cycle reduction, etc. please go to the website (www.top-
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp the cluster may come on.
tiergas.com)
(MIL) may illuminate. For customers who do not use TOP
Do not use methanol Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
✽ NOTICE Fuels containing methanol (wood and have problems starting their
Damage to the fuel system or per- alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle or the engine does not run
formance problem caused by the use vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce smoothly, additives that you can buy
of these fuels may not be covered by vehicle performance and damage separately may be added to the
your New Vehicle Limited components of the fuel system, gasoline.
Warrenty. engine control system and emission If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
control system. not available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank at every
✽ NOTICE 7,500mile or every engine oil change
Your New Vehicle Limited is recommended. Additives are avail-
Warranty may not cover damage to able from your authorized HYUNDAI
the fuel system and any perform- dealer along with information on how
ance problems that are caused by to use them. Do not mix other addi-
the use of fuels containing methanol. tives.
1 4
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

Operation in foreign countries No special break-in period is needed.
If you are going to drive your vehicle By following a few simple precautions CALIFORNIA PROPO-
in another country, be sure to: for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you SITION 65 WARNING
• Observe all regulations regarding may add to the performance, econo- Items contained in motor vehi-
registration and insurance. my and life of your vehicle. cles or emitted from them are
• Determine that acceptable fuel is • Do not race the engine. known to the State of California
available. • While driving, keep your engine to cause cancer and birth
speed (rpm, or revolutions per defects or reproductive harm.
minute) between 2,000 rpm and These include:
4,000 rpm. • Gasoline and its vapors
• Do not maintain a single speed for • Engine exhaust
long periods of time, either fast or • Used engine oil
slow. Varying engine speed is • Interior passenger compart-
needed to properly break-in the ment components and materi-
engine. als
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer- • Component parts which are
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat subject to heat and wear
properly. In addition, battery posts, termi-
nals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR,
event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and
main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are needed. In addition to the vehicle
crash-like situations, such as an recorded by your vehicle only if a manufacturer, other parties, such
air bag deployment or hitting a non-trivial crash situation occurs; as law enforcement, that have the
road obstacle, data that will assist no data are recorded by the EDR special equipment, can read the
in understanding how a vehicle's under normal driving conditions information if they have access to
systems performed. The EDR is and no personal data (e.g., name, the vehicle or the EDR.
designed to record data related to gender, age, and crash location)
vehicle dynamics and safety sys- are recorded. However, other par-
tems for a short period of time, ties, such as law enforcement,
typically 30 seconds or less. The could combine the EDR data with
EDR in this vehicle is designed to the type of personally identifying
record such data as: data routinely acquired during a
• How various systems in your crash investigation.
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
1 6
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview (front).

I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Exterior overview (rear)
II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT)
1. Front removable towing hook .................6-23

2. Front windshield wiper............................4-94
3. Side view mirror......................................4-53
4. Door lock ................................................4-21
5. Head lamp ..............................................7-73
6. Front fog lamp.........................................7-73
7. Hood ......................................................4-32
8. Tire and wheel ........................................7-44
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OGD011001
2 2
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR)
1. Roof antenna ........................................4-135

2. Rear window defroster..........................4-100
3. Rear wiper ..............................................4-96
4. Door lock ................................................4-21
5. Child-protector rear door lock.................4-24
6. Fuel filler .................................................4-34
7. Rear towing hook....................................6-23
8. Rear combination lamp ..........................7-78
9. Tailgate handle switch ...........................4-25
10. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-81
11. Rear view camera.................................4-87

OGD011002
2 3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ................................4-22

2. Power window switch ............................4-27
3. Power window lock switch......................4-31
4. Central door lock switch ........................4-22
5. Side view mirror control ........................4-54
6. Hood release lever ................................4-32
7. Instrument panel illumination control
system....................................................4-57
8. Active ECO button ................................5-41
9. Steering wheel ......................................4-43
10. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever..........................................4-44
11. Fuse box ..............................................7-59
12. Manual transaxle shift lever/
Automatic transaxle shift lever....5-14, 5-17

OGD012003N
2 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument cluster...............................4-56
2. Horn ...................................................4-45
3. Driver’s air bag ...................................3-54
4. Light control/Turn signals ...................4-92
5. Wiper/washer .....................................4-94
6. Ignition switch* or ENGINE START/
STOP button* ................................5-6, 5-9
7. Audio*...............................................4-135
8. Hazard..................................................6-2
9. Climate control system .........4-101, 4-111
10. Power outlet* ..................................4-128
11. Aux, USB and iPod port*................4-130
12. Transaxle shift lever ................5-14, 5-17
13. Glove box .......................................4-123
14. Front passenger’s air bag ................3-54
* : if equipped

OGD012004N
2 5
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-27

2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................7-32
3. Positive battery terminal ....................7-41
4. Negative battery terminal ..................7-41
5. Fuse box............................................7-59
6. Air cleaner ........................................7-34
7. Radiator cap ......................................7-31
8. Engine coolant reservoir....................7-30
9. Engine oil dipstick..............................7-27
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-33
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGDE073001N
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
• Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
• Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
• Seat belt warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 3
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
- automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
- “Tether Anchor” system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
- lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Airbag-supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . 3-40
• Air bag warning and indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
• Occupant classification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
• Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
• Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
SEATS
Driver’s seat
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type C
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height*
(4) Lumbar support*
(5) Seat warmer*/ Seat cooler
■ Type A (Air ventilation seat)*
(6) Headrest
Front passenger’s seat

(7) Forward and backward
■ Type B
(8) Seatback angle*
(9) Seat warmer*/ Seat cooler
(Air ventilation seat)*
(10) Headrest
Rear seat
(11) Armrest
(12) Headrest
(13) Seatback folding knob
*: if equipped
OGDE035002
* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
3 2
WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat

objects responsibility for passengers To avoid serious injury or death:
Loose objects in the driver’s Riding in a vehicle with the • Never attempt to adjust the
foot area could interfere with seatback reclined could lead to seat while the vehicle is mov-
the operation of the foot pedals, serious or fatal injury in an acci- ing. This could result in loss
possibly causing an accident. dent. If a seat is reclined during of control, and an accident
Do not place anything under the an accident, the occupant’s causing death, serious injury,
front seats. hips may slide under the lap or property damage.
portion of the seat belt, apply-
• Do not allow anything to inter-
ing great force to the unprotect-
fere with the normal position
ed abdomen. Serious or fatal
WARNING - Uprighting internal injuries could result.
of the seatback. Storing items
seat against a seatback or in any
The driver must advise the pas-
When you return the seatback other way interfering with
senger to keep the seatback in
to its upright position, hold the proper locking of a seatback
an upright position whenever
seatback and return it slowly could result in serious or fatal
the vehicle is in motion.
and be sure there are no other injury in a sudden stop or col-
occupants around the seat. If lision.
the seatback is returned with- • In order to avoid unnecessary
out being held and controlled, WARNING and perhaps severe air bag
the back of the seat could Occupants should never sit on injuries, always sit as far back
spring forward resulting in acci- seat cushions. The passenger's as possible from the steering
dental injury to a person struck hips may slide under the lap wheel while maintaining com-
by the seatback. portion of the seat belt during fortable control of the vehicle.
an accident or a sudden stop. We recommend that your
Serious or fatal internal injuries chest be at least 10 inches
could result because the seat (250 mm) away from the steer-
belt cannot operate normally. ing wheel.
3 3
WARNING - Rear (Continued) WARNING

seatbacks • Luggage and other cargo • Do not adjust the seat while
should be laid flat in the cargo wearing seat belts. Moving the
• The rear seatback must be
area or on the folded rear seat cushion forward may
securely latched. If not, pas-
seatback. If objects are large, cause strong pressure on the
sengers and objects could be
heavy, or must be piled, they abdomen.
thrown forward resulting in
must be secured. Under no
serious injury or death in the • Use extreme caution so that
circumstances should cargo
event of a sudden stop or col- hands or other objects are not
be piled higher than the seat-
lision. caught in the seat mechanisms
backs. Failure to follow these
• No passenger should ride in warnings could result in seri- while the seat is moving.
the cargo area or sit or lie on ous injury or death in the • Do not place a cigarette
folded seatbacks while the event of a sudden stop, colli- lighter on the floor or seat.
vehicle is moving. All passen- sion or rollover. When you operate the seat,
gers must be properly seated gas may exit out of the lighter
in seats and restrained prop- causing a fire.
erly while riding.
WARNING • Use extreme caution when
• When resetting the seatback picking small objects trapped
to the upright position, make After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked under the seats or between
sure it is securely latched by the seat and the center con-
pushing it forward and rear- into place by attempting to
move the seat forward or sole. Your hands might be cut
wards. or injured by the sharp edges
reverse without using the lock
• To avoid the possibility of release lever. Sudden or unex- of the seat mechanism.
burns, do not remove the car- pected movement of the dri-
pet in the cargo area. Emission ver's seat could cause you to
control devices beneath this lose control of the vehicle CAUTION
floor generate high tempera- resulting in an accident. If there is a car accident, seats
tures. need to be inspected at an
(Continued) authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3 4
OGD031002 OGD031003 OGD031004
Front seat Seatback angle Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)
To recline the seatback: (if equipped)
Manual adjustment
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the To change the height of the seat
Forward and rearward cushion, push the lever upwards or
seatback recline lever.
To move the seat forward or rearward: downwards.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment and adjust the seatback of the • To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever up and hold it. seat to the position you desire. lever down several times.
2. Slide the seat to the position you 3. Release the lever and make sure • To raise the seat cushion, pull the
desire. the seatback is locked in place. lever up several times.
3. Release the lever and make sure (The lever MUST return to its orig-
the seat is locked in place. inal position for the seatback to
Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.)
make sure the seat is locked secure-
ly by trying to move forward and rear-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 5
Automatic adjustment
(for driver’s seat) (if equipped) CAUTION
The driver’s seat can be adjusted by • The power seat is driven by an
using the control knob located on the electric motor. Stop operating
outside of the seat cushion. Before once the adjustment is com-
driving, adjust the seat to the proper pleted. Excessive operation
position so as to easily control the may damage the electrical
steering wheel, pedals and switches equipment.
on the instrument panel. • When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large amount
of electrical power. To prevent
WARNING unnecessary charging system OGD031007
The power seat is operable with drain, don’t adjust the power Forward and backward
the ignition OFF. seat longer than necessary
1. Push the control switch forward or
Therefore, children should never while the engine is not running.
backward to move the seat to the
be left unattended in the car. • Do not operate two or more desired position.
power seat control knobs at the
2. Release the switch once the seat
same time. Doing so may result
reaches the desired position.
in power seat motor or electri-
cal component malfunction.
3 6
OGD031006 OGD031005 OGD031008

Seatback angle Seat height Lumbar support
1. Push the control switch forward or 1. Pull the front portion of the control (for driver’s seat, if equipped)
backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or down to lower 1. Press the front portion of the
the desired angle. the front part of the seat cushion. switch to increase support or the
2. Release the switch once the seat Pull the rear portion of the control rear portion of the switch to
reaches the desired position. switch up to raise or down to lower decrease support.
the rear part of the seat cushion. 2. Release the switch once it reach-
2. Release the switch once the seat es the desired position.
reaches the desired position.
3 7
For maximum effectiveness in case

of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
OPA039052 the body away from the seatback is OGD031009
not recommended.
Headrest Adjusting the height up and down
The driver's and front passenger's • To raise the headrest, pull it up to
seats are equipped with a headrest WARNING the desired position (1).
for the occupant's safety and comfort. • Do not operate the vehicle • To lower the headrest, push and
The headrest not only provides com- with the headrests removed hold the release button (2) on the
fort for the driver and front passenger, as severe injury to the occu- headrest support and lower the
but also helps to protect the head and pants may occur in the event headrest to the desired position
neck in the event of a collision. of an accident. Headrests may (3).
provide protection against
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
position of the driver's seat
while the vehicle is in motion.
3 8
■ Type A
CAUTION WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OGD033100
■ Type B
OYFH034205
If you recline the seatback
towards the front with the head-
rest and seat cushion raised,
the headrest may come in con-
tact with the sunvisor or other
parts of the vehicle.
OGD033102
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
3 9
■ Type A ■ Type A
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after rein-
stalling and adjusting it properly.
OGD032014N
■ Type B
OGD033101
■ Type B
OGD032015N
■ Type C
OGD033103
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3). OGD034104
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro- Seat warmer (if equipped)

priate height.
3 10
The seat warmer is provided to warm • With the seat warmer switch in the
the front seats during cold weather. ON position, the heating system in WARNING - Seat warmer
With the ignition switch in the ON the seat turns off or on automati- burns
position, push either of the switches cally depending on the seat tem- Never allow passengers who
to warm the driver's seat or the front perature. may not be able to take care of
passenger's seat. themselves to be exposed to
During mild weather or under condi- CAUTION the risk of seat heater burns.
tions where the operation of the seat These include:
• When cleaning the seats, do
warmer is not needed, keep the not use an organic solvent 1. Infants, children, elderly or
switches in the OFF position. such as thinner, benzene, disabled persons, or hospital
• Each time you push the button, the alcohol and gasoline. Doing outpatients
temperature setting of the seat is so may damage the surface of 2. Persons with sensitive skin
changed as follows : the heater or seats. or those that burn easily
- Type A, B • To prevent overheating the 3. Fatigued individuals
seat warmer, do not place any- 4. Intoxicated individuals
OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( ) thing on the seats that insu- 5. Individuals taking medication
→
lates against heat, such as that can cause drowsiness or

blankets, cushions or seat sleepiness (sleeping pills,
- Type C covers while the seat warmer cold tablets, etc.)
is in operation.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MIDLE ( )
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
→
LOW ( ) with seat warmers. Damage to

the seat warming components
• The seat warmer defaults to the could occur.
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
3 11
• The seat warmer (with air ventila-

tion) defaults to the OFF position CAUTION
whenever the ignition switch is • When cleaning the seats, do
turned on. not use an organic solvent
• The air ventilation seats function such as paint thinner, ben-
by absorbing air from inside the zene, alcohol and gasoline.
vehicle. The air from the air ventila- Doing so may damage the sur-
tion seats will feel cool if the air face of the heater or seats.
inside the vehicle is cool. To • To prevent overheating the
increase efficiency of the air venti- seat warmer, do not place any-
lation seats, use the air ventilation thing on the seats that insu-
OGD034105N seats with the air conditioning ON. lates against heat, such as
Seat cooler (Air ventilation • The air ventilation seats get cool blankets, cushions or seat
seat) (if equipped) about five minutes later after the covers while the seat warmer
system is turned on. is in operation.
The temperature setting of the seat • Do not place heavy or sharp
changes according to the switch objects on seats equipped
position. with seat warmers. Damage to
• If you want to cool your seat cush- the seat warming components
ion, press the switch (blue color). could occur.
• Each time you press the button,
the airflow will change as follows:
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MIDDLE ( )
→
LOW ( )
3 12
WARNING
For proper operation of the
occupant classification system:
• Do not place any items cumu-
latively weighing over 2.2 lbs
(1 kg) in the seatback pocket
or on the seat.
• Do not hang onto the front
passenger seat.
OMD030013 OPA039053
Seatback pocket (if equipped) Rear seat
Headrest
WARNING - Seatback The rear seat(s) is equipped with
pockets headrests in all the seating positions
Do not put heavy or sharp for the occupant's safety and comfort.
objects in the seatback pocket. The headrest not only provides com-
An occupant could contact fort for passengers, but also helps to
such objects in a crash. Heavy protect the head and neck in the
objects in the front passenger event of a collision.
seatback could also interfere For maximum effectiveness in case
with the occupant sensing sys- of an accident, the headrest should
tem. be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head.
3 13
Generally, the center of gravity of

most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
WARNING
• Do not operate the vehicle OMD030015 OMD030016
with the headrests removed Adjusting the height up and down Removal
as severe injury to an occu-
pant may occur in the event of To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). To To remove the headrest, do as follows.
an accident. Headrests may lower the headrest, push and hold 1. Pull the rear seat back lock
provide protection against the release button (2) on the headrest release lever.
severe neck injuries when support and lower the headrest (3).
2. Tilt the rear seat back forward.
properly adjusted.
3. Raise the headrest as far as it can
• Do not adjust the headrest go.
height while the vehicle is in
4. Press the release button (1) while
motion.
pulling upward (2).
3 14
Reinstall Folding the rear seat

To reinstall the headrest, put the The rear seatbacks can be folded to
headrest poles (3) into the holes facilitate carrying long items or to
while pressing the release button (1). increase the luggage capacity of the
Then adjust it to the appropriate vehicle.
height.
WARNING
WARNING • Never allow passengers to sit
Make sure the headrest locks in on top of the folded down
position after adjusting it to seatback while the vehicle is
properly protect the occupants. OGD031023 moving. This is not a proper
Armrest seating position and no seat
belts are available for use.
To use the armrest, pull it forward This could result in serious
from the seatback. injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. Doing
this could allow cargo to slide
forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
3 15
WARNING - Folding
rear seat
OFD039009E
OFD037008
To fold the rear seat cushion and back
OGD032074N
1. Set the front seatback to the
Never let the rear seat touch the upright position and if necessary,
front passenger seat when fold- slide the front seat forward.
ing the rear seat. The occupant 2. Pull the cushion folding strap (1)
classification system (OCS) and lift the front portion of the seat
may malfunction, the PASS AIR cushion.
BAG "OFF" indicator may turn
OFD039034E
on even though the front pas-
senger's seat is occupied by an 3. Lift the rear portion of the seat
adult, or the SRS air bag warn- cushion. Stand the rear seat cush-
ing light on the instrument ion vertically.
panel may illuminate. 4. Remove the headrest from the
rear seatback.
5. Stow the headrest by inserting the
headrest poles into the holder on
the bottom of the seat cushion.
3 16
OGD031021 OGD031022
OGD031047
10. Return the seat cushion to the
original position by pushing down
the rear side of the seat cushion
first. Make sure the seat cushion
is locked in place.
11. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
OFD039011E OGD031046
6. Pull the lock release lever (red vis- 8. To use the rear seat, lift and push
ible). the seatback backward firmly until
7. Fold the rear seatback forward it clicks into place. Make sure the
and down firmly. seatback is locked in place (red
invisible).
9. Reposition the headrest on the
seatback and adjust it to the
desired position.
3 17
✽ NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the WARNING - Uprighting WARNING - Cargo
seat belt from the retractor, firmly seat Cargo should always be
pull the belt out and release it. Then When you return the seatback secured to prevent it from being
you will be able to pull the belt out to its upright position, hold the thrown about the vehicle in a
smoothly. seatback and return it slowly. If collision and causing injury to
the seatback is returned with- the vehicle occupants. Special
out holding it, the back of the care of objects should be taken
WARNING seat could spring forward when placing them in the rear
When you return the rear seat- resulting in injury caused by seats, since those may hit the
back to its upright position after being struck by the seatback. front seat occupants in a frontal
being folded down: collision.
Be careful not to damage the
seat belt webbing or buckle. Do CAUTION - Rear seat
not allow the seat belt webbing belts WARNING - Cargo loading
or buckle to get caught or When returning the rear seat- Make sure the engine is off, the
pinched in the rear seat. Ensure backs to the upright position, automatic transaxle is in P
that the seatback is completely remember to return the rear (Park) or the manual transaxle
locked into its upright position shoulder belts to their proper is in R (Reverse) or 1st, and the
by pushing on the top of the position. parking brake is securely
seatback. Otherwise, in an acci-
applied whenever loading or
dent or sudden stop, the seat
unloading cargo. Failure to take
could fold down and allow
these steps may allow the vehi-
cargo to enter the passenger
cle to move if the shift lever is
compartment, which could
inadvertently moved to another
result in serious injury or death.
position.
3 18
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) (Continued)
• Always wear both the shoul- Seat belts should be adjusted
WARNING der portion and lap portion of as firmly as possible, consis-
• For maximum restraint system the lap/shoulder belt. tent with comfort, to provide the
protection, the seat belts must • Avoid wearing twisted seat protection for which they have
always be used whenever the belts. A twisted belt can't do been designed.
car is moving. its job as well. In a collision, it A slack belt will greatly reduce
• Seat belts are most effective could even cut into you. Be the protection afforded to the
when seatbacks are in the sure the belt webbing is occupant.
upright position. straight and not twisted. Care should be taken to avoid
• Children age 12 and younger • Be careful not to damage the contamination of the webbing
must always be properly belt webbing or hardware. If with polishes, oils and chemi-
restrained in the rear seat. the belt webbing or hardware cals and particularly battery
Never allow children to ride in is damaged, replace it. acid. Cleaning may safely be
the front passenger seat. If a carried out using mild soap and
child over 12 must be seated water. The belt should be
in the front seat, he/she must replaced if webbing becomes
be properly belted and the WARNING frayed, contaminated or dam-
seat should be moved as far Seat belts are designed to bear aged. It is essential to replace
back as possible. upon the bony structure of the the entire assembly after it has
• Never wear the shoulder belt body, and should be worn low been worn in a severe impact
under your arm or behind your across the front of the pelvis, even if damage to the assembly
back. An improperly positioned chest and shoulders, as appli- is not obvious. Belts should not
shoulder belt can cause seri- cable; wearing the lap section be worn with straps twisted.
ous injuries in a crash. The of the belt across the abdominal Each seat belt assembly must
shoulder belt should be posi- area must be avoided. only be used by one occupant;
tioned midway over your shoul- (Continued) it is dangerous to put a belt
der across your collarbone. around a child being carried on
(Continued) the occupant's lap.
3 19
Conditions Warning Pattern

WARNING Vehicle Chime-
Seat Belt Light-Blink
• No modifications or additions Speed Sound
should be made by the user Unbuckled 6 seconds
which will either prevent the Buckled 6 seconds None
seat belt adjusting devices
Below 3 mph
from operating to remove 6 seconds None
(5 km/h)
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted Buckled → 3 mph~
6 seconds
to remove slack. Unbuckled 6 mph
• When you fasten the seat belt, Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
be careful not to latch the seat 1GQA2083 (10 km/h) (11 times)
belt in the buckles of another Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) Above 6 mph
seat. It's very dangerous and (10 km/h) 6 seconds *1
you may not be protected by The driver's seat belt warning light
Unbuckled ↓ ↓
the seat belt properly. and chime will activate to the follow-
• Do not unfasten the seat belt ing table when the ignition switch is Below 3 mph Stop *2
and do not fasten and unfas- in "ON" position. (5 km/h)
ten the seat belt repeatedly *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times

while driving. This could result with an interval of 24 seconds. If
in loss of control, and an acci- the driver's seat belt is buckled, the
dent causing death, serious light will stop within 6 seconds and
injury, or property damage. chime will stop immediately.
• Make sure there is nothing in *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds
the buckle. The seat belt may and chime will stop immediately.
not be fastened securely.
3 20
The seat belt automatically adjusts to Front seat

the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sud-
den stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
If you are not able to pull out the seat
B180A01NF-1 belt from the retractor, firmly pull the OHD036019
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system belt out and release it. Then you will Height adjustment (Front)
with emergency locking retractor be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
You can adjust the height of the shoul-
To fasten your seat belt: der belt anchor to one of 4 positions
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of for maximum comfort and safety.
the retractor and insert the metal tab The shoulder portion should be
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be adjusted so that it lies across your
an audible "click" when the tab locks chest and midway over your shoulder
into the buckle. nearest the door and not your neck.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too near your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
3 21
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up Seat belts - Front passenger and
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while rear seat 3-point system with
pressing the height adjuster button (2). combination locking retractor
Release the button to lock the To fasten your seat belt:
anchor into position. Try sliding the Combination retractor type seat belts
height adjuster to make sure that it are installed in the rear seat positions
has locked into position. to help accommodate the installation
of child restraint systems. Although a
WARNING combination retractor is also installed
in the front passenger seat position, it
• Verify the shoulder belt is strongly recommended that children
anchor is locked into position B200A02NF always be seated in the rear seat.
at the appropriate height. NEVER place any infant restraint sys-
Never position the shoulder tem in the front seat of the vehicle.
belt across your neck or face. WARNING
Improperly positioned seat This type of seat belt combines the
You should place the lap belt features of both an emergency lock-
belts can cause serious portion as low as possible and
injuries in an accident. ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
snugly across your hips, not on matic locking retractor seat belt. To
• Failure to replace seat belts your waist. If the lap belt is locat- fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
after an accident could leave ed too high on your waist, it may retractor and insert the metal tab into
you with damaged seat belts increase the chance of injury in the buckle. There will be an audible
that will not provide protec- the event of a collision. Both "click" when the tab locks into the
tion in the event of another arms should not be under or buckle. When not securing a child
collision leading to personal over the belt. Rather, one should restraint, the seat belt operates in the
injury or death. Replace your be over and the other under, as same way as the driver's seat belt
seat belts after being in an shown in the illustration. (Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
accident as soon as possible. Never wear the seat belt under It automatically adjusts to the proper
the arm nearest the door. length only after the lap belt portion of
the seat belt is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips.
3 22
When the seat belt is fully extended

from the retractor to allow the instal-
lation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-
tem” in this section.
To convert from the automatic lock-
ing feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled
seat belt to fully retract. OFD037056 B210A01NF-1/H
When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt:
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing
must be used. the release button (1) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
3 23
2. Emergency Fastening Device

(EFD) WARNING
Emergency Fastening Device, which • Do not put anything near the
is a supplement system of the seat buckle. Placing objects near
belts, protects the driver and front the buckle may increase the
passenger’s lower body by pulling the risk of personal injury in the
lap belt in certain frontal collisions. event of a collision.
• For your safety, be sure that
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be the belt webbing is not loose
activated in crashes where the or twisted and always sit
frontal collision (or side collision) is properly on your seat.
OED030300
severe enough.
Pre-tensioner seat belt When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's if the occupant tries to lean forward
and front passenger's pre-tensioner too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
seat belts. lock into position. In certain frontal
1. Retractor pre-tensioner collisions (or side collisions), the pre-
tensioner will activate and pull the
The retractor pre-tensioner, which is seat belt into tighter contact against
a supplement system of the seat the occupant's body.
belts, helps the driver and front pas-
senger’s upper body to be fastened If the system senses excessive ten-
surely to the seat by pulling the sion on the driver or passenger's
shoulder belt in certain frontal colli- seat belt when the pre-tensioner acti-
sions. vates, the load limiter inside the
retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
3 24
✽ NOTICE
WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas-
To obtain maximum benefit senger's pre-tensioner seat belts
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: may be activated in certain frontal
1. The seat belt must be worn or side collisions.
correctly and adjusted to the • When the pre-tensioner seat belts
proper position. Please read are activated, a loud noise may be
and follow all of the important heard and fine dust, which may
information and precautions appear to be smoke, may be visible
about your vehicle’s occupant in the passenger compartment.
safety features – including These are normal operating condi-
OMD030051N-1 seat belts and air bags – that tions and are not hazardous.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system are provided in this manual. • Although it is harmless, the fine
consists mainly of the following com- dust may cause skin irritation and
2. Be sure you and your passen- should not be breathed for pro-
ponents. Their locations are shown in gers always wear seat belts longed periods. Wash all exposed
the illustration: properly. skin areas thoroughly after an
1. SRS air bag warning light accident in which the pre-tension-
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly er seat belts were activated.
3. SRS control module • Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
4. Emergency fastening device (EFD) the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
3 25
CAUTION WARNING (Continued)

If the pre-tensioner seat belt is • Pre-tensioners are designed • Improper handling of the pre-
not working properly, this warn- to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem-
ing light will illuminate even if activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the
there is no malfunction of the belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify,
SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or
warning light does not illumi- always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat
nate when the ignition switch is have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to
turned ON, or if it remains illu- sion. improper operation or inad-
minated after illuminating for vertent activation and serious
• The pre-tensioner seat belt injury.
approximately 6 seconds, or if it assembly mechanisms
illuminates while the vehicle is become hot during activation. • Always wear the seat belts
being driven, have an author- Do not touch the pre-tension- when driving or riding in a
ized HYUNDAI dealer inspect er seat belt assemblies for motor vehicle.
the pre-tensioner seat belt and several minutes after they • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
SRS air bag system as soon as have been activated. seat belt must be discarded,
possible. contact an authorized
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat HYUNDAI dealer.
belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not strike the pre-tension-
er seat belt assemblies.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)
3 26
Seat belt precautions Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE

All 50 states have child restraint laws. Small children are best protected
WARNING You should be aware of the specific from injury in an accident when
requirements in your state. Child properly restrained in the rear seat
All occupants of the vehicle and/or infant seats must be properly
must wear their seat belts at all by a child restraint system that
placed and installed in the rear seat. meets the requirements of the
times. Seat belts and child For more information about the use of
restraints reduce the risk of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
these restraints, refer to “Child Standards. Before buying any child
serious or fatal injuries for all restraint system” in this section.
occupants in the event of a col- restraint system, make sure that it
lision or sudden stop. Without a has a label certifying that it meets
seat belt, occupants could be WARNING Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
shifted too close to a deploying Standard 213. The restraint must be
Every person in your vehicle appropriate for your child's height
air bag, strike the interior struc- needs to be properly restrained
ture or be thrown from the vehi- and weight. Check the label on the
at all times, including infants child restraint for this information.
cle. Properly worn seat belts and children. Never hold a child
greatly reduce these hazards. Refer to “Child restraint system” in
in your arms or lap when riding this section.
Even with advanced air bags, in a vehicle. The violent forces
unbelted occupants can be created during a crash will tear
severely injured by a deploying the child from your arms and Larger children
air bag. throw the child against the inte- Children who are too large for child
Always follow the precautions rior. Always use a child restraint restraint systems should always
about seat belts, air bags and appropriate for your child's occupy the rear seat and use the
occupant seating contained in height and weight. available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
this manual. portion should be fastened snug on
the hips and as low as possible.
Check belt fit periodically. A child's
squirming could put the belt out of
position.
3 27
Children are afforded the most safe- Injured person

(Continued)
ty in the event of an accident when A seat belt should be used when an
they are restrained by a proper • If seat belts are not properly
injured person is being transported.
restraint system in the rear seat. If a worn and adjusted on chil-
When this is necessary, you should
larger child (over age 12) must be dren, there is a risk of death or
consult a physician for recommenda-
seated in the front seat, the child serious injury.
tions.
should be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rear- Pregnant women One person per belt
most position. Children age 12 and The use of a seat belt is recommend- Two people (including children)
under should be restrained securely ed for pregnant women to lessen the should never attempt to use a single
in the rear seat. NEVER place a child chance of injury in an accident. When seat belt. This could increase the
age 12 and under in the front seat. a seat belt is used, the lap belt por- severity of injuries in case of an acci-
NEVER place a rear facing child seat tion should be placed as low and dent.
in the front seat of a vehicle. snugly as possible on the hips, not
If the shoulder belt portion slightly across the abdomen. For specific rec-
ommendations, consult a physician. Do not lie down
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of To reduce the chance of injuries in
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still the event of an accident and to
touches their face or neck they need to WARNING - Pregnant achieve maximum effectiveness of
be returned to a child restraint system. women the restraint system, all passengers
Pregnant women must never should be sitting up and the front and
place the lap portion of the rear seats should be in an upright
WARNING - Shoulder safety belt over the area of the position when the car is moving. A
belts on small children abdomen where the unborn seat belt cannot provide proper pro-
• Never allow a shoulder belt to child is located or above the tection if the person is lying down in
be in contact with a child’s abdomen where the belt could the rear seat or if the seats are in a
neck or face while the vehicle seriously injure or even cause reclined position.
is in motion. the death of the unborn child
(Continued) during an impact.
3 28
Care of seat belts Periodic inspection

WARNING Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected
Riding with a reclined seatback disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of
increases your chance of seri- tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should
ous or fatal injuries in the event that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible.
of a collision or sudden stop. not damaged by seat hinges, doors
The protection of your restraint or other abuse.
system (seat belts and air bags) Keep belts clean and dry
is greatly reduced by reclining Seat belts should be kept clean and
your seat. Seat belts must be WARNING - Pinched dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
snug against your hips and seat belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
chest to work properly. The tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
Make sure that the webbing strong detergents or abrasives
more the seatback is reclined, and/or buckle does not get
the greater the chance that an should not be used because they
caught or pinched in the rear may damage and weaken the fabric.
occupant's hips will slide under seat when returning the rear
the lap belt causing serious seatback to its upright position.
internal injuries or the occu- A caught or pinched webbing/ When to replace seat belts
pant's neck could strike the buckle may become damaged
shoulder belt. Drivers and pas- Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
and could fail during a collision assemblies should be replaced if the
sengers should always sit well or sudden stop resulting in seri-
back in their seats, properly vehicle has been involved in an acci-
ous injury or death. dent. This should be done even if no
belted, and with the seatbacks
upright. damage is visible. Additional ques-
tions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3 29
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Children riding in the car should sit in Children could be injured or killed in
(Continued)
the rear seat and must always be a crash if their restraints are not
properly restrained to minimize the properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint
risk of injury in an accident, sudden and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot
stop or sudden maneuver. According must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle
to accident statistics, children are ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the
safer when properly restrained in the sure it fits your car seat and seat outside temperature does not
rear seats than in the front seat. belts, and fits your child. Follow all feel hot. Be sure to check the
Larger children not in a child restraint the instructions provided by the man- seat cover and buckles before
should use one of the seat belts pro- ufacturer when installing the child placing a child there.
vided. restraint system. • When the child restraint sys-
You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in
requirements in your state. Child the luggage area or fasten it
and/or infant safety seats must be
WARNING with a seat belt so that it will
properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must not be thrown forward in the
rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. case of a sudden stop or an
cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant accident.
that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's • Children may be seriously
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety seat. Should an accident injured or killed by an inflating
Standards (FMVSS). occur and cause the passen- air bag. All children, even
ger-side air bag to deploy, it those too large for child
Child restraint systems are designed could severely injure or kill an
to be secured in vehicle seats by lap restraints, must ride in the
infant or child seated in an rear seat.
belts or the lap belt portion of a infant or child seat. Thus only
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- use a child restraint in the
tem (if equipped). rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)
3 30
WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over • Never allow a child to stand-
or fatal injuries: yourself and a child. During a up or kneel on the seat or floor
crash, the belt could press of a moving vehicle. During a
• Children of all ages are safer deep into the child causing collision or sudden stop, the
when restrained in the rear serious internal injuries. child can be violently thrown
seat. A child riding in the front against the vehicle’s interior,
passenger seat can be force- • Never leave children unat-
tended in a vehicle – not even resulting in serious injury.
fully struck by an inflating air
for a short time. The car can • Never use an infant carrier or
bag resulting in serious or a child safety seat that
fatal injuries. heat up very quickly, resulting
in serious injuries to children "hooks" over a seatback, it
• Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- may not provide adequate
restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause security in an accident.
er’s instructions for installation the vehicle to move, entangle • Seat belts can become very
and use of the child restraint. themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the car is
• Always make sure the child lock themselves or others parked in direct sunlight.
seat is secured properly in the inside the vehicle. Always check seat belt buck-
car and your child is securely • Never allow two children, or les before fastening them
restrained in the child seat. any two persons, to use the over a child.
• Never hold a child in your same seat belt. • After an accident, have an
arms or lap when riding in a • Children often squirm and authorized HYUNDAI dealer
vehicle. The violent forces cre- reposition themselves improp- check the child restraint sys-
ated during a crash will tear erly. Never let a child ride with tem, seat belt, tether anchor
the child from your arms and the shoulder belt under their and lower anchor.
throw the child against the arm or behind their back. • If there is not enough space to
car’s interior. Always properly position and place the child restraint sys-
(Continued) secure children in the rear seat. tem because of the driver's
(Continued) seat, install the child restraint
system in the rear right seat.
3 31
Rearward-facing child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

that the child restraint system be WARNING - Child seat
used in the rear seats. installation
• A child can be seriously
WARNING injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint is not
Never place a rear-facing child properly anchored to the vehi-
restraint in the front passenger cle and the child is not prop-
seat, because of the danger that erly restrained in the child
an inflating passenger-side air restraint.
CRS09 bag could impact the rear-fac-
Forward-facing child restraint system ing child restraint and kill the Before installing the child
child. restraint system, read the
instructions supplied by the
child restraint system manu-
Since all passenger seat belts move facturer.
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer- • If the seat belt does not oper-
gency conditions (emergency locking ate as described in this sec-
mode), you must manually change tion, have the system checked
these seat belts to the automatic immediately by your author-
locking mode to secure a child ized HYUNDAI dealer.
OMD030019 • Failure to observe this manu-
restraint.
Using a child restraint system al's instructions regarding
For small children and babies, the child restraint systems and
use of a child seat or infant seat is the instructions provided with
required. This child seat or infant the child restraint system
seat should be of appropriate size for could increase the chance
the child and should be installed in and/or severity of injury in an
accordance with the manufacturer's accident.
instructions. (Continued)
3 32
(Continued)
• If the vehicle headrest pre-
vents proper installation of a
child seat (as described in the
child seat system manual), the
headrest of the respective
seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.
E2MS103005 OMD030053A
Placing a passenger seat belt To install a child restraint system on
into the automatic locking mode the outboard or center rear seats, do
The automatic locking mode will help the following:
prevent the normal movement of the 1. Place the child restraint system in
child in the vehicle from causing the the seat and route the lap/shoulder
seat belt to loosen and compromise belt around or through the restraint,
the child restraint system. To secure following the restraint manufactur-
a child restraint system, use the fol- er’s instructions. Be sure the seat
lowing procedure. belt webbing is not twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.
3 33
If the vehicle headrest prevents prop-

er installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respec-
tive seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.
OMD030054A OMD030055A
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen
shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-
fully extended, it will shift the ing” sound. This indicates that the
retractor to the “Automatic locking” retractor is in the “automatic lock-
(child restraint) mode. ing” mode. If no distinct sound is
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
3 34
To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and WARNING - Automatic
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of locking mode
the restraint and allow the seat belt to The lap/shoulder belt automati-
retract fully. cally returns to the “emergency
lock mode” whenever the belt is
allowed to retract fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each
time a child restraint is installed.
If the retractor is not in the
OMD030056A Automatic Locking mode, the
5. Remove as much slack from the child restraint can move when
belt as possible by pushing down your vehicle turns or stops sud-
on the child restraint system while denly. A child can be seriously
feeding the shoulder belt back into injured or killed if the child
the retractor. restraint is not properly
6. Push and pull on the child restraint anchored to the car, including
system to confirm that the seat setting the retractor to the
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it Automatic Locking mode.
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
When the seat belt is allowed to
7. Double check that the retractor is retract to its fully stowed position,
in the “Automatic locking” mode by the retractor will automatically
attempting to pull more of the seat switch from the “Automatic lock-
belt out of the retractor. If you can- ing” mode to the emergency lock
not, the retractor is in the mode for normal adult usage.
“Automatic locking” mode.
3 35
■ Type A This symbol indicates the

position of the tether
anchor.
✽ NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with the
tether anchor type B, the hooks may
be under the luggage mat. Take out
the hooks through the slit of the lug-
OGDE033020 gage mat.
■ Type B
OMD030021N
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable head-
rests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback. In case of interference
OGD032020N between the child restraint seat
Securing a child restraint seat and the headrest remove the par-
with “Tether Anchor” system ticular head restraint for better fit-
ment of the child restraint seat.
Child restraint hooks are located on
the floor behind the rear seats. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.
3 36
WARNING WARNING WARNING - Child restraint

• When using the vehicle's A child can be seriously injured check
"Tether Anchor" system to or killed in a collision if the Check that the child restraint
install a child restraint system child restraint is not properly system is secure by pushing
in the rear seat, all unused anchored to the car and the and pulling it in different direc-
vehicle rear seat belt metal child is not properly restrained tions. Incorrectly fitted child
latch plates or tabs must be in the child restraint. Always fol- restraints may swing, twist, tip
latched securely in their seat low the child seat manufactur- or separate causing death or
belt buckles and the seat belt er’s instructions for installation serious injury.
webbing must be retracted and use.
behind the child restraint to
prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts. Unlatched metal WARNING - Tether strap
latch plates or tabs may allow Never mount more than one
the child to reach the unretract- child restraint to a single tether
ed seat belts which may result anchor or to a single lower
in strangulation and a serious anchorage point. The increased
injury or death to the child in load caused by multiple seats
the child restraint. may cause the tethers or
• Do not place anything around anchorage points to break,
the lower anchors. Also make causing serious injury or death.
sure that the seat belt is not
caught in the lower anchors.
3 37
WARNING - Child
restraint anchorage
Lower Anchor
• Child restraint anchorages
are designed to withstand
only those loads imposed by
correctly fitted child
restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used
for adult seat belts or har-
nesses or for attaching other Lower Anchor
items or equipment to the B230D01NF position indicator OGD031027
vehicle. Securing a child restraint seat Child restraint symbols are located
• The tether strap may not work with child seat lower anchor sys- on the outboard left and right rear
properly if attached some- tem seat backs to indicate the position of
where other than the correct Some child seat manufacturers the lower anchors for child restraints.
tether anchor. make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com- WARNING - Unused rear
patible child restraint seats. LATCH seatbelts
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats Always fasten the seatbelts
include two rigid or webbing mount- behind the child restraint seat
ed attachments that connect to two when they are not used to
LATCH anchors at specific seating secure the child seat. Failure to
positions in your vehicle. This type of do so may result in child stran-
child restraint seat eliminates the gulation.
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 38
Also, test the child restraint seat

WARNING before you place the child in it. Tilt WARNING - LATCH lower
Do not place anything around the seat from side to side. Also try to anchors
the lower anchors. Also make tug the seat forward. Check to see if LATCH lower anchors are only
sure that the seat belt is not the anchors hold the seat in place. to be used with the left and right
caught in the lower anchors. rear outboard seating positions.
CAUTION Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center
LATCH anchors have been provided Do not allow the rear seat belt seating position. You may dam-
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors webbing to get scratched or age the anchors or the anchors
are located in the left and right out- pinched by the child-seat latch may fail and break in a collision.
board rear seating positions. Their and LATCH anchor during the
locations are shown in the illustration. installation.
There is no LATCH anchor provided ✽ NOTICE
for the center rear seating position. The recommended weight for the
The LATCH anchors are located WARNING LATCH system is under 65lb (30 kg).
between the seatback and the seat If the child restraint is not How to calculate the child restraint
cushion of the rear seat left and right anchored properly, the risk of a weight :
outboard seating positions. child being seriously injured or Child restraint weight =
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s killed in a collision greatly 65lb (30 kg) - Child weight
instructions to properly install child increases.
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
3 39
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side impact air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the seat belts pro-
vided in order to minimize the
risk and severity of injury in the
event of a collision or rollover.
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGD031042
3 40
How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely However, air bag inflation can also
operate inflate and deflate in an instant. cause injuries which normally can
It is virtually impossible for you to include facial abrasions, bruises
• Air bags are activated (able to
see the air bags inflate during an and broken bones because the
inflate if necessary) only when the
accident. inflation speed also causes the air
ignition switch is turned to the ON
bags to expand with a great deal of
or START position. It is much more likely that you will force.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com- • There are even circumstances
event of serious frontal or side col-
partments after the collision. under which contact with the air
lision in order to help protect the
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
occupants from serious physical • In order to help provide protection cially if the occupant is positioned
injury. in a severe collision, the air bags excessively close to the air bag.
• There is no single speed at which must inflate rapidly. The speed of
the air bags will inflate. air bag inflation is a consequence
of the extremely short time in
Generally, air bags are designed to
which a collision occurs and the
inflate by the severity of a collision
need to get the air bag between
and its direction. These two factors
the occupant and the vehicle struc-
determine whether the sensors
tures before the occupant impacts
send out an electronic deployment/
those structures. This speed of
inflation signal.
inflation reduces the risk of serious
• Air bag deployment depends on a or life-threatening injuries in a
number of factors including vehicle severe collision and is thus a nec-
speed, angles of impact and the essary part of air bag design.
density and stiffness of the vehi-
cles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. Though, factors
are not limited to those mentioned
above.
3 41
Noise and smoke

WARNING When the air bags inflate, they make WARNING - Hot
• To avoid severe personal injury a loud noise and they leave smoke components
or death caused by deploying and powder in the air inside of the Do not touch the air bag storage
air bags in a collision, the driv- vehicle. This is normal and is a result area's internal components
er should sit as far back from of the ignition of the air bag inflator. immediately after airbag infla-
the steering wheel air bag as After the air bag inflates, you may tion. The air bag related parts in
possible (at least 10 inches feel substantial discomfort in breath- the steering wheel, instrument
(250 mm) away). The front pas- ing due to the contact of your chest panel and the roof rails above
sengers should always move with both the seat belt and the air the front and rear doors are
their seats as far back as pos- bag, as well as from breathing the very hot after inflating. Hot
sible and sit back in their seat. smoke and powder. Open your components can result in burn
• Air bags inflate instantly in the doors and/or windows as soon as injuries.
event of collision, and passen- possible after impact in order to
gers may be injured by the air reduce discomfort and prevent
bag expansion force if they are prolonged exposure to the smoke
not in proper position. and powder.
• Air bag inflation may cause Though the smoke and powder are
injuries which may include non-toxic, they may cause irritation
facial or bodily abrasions, to the skin (eyes, nose and throat,
injuries from broken glasses etc). If this is the case, wash and
or burns by the air bag infla- rinse with cold water immediately
tion gasses. and consult a doctor if the symptom
persists.
3 42
WARNING - Air bag

deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or cur-
tain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the curtain air bags
could cause serious injury or
1JBH3051 death to an infant or child. W7-147
Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light
the front passenger’s seat. The purpose of air bag warning light
Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert
restraint in the front passenger’s you of a potential problem with your
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag - Supplemental Restraint
impact the rear-facing child restraint, System (SRS).
causing serious or fatal injury. When the ignition switch is turned
In addition, do not place front-facing ON, the indicator light should illumi-
child restraints in the front passen- nate for approximately 6 seconds,
ger’s seat either. If the front passen- then go off.
ger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
3 43
11. Occupant classification system

(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
14. Driver’s knee air bag module
15. Side pressure impact sensor
The SRSCM continually monitors all

OGDE035105 SRS components while the ignition W7-147
SRS components and functions switch is ON to determine if a crash The SRS air bag warning light " "
The SRS consists of the following impact is severe enough to require on the instrument panel will illumi-
components: air bag deployment or pre-tensioner nate for about 6 seconds after the
seat belt deployment. ignition switch is turned to the ON
1. Driver's front air bag module position, after which the SRS air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag module warning light " " should go out.
3. Side impact air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10. PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
(Front passenger’s seat only)
3 44
Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2)
WARNING
If any of the following condi-
tions occur, this indicates a
malfunction of the SRS. Have an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the igni-
tion ON.
OHM039102N OHM039103N
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
seconds. ed in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
• The light comes on while the wheel, in the front passenger's panel separate under pressure from the
vehicle is in motion. above the glove box and in the dri- expansion of the air bags. Further
ver’s side knee bolster. When the opening of the covers then allows full
• The light blinks when the igni- SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe inflation of the air bags.
tion switch is in ON position. impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 45
Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

(Continued)
• When installing a container of
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near
the instrument cluster nor on
the instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous
projectile and cause injury if
the passenger's air bag
inflates.
OHM039104N B240B05L
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of • Do not install or place any
head and chest injury. accessories (drink holder, CD
or discs holder, sticker, etc.)
on the front passenger's
After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a
immediately starts deflating, vehicle with a passenger's air
enabling the driver to maintain for- bag. Such objects may
ward visibility and the ability to steer become dangerous projec-
or operate other controls. tiles and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.
(Continued)
3 46
WARNING (Continued)
• If an air bag deploys, there If the SRS air bag warning light
may be a loud noise followed " " does not illuminate, or
by a fine dust released in the continuously remains on after
vehicle. These conditions are illuminating for about 6 sec-
normal and are not hazardous onds when the ignition switch
- the air bags are packed in is turned to the ON position, or
this fine powder. The dust after the engine is started,
generated during air bag comes on while driving, the
deployment may cause skin SRS is not working properly. If
or eye irritation as well as this occurs, have your vehicle
OGD032073N
aggravate asthma for some immediately inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Occupant classification system
persons. Always wash all
exposed skin areas thorough- • Before you replace a fuse or Your vehicle is equipped with an
ly with cold water and a mild disconnect a battery terminal, occupant classification system in the
soap after an accident in turn the ignition switch to the front passenger's seat.
which the air bags were LOCK position and remove The occupant classification system
deployed. the ignition key for ignition is designed to detect the presence of
• The SRS can function only key, and turn the engine a properly-seated front passenger
when the ignition switch is in start/stop button to the OFF and determine if the passenger's
the ON position. position for smart key. Never front air bag should be enabled (may
remove or replace the air bag inflate) or not. The driver's front air
(Continued) related fuse(s) when the igni- bag is not affected or controlled by
tion switch is in the ON posi- the occupant classification system.
tion. Failure to heed this warn-
ing will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
3 47
Main components of occupant Front passenger seat adult occu- • The OCS may not function proper-
classification system pants who are properly seated and ly if the passenger takes actions
wearing the seat belt properly, which can affect the classification
• A detection device located within
should not cause the passenger air system. These include:
the front passenger seat frame.
bag to be automatically turned OFF. (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
• Electronic system to determine For small adults it may be turned tion.
whether the front passenger air OFF, however, if the occupant does
bag system should be activated or not sit in the seat properly (for exam- (2) Leaning against the door or
deactivated. ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting center console.
• An indicator light located on the on the edge of the seat, or by other- (3) Sitting towards the sides or the
instrument panel which illuminates wise being out of position), this could front of the seat.
the words PASS AIR BAG "OFF" cause the sensor to turn the air bag (4) Putting legs on the dashboard
indicating the front passenger air OFF. or resting them on other loca-
bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASS AIR BAG tions which reduce the passen-
• The instrument panel air bag indi- "OFF" indicator on the center facia ger weight on the front seat.
cator light is interconnected with panel. This system detects the condi- (5) Improperly wearing the safety
the occupant classification system. tions 1~4 in the following table and belt.
The purpose is to help reduce the activates or deactivates the front (6) Reclining the seat back.
risk of injury or death from an inflat- passenger air bag based on these
ing air bag to certain front passenger conditions.
seat occupants, such as children, by Always be sure that you and all vehi-
requiring the air bag to be automati- cle occupants are seated and
cally turned OFF. restrained properly (sitting upright
For example, if a child restraint of the with the seat in an upright position,
type specified in the regulations is on centered on the seat cushion, with
the seat, the occupant classification the person's legs comfortably
sensor can detect it and cause the extended, feet on the floor, and wear-
air bag to turn OFF. ing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air
bag and the safety belt.
3 48
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification

system WARNING - OCS system
Riding in an improper position
Indicator/Warning light Devices
Condition detected by the adversely affects the occupant
occupant classification system PASS AIR BAG “OFF” SRS Front passenger classification system (OCS) and
indicator light warning light air bag may result in the deactivation of
1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2 Off Off Activated front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
2. Infant or child restraint system instruct the passenger as to the
On Off Deactivated
with 12 months old*3 *4 proper seating instructions as
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated contained in this manual.
(Continued)
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
*1) The system judges a person of *3) Never install a child restraint sys-
adult size as an adult. When a tem on the front passenger seat.
smaller adult sits in the front pas- *4) The PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indi-
senger seat, the system may rec- cator may turn on or off when a
ognize him/her as a child child above 12 months to 12
depending on his/her physique years old (with or without child
and posture. restraint system) sits in the front
*2) Do not allow children to ride in passenger seat. This is a normal
the front passenger seat. When a condition.
larger child who has outgrown a
child restraint system sits in the
front passenger seat, the system
may recognize him/her as an
adult depending upon his/her
physique or sitting position.
3 49
(Continued)
OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665

- Never put a heavy load in the - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
front passenger seat or seat- towards the front of the seat. board.
back pocket.
OHG031073A 1KMN3662 1KMN3664

- Never sit on the front passen- - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
ger seat with anything attached front passenger seatback. ter console.
such as a blanket or cushion. - Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 50
Proper position If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indicator ✽ NOTICE

is still on, ask the passenger to move The PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indica-
to the rear seat. tor illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the ignition switch is turned to
WARNING - AIR BAG the ON position or after the engine is
"OFF" light started. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, the occupant classification
Do not allow an adult passenger sensor will then classify the front pas-
to ride in the front seat when the senger after several more seconds.
PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
is illuminated, because the air
B990A01O bag will not deploy in the event WARNING
of a crash. The driver must Do not hang onto the front pas-
When an adult is seated in the front instruct the passenger to repo-
passenger seat, if the PASS AIR senger seat. Do not hang any
sition himself in the seat. items, such as a seatback table
BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the Failure to properly position
ignition switch to the LOCK or OFF or entertainment system on the
yourself may lead to airbag front passenger seatback. Do
position and ask the passenger to sit deactivation resulting in airbag
properly (sitting upright with the seat not place feet on the front pas-
non-deployment in a collision. If senger seatback. Do not place
back in an upright position, centered the PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indi-
on the seat cushion with their seat any items under the front pas-
cator remains illuminated after senger seat. Any of these could
belt on, legs comfortably extended the passenger repositions
and their feet on the floor). Restart interfere with proper sensor
themselves properly and the operation.
the engine and have the person vehicle is restarted, it is recom-
remain in that position. This will allow mended the passenger move to
the system to detect the person and the rear seat because the pas-
to enable the passenger air bag. senger's front air bag will not
deploy.
3 51
WARNING - Folding WARNING (Continued)

rear seat • Even though your vehicle is • If the PASS AIR BAG "OFF"
equipped with the occupant indicator is illuminated when
classification system, never the front passenger's seat is
install a child restraint system occupied by an adult and
in the front passenger's seat. he/she sits properly (sitting
A deploying air bag can force- upright with the seatback in
fully strike a child resulting in an upright position, centered
serious injuries or death. Any on the seat cushion with their
child age 12 and under should seat belt on, legs comfortably
ride in the rear seat. Children extended and their feet on the
too large for child restraints floor), have that person sit in
should use the available the rear seat.
OGD032074N
lap/shoulder belts. No matter • Do not modify or replace the
Never let the rear seat touch the what type of crash, children of front passenger seat. Don't
front passenger seat when fold- all ages are safer when place anything on or attach
ing the rear seat. The occupant restrained in the rear seat. anything such as a blanket or
classification system (OCS) (Continued) seat heater to the front pas-
may malfunction, the PASS AIR senger seat. This can adverse-
BAG "OFF" indicator may turn ly affect the occupant classifi-
on even though the front pas- cation system.
senger's seat is occupied by an • Do not sit on sharp objects
adult, or the SRS air bag warn- such as tools when occupying
ing light on the instrument the front passenger seat. This
panel may illuminate. can adversely affect the occu-
pant classification system.
(Continued)
3 52
(Continued) (Continued) WARNING

• Do not use accessory seat • A smaller-stature adult in the If the occupant classification
covers on the front seats. front passenger’ seat who is system is not working properly,
• Accident statistics show that not seated correctly (for exam- the SRS air bag warning light
children are safer if they are ple: seat excessively reclined, on the instrument panel will illu-
restrained in the rear, as leaning on the door or center minate because the passenger's
opposed to the front seat. It is console, or hips shifted for- front air bag is connected with
recommended that child ward in the seat) can cause a the occupant classification sys-
restraints be secured in a rear condition where the occupant tem. If there is a malfunction of
seat, including an infant riding classification system senses the occupant classification sys-
in a rear-facing infant seat, a less weight than if the occu- tem, the PASS AIR BAG "OFF"
child riding in a forward-fac- pant were seated properly (sit- indicator will not illuminate and
ing child seat and an older ting upright with the seatback the passenger's front air bag
child riding in a booster seat. in an upright position, cen- will inflate in frontal impact
tered on the seat cushion with crashes even if there is no occu-
• Air bags can only be used their seat belt on, legs com-
once – have an authorized pant in the front passenger's
fortably extended and their seat. If the SRS air bag warning
HYUNDAI dealer replace the feet on the floor).
air bag immediately after light does not illuminate when
deployment. This condition can result in an the ignition switch is turned to
adult potentially being mis- the ON position, remains illumi-
(Continued) classified and illumination of nated after approximately 6 sec-
the PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indi- onds when the ignition switch is
cator. turned to the ON position, or if it
illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, have an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer inspect
the occupant classification sys-
tem and the SRS air bag system
as soon as possible.
3 53
■ Driver’s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a The seat belt buckle sensors deter-
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) mine if the driver and front passen-
System and the lap/shoulder belts at ger's seat belts are fastened. These
both the driver and passenger seat- sensors provide the ability to control
ing positions. the SRS deployment based on
The indications of the system's pres- whether or not the seat belts are fas-
ence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG" tened, and how severe the impact is.
embossed on the air bag pad cover
OGD031030 in the steering wheel, on the knee The advanced SRS offers the ability
■ Driver’s knee air bag bolster below the steering wheel col- to control the air bag inflation within
umn and the passenger's side front two levels. A first stage level is pro-
panel pad above the glove box. vided for moderate-severity impacts.
The SRS consists of air bags A second stage level is provided for
installed under the pad covers in the more severe impacts.
center of the steering wheel , in the
knee bolster below the steering
wheel column and the passenger's According to the impact severity and
OGD031031 side front panel above the glove box. seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
■ Passenger’s front air bag Control Module) controls the air bag
The purpose of the SRS is to provide inflation. Failure to properly wear
the vehicle's driver and/or the front seat belts can increase the risk or
passenger with additional protection severity of injury in an accident.
than that offered by the seat belt sys-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity.
OGD031032
Driver's and passenger's front

air bag
3 54
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped ✽ NOTICE

with an occupant classification sys- • Be sure to read information about WARNING
tem in the front passenger's seat. the SRS on the labels provided on Always use seat belts and child
The occupant classification system the sun visor. restraints – every trip, every
detects the presence of a passenger • Advanced air bags are combined time, everyone! Air bags inflate
in the front passenger's seat and will with pre-tensioner seat belts to with considerable force and in
turn off the front passenger's air bag help provide enhanced occupant the blink of an eye. Seat belts
under certain conditions. For more protection in frontal crashes. help keep occupants in proper
detail, see "Occupant classification Front air bags are not intended to position to obtain maximum
system" in this section. deploy in collisions in which pro- benefit from the air bag. Even
tection can be provided by the pre- with advanced air bags, improp-
WARNING tensioner seat belt. erly and unbelted occupants
can be severely injured when
Do not place any objects under- the air bag inflates.
neath the front seats as they
could interfere with the occu- Always follow the precautions
pant classification system. about seat belts, air bags and
occupant safety contained in this
manual. To reduce the chance of
serious or fatal injuries and
WARNING receive the maximum safety ben-
If you are considering modifica- efit from your restraint system:
tion of your vehicle due to a dis- • Never place a child in any child
ability, please contact the or booster seat in the front seat.
Hyundai Customer Assistance
• ABC – Always Buckle
Center at 1-800-633-5151.
Children in the back seat. It is
the safest place for children of
any age to ride.
(Continued)
3 55
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

• Front and side air bags can • No objects (such as crash pad • Do not tamper with or discon-
injure occupants improperly cover, cellular phone holder, nect SRS wiring or other com-
positioned in the front seats. cup holder, perfume or stick- ponents of the SRS system.
• Move your seat as far back as ers) should be placed over or Doing so could result in injury,
practical from the front air near the air bag modules on due to accidental deployment
bags, while still maintaining the steering wheel, instrument of the air bags or by rendering
control of the vehicle. panel, windshield glass, and the SRS inoperative.
the front passenger's panel • If the SRS air bag warning
• You and your passengers above the glove box. Such
should never sit or lean unnec- light remains illuminated while
objects could cause harm if the vehicle is being driven,
essarily close to the air bags. the vehicle is in a crash
Improperly positioned driver have an authorized HYUNDAI
severe enough to cause the dealer inspect the air bag sys-
and passengers can be severe- air bags to deploy.
ly injured by inflating air bags. tem as soon as possible.
• Do not attach any objects on • Air bags can only be used once
• Never lean against the door or front windshield and inside
center console – always sit in – have an authorized HYUNDAI
mirror. dealer replace the air bag
an upright position.
• Never place covers, blankets immediately after deployment.
• Do not allow a passenger to or seat warmers on the pas-
ride in the front seat when the • The SRS is designed to deploy
senger seat as these may the front air bags only when a
PASS AIR BAG "OFF" indica- interfere with the occupant
tor is illuminated, because the frontal impact is sufficiently
classification system. severe and when the impact
air bag will not deploy in the
event of a moderate or severe (Continued) angle is toward the forward
frontal crash. longitudinal axis of the vehi-
cle. Additionally, the air bags
(Continued) will only deploy once. Seat
belts must be worn at all times.
(Continued)
3 56

• Front air bags are not intended • For maximum safety protec- • The SRS air bag system must
to deploy in side-impact, rear- tion in all types of crashes, all deploy very rapidly to provide
impact or rollover crashes. In occupants including the driver protection in a crash. If an
addition, front air bags will not should always wear their seat occupant is out of position
deploy in frontal crashes below belts whether or not an air bag because of not wearing a seat
the deployment threshold. is also provided at their seatbelt, the air bag may forcefully
• Even though your vehicle is ing position to minimize the contact the occupant causing
equipped with the occupant risk of severe injury or death serious or fatal injuries.
classification system, do not in the event of a crash. Do not
install a child restraint system sit or lean unnecessarily close
in the front passenger seat to the air bag while the vehicle
position. A child restraint sys- is in motion.
tem must never be placed in • Sitting improperly or out of
the front seat. The infant or position can result in serious
child could be severely injured or fatal injury in a crash. All
or killed by an air bag deploy- occupants should sit upright
ment in case of an accident. with the seatback in an
• Children age 12 and under upright position, centered on
must always be properly the seat cushion with their
restrained in the rear seat. seat belt on, legs comfortably
Never allow children to ride in extended and their feet on the
the front passenger seat. If a floor until the vehicle is
child over 12 must be seated parked and the ignition key is
in the front seat, he or she removed.
must be properly belted and (Continued)
the seat should be moved as
far back as possible.
(Continued)
3 57
The purpose of the side impact air

bag is to provide the vehicle's driver WARNING
and/or the front passenger with addi- • The side impact air bag is sup-
tional protection than that offered by plemental to the driver's and
the seat belt alone. the passenger's seat belt sys-
The side impact air bags are tems and is not a substitute
designed to deploy only during cer- for them. Therefore your seat
tain side-impact collisions, depend- belts must be worn at all times
ing on the crash severity, angle, while the vehicle is in motion.
OGD031028
speed and point of impact. The air bags deploy only in
The side impact air bags are not certain side impact conditions
designed to deploy in all side impact severe enough to cause sig-
situations. nificant injury to the vehicle
occupants.
• For best protection from the
WARNING side impact air bag system
Do not allow the passengers to and to avoid being injured by
lean their heads or bodies onto the deploying side impact air
OGD031043 doors, put their arms on the bag, both front seat occupants
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ doors, stretch their arms out of should sit in an upright posi-
from the illustration. the window, or place objects tion with the seat belt properly
between the doors and passen- fastened. The driver's hands
Side impact air bag (if equipped) gers when they are seated on should be placed on the steer-
seats equipped with side and/or ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
Your vehicle is equipped with a side curtain air bags. positions. The passenger's
impact air bag in each front seat. arms and hands should be
placed on their laps.
(Continued)
3 58
(Continued) (Continued)
• Do not use any accessory • Do not put any objects
seat covers. between the side air bag label
• Use of seat covers could and seat cushion. It could
reduce or prevent the effec- cause harm if the vehicle is in
tiveness of the system. a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air • To prevent unexpected
bag. deployment of the side impact
air bag that may result in per- OMD030042
• Do not place any objects over sonal injury, avoid impact to
the air bag or between the air the side impact sensor when
bag and yourself. Also, do not the ignition switch is on.
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such • If the seat or seat cover is
as the door, side door glass, damaged, have the vehicle
front and rear pillar. checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
• Do not place any objects (an because your vehicle is
umbrella, bag, etc.) between equipped with side impact air
the front door and the front bags and an occupant classi-
seat. Such objects may fication system.
OGD031044
become dangerous projectiles ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
and cause injury if the supple- from the illustration.
mental side air bag inflates.
(Continued) Curtain air bag (if equipped)
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
3 59
They are designed to help protect the

WARNING (Continued)
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants • In order for side and curtain • Do not hang hard or breakable
in certain side impact collisions. air bags to provide the best objects on the clothes hanger.
The curtain air bags are designed to protection, front seat occu- • Do not allow the passengers
deploy only during certain side pants and outboard rear occu- to lean their heads or bodies
impact collisions, depending on the pants should sit in an upright onto doors, put their arms on
crash severity, angle, speed and position with the seat belts the doors, stretch their arms
impact. The curtain air bags are not properly fastened. mportantly, out of the window, or place
designed to deploy in all side impact children should sit in a proper objects between the doors
situations or collisions from the front child restraint system in the and passengers when they are
or rear of the vehicle. rear seat. seated on seats equipped with
• When children are seated in side and/or curtain air bags.
the rear outboard seats, they • Never try to open or repair any
must be seated in the proper components of the side cur-
child restraint system. Make tain air bag system. This
sure to put the child restraint should only be done by an
system as far away from the authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
door side as possible, and • Do not hang other objects
secure the child restraint sys- except clothes. In an accident
tem in a locked position. it may cause vehicle damage
• Do not place any objects over or personal injury especially
the air bag. Also, do not attach when air bag is inflated.
any objects around the area Failure to follow the above
the air bag inflates such as instructions can result in injury
the door, side door glass, or death to the vehicle occu-
front and rear pillar, roof side pants in an accident.
rail.
(Continued)
3 60
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1 2 3 4
OGDE035106/OGD031037/OGD031038/OGDE031056/ORB031018N
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module (3) Side impact sensor
(2) Front impact sensor (4) Side pressure impact sensor
3 61
• Problems may arise if the sensor

WARNING - Air bag installation angles are changed
sensors due to the deformation of the front
• Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, body or B pillars or front
to impact the locations where door where side collision sensors
air bags or sensors are are installed. Have the vehicle
installed. checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which • Your vehicle has been designed to
could result in serious per- absorb impact and deploy the air
sonal injury or death. bag(s) in certain collisions.
Installing bumper guards or replac- 1JBA3513
• If the installation location or ing a bumper with non-genuine
angle of the sensors is altered Air bag inflation conditions
parts may adversely affect your
in any way, the air bags may vehicle’s collision and air bag Front air bags
deploy when they should not deployment performance. Front air bags are designed to inflate
or they may not deploy when in a frontal collision depending on
they should, causing severe the intensity, speed or angles of
injury or death. impact of the front collision.
Therefore, do not try to per-
form maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3 62
Although the front air bags (driver’s

front and knee air bags and front
passenger’s air bags) are designed
to inflate only in frontal collisions,
they also may inflate in other types of
collisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side
impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate only in side
impact collisions, but they may inflate
1JBA3514 in other collisions if the side impact
sensors detect a sufficient impact. 1JBA3515
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by Air bag non-inflation conditions
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive • In certain low-speed collisions the
carefully on unimproved roads or on air bags may not deploy. The air
surfaces not designed for vehicle bags are designed not to deploy in
traffic to prevent unintended air bag such cases because they may not
deployment. provide benefits beyond the pro-
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
OGD031045
Side impact and curtain air bags
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
3 63
OBH038058 1JBA3516 OBH038060

• Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in • In an angled collision, the force of
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because impact may direct the occupants in
pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of a direction where the air bags would
force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side not be able to provide any addition-
inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment al benefit, and thus the SRS may
to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- not deploy any air bags.
pant protection.
However, side impact and curtain
air bags may inflate depending on
the intensity, vehicle speed and
angles of impact.
3 64
1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518

• Just before impact, drivers often • Airbags may not inflate in most • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-
brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents, even though the cle collides with objects such as
lowers the front portion of the vehi- vehicle is equipped with side impact utility poles or trees.
cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- air bags and curtain air bags.
cle with a higher ground clearance. However, side impact and curtain
Air bags may not inflate in this air bags may inflate when the vehi-
"under-ride" situation because cle is rolled over by a side impact
forces that are detected by sensors collision.
may be reduced by such “under-
ride” collisions.
3 65
SRS Care (Continued)

The SRS is virtually maintenance-
WARNING
• Modification to SRS compo- • If the air bags inflate, they
free and so there are no parts you must be replaced by an
can safely service by yourself. If the nents or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
SRS air bag warning light " " does
not illuminate, when you turn the to the pad covers or modifica- • Do not tamper with or discon-
ignition on, or continuously remains tions to the body structure, nect SRS wiring, or other
on, have your vehicle immediately can adversely affect SRS per- components of the SRS sys-
inspected by an authorized formance and lead to possible tem. Doing so could result in
HYUNDAI dealer. injury. injury, due to accidental infla-
• Not only the modification of tion of the air bags or by ren-
the parts where the SRS sen- dering the SRS inoperative.
Any work on the SRS system, such • If your car was flooded and
sors are but also the modifica-
as removing, installing, repairing, or has soaked carpeting or water
tion of other parts of the vehi-
any work on the steering wheel, the on the flooring, you shouldn't
cle may affect the SRS per-
front passenger's panel, front seats try to start the engine; have
formance and lead to possible
and roof rails must be performed by the car towed to an authorized
injury.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS system • No objects should be placed
may result in serious personal injury. over or near the air bag mod-
ules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the
For cleaning the air bag pad covers, front passenger's panel above
use only a soft, dry cloth or one the glove box, because any
which has been moistened with plain such object could cause harm
water. Solvents or cleaners could if the vehicle is in a crash
adversely affect the air bag covers severe enough to cause the
and proper deployment of the sys- air bags to inflate.
tem.
(Continued)
3 66
If components of the air bag system Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place
must be discarded, or if the vehicle hard or sharp objects between
• Never let passengers ride in the themselves and the air bags.
must be scrapped, certain safety cargo area or on top of a folded-
precautions must be observed. An Carrying hard or sharp objects on
down back seat. All occupants your lap or in your mouth can result
authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows should sit upright, fully back in their
these precautions and can give you in injuries if an air bag inflates.
seats with their seat belts on and
the necessary information. Failure to their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the air
follow these precautions and proce- bag covers. All occupants should sit
dures could increase the risk of per- • Passengers should not move upright, fully back in their seats with
sonal injury. out of or change seats while the their seat belts on and their feet on
vehicle is moving. A passenger the floor. If occupants are too close
who is not wearing a seat belt dur- to the air bag covers, they could be
ing a crash or emergency stop can injured if the air bags inflate.
be thrown against the inside of the • Do not attach or place objects
vehicle, against other occupants, on or near the air bag covers.
or out of the vehicle. Any object attached to or placed
• Each seat belt is designed to on the front or side air bag covers
restrain one occupant. If more could interfere with the proper
than one person uses the same operation of the air bags.
seat belt, they could be seriously • Do not modify the front seats.
injured or killed in a collision. Modification of the front seats could
• Do not use any accessories on interfere with the operation of the
seat belts. Devices claiming to supplemental restraint system sens-
improve occupant comfort or repo- ing components or side air bags.
sition the seat belt can reduce the • Do not place items under the
protection provided by the seat belt front seats. Placing items under
and increase the chance of serious the front seats could interfere with
injury in a crash. the operation of the supplemental
restraint system sensing compo-
nents and wiring harnesses.
3 67
• Never hold an infant or child on Adding equipment to or modi- ■ Type A

your lap. The infant or child could fying your air bag-equipped
be seriously injured or killed in the vehicle
event of a crash. All infants and chil-
dren should be properly restrained If you modify your vehicle by chang-
in appropriate child safety seats or ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
seat belts in the rear seat. tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the oper-
ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-
WARNING tem.
• Sitting improperly or out of OGD032040N
position can cause occupants ■ Type B
to be shifted too close to a
deploying air bag, strike the
interior structure or be thrown
from the vehicle resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always sit upright with the
seatback in an upright posi-
tion, centered on the seat
cushion with your seat belt
OGD031041
on, legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor. Air bag warning label
• Be careful not to cause impact Air bag warning labels, some required
to the doors when the ignition by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
is ON.The air bags may inflate. Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to alert the driver and pas-
sengers of potential risks of the air
bag system.
3 68
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 • Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 • Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 • Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 • Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation . . . . . . 4-13 • Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 4
Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 • Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 • Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 • Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 • Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• From outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 • Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• From inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 • Tilt & telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Flex steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 • High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 • Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
- Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 • Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
- Blue Link® center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
- Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with • Windshield wipers (front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
homelink system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 • Windshield washers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
• Side view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 • Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
• Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 • Interior lamp AUTO cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 • Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
4 • Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 • Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Manual transaxle shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 • Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Automatic transaxle shift position indicator. . . . . . . 4-60 • Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 • Headlamp welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
• LCD display informations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 • Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Front wiper deicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• Headlamp delay function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
• Headlamp welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 • Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111 Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-112 • Mounting bracket for roof carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-118 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118 • Audio remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Sliding armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 4
• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Aux, USB and iPod® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Cargo area cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
KEYS (IF EQUIPPED)

Record your key number Key operations
CAUTION
The key code num- Used to start the engine, lock and
ber is stamped or unlock the doors. Use only HYUNDAI original
printed on the key parts for the ignition key in your
code tag attached vehicle. If an aftermarket key is
to the key set. WARNING - Ignition key used, the ignition switch may
Should you lose your keys, this num- (smart key) not return to ON after START. If
ber will enable an authorized Leaving children unattended in a this happens, the starter will
HYUNDAI dealer to duplicate the vehicle with the ignition key continue to operate causing
keys easily. Remove the key code (smart key) is dangerous even if damage to the starter motor and
tag and store it in a safe place. Also, the key is not in the ignition or possible fire due to excessive
record the key code number and start button is ACC or ON posi- current in the wiring.
keep it in a safe place (not in the tion. Children copy adults and
vehicle). they could place the key in the
ignition or press the start button.
The ignition key (smart key)
would enable children to operate
power windows or other controls,
or even make the vehicle move,
which could result in serious
bodily injury or even death. Never
leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children,
when the engine is running.
4 4
Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE

(if equipped) tem: When starting the engine, do not use
Your vehicle is equipped with an Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys
electronic engine immobilizer system tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may
to reduce the risk of unauthorized vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it
vehicle use. ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in
Your immobilizer system is com- engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction.
prised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices To deactivate the immobilizer CAUTION
inside the vehicle. system: Do not put metal accessories
With the immobilizer system, when- Insert the ignition key into the key near the ignition switch.
ever you insert your ignition key into cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt
the ignition switch and turn it to ON, the transponder signal and may
it checks and determines and verifies prevent the engine from being
if the ignition key is valid. WARNING started.
If the key is determined to be valid, In order to prevent theft of your
the engine will start. vehicle, do not leave spare keys
If the key is determined to be invalid, anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE
the engine will not start. Immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose
should be kept confidential. Do your keys, consult an authorized
not leave this number anywhere HYUNDAI dealer.
in your vehicle.
4 5
This device complies with Part 15

CAUTION of the FCC rules.
The transponder in your ignition Operation is subject to the following
key is an important part of the two conditions:
immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm-
designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and
ble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to mois- 2. This device must accept any inter-
ture, static electricity and rough ference received, including inter-
handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired
malfunction could occur. operation.
CAUTION
CAUTION Changes or modifications not
Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party
the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance
it could cause the immobilizer could void the user's authority
system to malfunction and to operate the equipment.
should only be serviced by an
Malfunctions caused by improp-
er alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the immobilizer
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 6
SMART KEY
WARNING - Smart key

Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the smart key is
dangerous. Children copy adults
and they could press the engine
start/stop button. It would enable
children to operate power win-
dows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move, which
could result in serious bodily
OLM043369 injury or even death. Never leave OGD041008
Smart key function the keys in your vehicle with Locking

unsupervised children.
1. Door lock Using the door handle button
2. Door unlock 1. Carry the smart key.
3. Tailgate unlock 2. Close all doors, engine hood and
4. Panic tailgate.
With a smart key, you can lock or 3. Press the button of the outside
unlock a door (and Tailgate) and door handle.
even start the engine without insert- 4. The hazard warning lights will blink
ing the key. and the chime will sound once.
Refer to the following for more 5. Make sure that doors are locked
details. by pulling the outside door handle.
4 7
✽ NOTICE Unlocking ✽ NOTICE

• The button will only operate when Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in. 1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 28~40in.
(0.7~1m) from the outside door 2. Press the button of the driver's (0.7~1m) from the outside door
handle. outside door handle. handle.
• Even though you press the outside • When the smart key is recognized
door handle button, the doors will 3. The driver’s door will unlock. The in the area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m)
not lock and the chime will sound hazard warning lights will blink and from the front outside door han-
for 3 seconds if any of following the chime will sound two times. dle, other people can also open the
occur: 4. Press the button once more within doors.
- The smart key is in the vehicle. 4 seconds. • After unlocking the driver’s door
- The engine start/stop button is 5. All doors and the tailgate will or all doors, the door(s) will lock
in ACC or ON position. unlock and the hazard warning automatically unless the door is
- Any door except the tailgate is lights will blink and the chime will opened.
open. sound two times.
Using the button on the smart key ❈ If you press the button of the front
1 Close all doors, engine hood and passenger’s outside door handle
tailgate. while carrying the smart key, all
2. Press the lock button(1). doors will unlock.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
4. Make sure that doors are locked
by pulling the outside door handle.
4 8
Using the button on the smart key Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the unlock button (2) of the 1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3)
smart key. for more than 1 second.
2. The driver’s door will unlock. The 2. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink and hazard warning lights will blink two
the chime will sound two times. times.
3. Press the unlock button (2) once
more within 4 seconds. Panic
4. All doors and the tailgate will 1. Press the panic button(4) for more
unlock. The hazard warning lights than 1.5 second.
will blink and the chime will sound OGD041013
two times. 2. The horn sounds and hazard
Tailgate unlocking warning light flash for about 30
Using the tailgate handle button seconds.
✽ NOTICE 1. Carry the smart key.
After pressing the button, the doors 2. Press the tailgate handle button. ✽ NOTICE
will lock automatically unless any 3. When all doors are locked, the
door is opened within 30 seconds. To stop the horn and lights, press
hazard warning lights will blink two any button on the smart key.
times.
✽ NOTICE Once the tailgate is opened and Start-up
You can activate or deactivate the then closed, the tailgate will lock
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to automatically. You can start the engine without
"User settings" in this section. inserting the key. For detailed infor-
mation refer to the “Engine start/stop
✽ NOTICE button” in section 5.
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in.
(0.7~1m) from the tailgate handle.
4 9
Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi-
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be • The smart key may not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart
registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or
you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially
engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active
the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving
authorized HYUNDAI dealer(tow the smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send-
vehicle, if necessary) to protect it - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing
from potential theft. two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone
lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants
- Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade-
being operated close to your quate distance between the two
vehicle. devices.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door CAUTION
with the mechanical key and contact Keep the smart key away from
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. water or any liquid and fire. If
the inside of the smart key gets
damp (due to drinks or mois-
ture), or is heated, internal cir-
cuit may malfunction, excluding
the car from the warranty.
4 10
Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE

Your vehicle is equipped with an system: When starting the engine, do not use
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to the key with other immobilizer keys
to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- around. Otherwise the engine may
vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. not start or may stop soon after it
Your immobilizer system is com- starts. Keep each key separate in
prised of a small transponder in the To activate the immobilizer system: order to avoid a starting malfunction.
smart key and electronic devices Turn the engine start/stop button to
inside the vehicle. the OFF position. The immobilizer CAUTION
With the immobilizer system, when- system activates automatically. Do not put metal accessories
ever you turn the engine start/stop Without a valid smart key for your near the smart key.
button to the ON position by pressing vehicle, the engine will not start.
the button while carrying the smart
The engine may not start
key, it checks and determines and
because the metal accessories
CAUTION may interrupt the transponder
verifies if the smart key is valid or
not. In order to prevent theft of your signal from transmitting normal-
vehicle, do not leave spare keys ly.
If the key is determined to be valid, anywhere in your vehicle. Your
the engine will start. Immobilizer password is a cus-
If the key is determined to be invalid, tomer unique password and ✽ NOTICE
the engine will not start. should be kept confidential. Do If you need additional keys or lose
not leave this number anywhere your keys, consult an authorized
in your vehicle. HYUNDAI dealer.
4 11
This device complies with Part 15

CAUTION of the FCC rules.
The transponder in your smart Operation is subject to the following
key is an important part of the two conditions:
immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm-
designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and
ble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to mois- 2. This device must accept any inter-
ture, static electricity and rough ference received, including inter-
handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired
malfunction could occur. operation.
OGD044217
CAUTION Battery replacement
CAUTION Changes or modifications not A smart key battery should last for
Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party several years, but if the smart key is
the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance not working properly, try replacing
it could cause the immobilizer could void the user’s authority the battery with a new one. If you are
system to malfunction and to operate the equipment. If the unsure how to use your smart key or
should only be serviced by an keyless entry system is inopera- replace the battery, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. tive due to changes or modifica- authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improp- tions not expressly approved by
er alterations, adjustments or the party responsible for com-
modifications to the immobilizer pliance, it will not be covered by
system are not covered by your your manufacturer’s vehicle
vehicle manufacturer warranty. warranty.
4 12
1. Pry open the rear cover of the • The smart key is designed to give
smart key. you years of trouble-free use, how-
2. Replace the battery with a new ever it can malfunction if exposed
battery (CR2032). When replacing to moisture or static electricity. If
the battery, make sure the battery you are unsure how to use or
position. replace the battery, contact an
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal. • Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it OLM043367
to heat or sunlight. Door lock/unlock in an emer-
• An inappropriately dis- gency situation
posed battery can be harm- If the smart key does not operate
ful to the environment and normally, you can lock or unlock the
human health. Dispose the
doors by using the mechanical key.
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation. 1. Press and hold the release button
(1) and remove the mechanical
key (2).
CAUTION - Smart key
damage 2. Insert the key into the hole of the
outside door handle. Turn the key
Do not drop, get wet or expose toward the rear of the vehicle to
the smart key to heat or sun- unlock and toward the front of the
light, or it will be damaged. vehicle to lock.
3. To reinstall the mechanical key,
put the key into the hole and push
it until a click sound is heard.
4 13
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

Unlock (2) Tailgate unlock (3)
1. Press the unlock button(2). The tailgate is unlocked if the button
2. The driver's door will unlock. The is pressed for more than 1 second.
hazard warning lights will blink two Also, once the tailgate is opened and
times. then closed, the tailgate will be
3. Press the unlock button(2) once locked automatically.
more within 4 seconds.
4. All doors and tailgate will unlock. Panic (4)
The hazard warning lights will The horn sounds and hazard warn-
blink two times. ing lights flash for about 30 seconds
OGD042001N if this button is pressed for more than
Remote keyless entry system ✽ NOTICE 1.5 second. To stop the horn and
operations lights, press any button except the
You can activate or deactivate the trunk button on the transmitter.
Lock (1) Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
"User settings" in this section.
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate.
2. Press the lock button(1).
3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
4 14
Transmitter precautions (Continued) This device complies with Part 15

• If the transmitter is in close prox- of the FCC rules.
✽ NOTICE imity to your cell phone or smart Operation is subject to the following
The transmitter will not work if any phone, the signal from the trans- two conditions:
of following occur: mitter could be blocked by normal
• The ignition key is in the ignition operation of your cell phone or 1. This device may not cause harm-
switch. smart phone. This is especially ful interference, and
• You exceed the operating distance important when the phone is 2. This device must accept any inter-
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). active such as making call, receiv- ference received, including inter-
• The battery in the transmitter is ing calls, text messaging, and/or ference that may cause undesired
weak. sending/receiving emails. Avoid operation.
• Other vehicles or objects may be placing the transmitter and your
blocking the signal. cell phone or smart phone in the
• The weather is extremely cold. CAUTION
same pants or jacket pocket and
• The transmitter is close to a radio maintain adequate distance Changes or modifications not
transmitter such as a radio station between the two devices. expressly approved by the party
or an airport which can interfere responsible for compliance
with normal operation of the could void the user’s authority
transmitter. CAUTION to operate the equipment. If the
When the transmitter does not work Keep the transmitter away from keyless entry system is inopera-
correctly, open and close the door water or any liquid and fire. If tive due to changes or modifica-
with the ignition key. If you have a the inside of the transmitter tions not expressly approved by
problem with the transmitter, contact gets damp (due to drinks or the party responsible for com-
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. moisture), or is heated, internal pliance, it will not be covered by
(Continued) circuit may malfunction, exclud- your manufacturer’s vehicle
ing the car from the warranty. warranty.
4 15
For replacement transmitters, see an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer for CAUTION - Transmitter
transmitter reprogramming. damage
• The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the
you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit-
ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight.
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
OFD049003N the transmitter to malfunction. Be
Battery replacement sure to use the correct battery.
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium • To avoid damaging the transmitter,
battery which will normally last for don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
several years. When replacement is to heat or sunlight.
necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately dis-
dure. posed battery can be harm-
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and ful to the environment and
gently pry open the transmitter human health. Dispose the
center cover. battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
4 16
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armed stage • Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key.
Using the smart key (if equipped)
After completion of the steps above,
Armed Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
stage the hazard warning lights and chime
Arm the system as described below.
will operate once to indicate that the
1. Turn off the engine. system is armed.
2. Make sure that all doors, the If any door, tailgate or engine hood
Disarmed Theft-alarm
engine hood and tailgate lid are remains open, the hazard warning
stage stage closed and latched. lights and chime won't operate and
3. • Lock the doors by pressing the theft-alarm will not arm. After you
button of the front outside door close the tailgate and engine hood,
handle with the smart key in your the hazard warning lights blink once.
This system is designed to provide possession.
protection from unauthorized entry After completion of the steps above,
into the vehicle. This system is oper- the hazard warning lights and chime
ated in three stages: the first is the will operate once to indicate that the
"Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed.
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
If any door remains open, the doors
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
won't lock and the chime will sound
the system provides an audible
for 3 seconds. Close the door and try
alarm with blinking of the hazard
again to lock the doors.
warning lights.
If tailgate lid or engine hood remains
open, the hazard warning lights and
chime won't operate and theft-alarm
will not arm. After you close the tail-
gate and engine hood, the hazard
warning lights blink once.
4 17
Using the transmitter (if equipped) Using the mechanical key Do not arm the system until all
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Park the vehicle and stop the engine. passengers have left the vehicle. If
Arm the system as described below. Arm the system as described below. the system is armed while a pas-
senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
1. Turn off the engine and remove 1. Turn off the engine and remove the alarm may be activated when
the ignition key from the ignition the key from the ignition switch(if the remaining passenger(s) leave
switch. equipped). the vehicle. If any door (or trunk)
2. Make sure that all doors, the 2. Make sure that all doors, the or engine hood is opened within
engine hood and tailgate are engine hood and tailgate are 30 seconds after the system
closed and latched. closed and latched. enters the armed stage, the sys-
3. Lock the doors by pressing the 3. Lock the doors by inserting the key tem is disarmed to prevent an
lock button on the transmitter. into the key hole on the front out- unnecessary alarm.
After completion of the steps above, side door handle and turning the
the hazard warning lights will blink key toward the front of the vehicle.
once to indicate that the system is If any door, tailgate or engine hood
armed. remains open, the theft-alarm will not
If any door, tailgate or engine hood arm.
remains open, the hazard warning
lights won't operate and theft-alarm ✽ NOTICE
will not arm. After you close all doors,
tailgate and engine hood, the hazard If you lock or unlock the doors by
warning lights blink once. using the mechanical key, the haz-
ard warning light won't operate.
4 18
Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage Using the transmitter (if equipped)

The alarm will be activated if any of Using the smart key (if equipped) The system will be disarmed when
the following occurs while the system the doors are unlocked by pressing
The system will be disarmed when
is armed. the unlock button on the transmitter.
the doors are unlocked by pressing
• A door is opened without using the the unlock button on the smart key or After unlocking the doors, the hazard
transmitter, smart key or mechanical pressing the lock/unlock button of the warning lights will blink twice to indi-
key. front outside door handle with the cate that the system is disarmed.
• The tailgate is opened without smart key in your possession. After unlocking the doors, if any door
using the transmitter, smart key. After unlocking the doors, the hazard is not opened within 30 seconds, the
• The engine hood is opened. warning lights and chime will operate system will be rearmed.
twice to indicate that the system is
The horn will sound and the hazard
disarmed. Using the mechanical key
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 30 seconds. The After unlocking the doors, if any door The system will be disarmed when
alarm will repeat once more unless is not opened within 30 seconds, the the doors are unlocked with the
the system is disarmed. To turn off system will be rearmed. mechanical key.
the system, unlock the doors with the
mechanical key or transmitter or
smart key. ✽ NOTICE
If you lock or unlock the doors by
using the mechanical key, the haz-
ard warning light and chime sound
won't operate.
4 19
✽ NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and
should only be serviced by an
authorized Hyundai dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improp-
er alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the theft-alarm
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 20
DOOR LOCKS
• Doors can also be locked and ✽ NOTICE
unlocked with the transmitter (or You can activate or deactivate the
smart key). Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
• Once the doors are unlocked, they "User Settings" in this section.
Unlock may be opened by pulling the door
Lock handle.
• When closing the door, push the WARNING
door by hand. Make sure that the • If you don't close the door
doors are closed securely. securely, the door may open
again.
✽ NOTICE • Be careful that someone's
OYF049006 body and hands are not
Operating door locks from • In cold and wet climates, door trapped when closing the door.
outside the vehicle locks and door mechanisms may
not work properly due to freezing
• Turn the key toward the rear of the conditions.
vehicle to unlock and toward the • If the door is locked/unlocked
front of the vehicle to lock. multiple times in rapid succession
• If you lock the door with a key, all with either the vehicle key or door
vehicle doors will lock automatically. lock switch, the system may stop
(if equipped) operating temporarily in order to
• From the driver’s door, turn the key protect the circuit and prevent
toward the rear of the vehicle once damage to system components.
to unlock the driver’s door and
once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors. (if equipped)
4 21
• If the inner door handle on either ■ driver’s door

front door is pulled when the door
lock button is in the locked position,
the door will unlock and open.
Lock • The front door cannot be locked if
the ignition key is in the ignition
switch and the door is open.
• The door cannot be locked if the
Unlock
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open. OGDE042012L
■ Passenger’s door
OGD041011
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
Operating door locks from tion while you are in the vehicle, try
inside the vehicle one or more of the following:
With the door lock button • Operate the door unlock feature
• To unlock a door, push the door repeatedly (both electronic and
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi- manual) while simultaneously
tion. The red mark (2) on the button pulling on the door handle.
will be visible. • Operate the other door locks and OMD040192N
• To lock a door, push the door lock handles, front and rear. With central door lock switch
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If • Lower a front window and use the (if equipped)
the door is locked properly, the red key to unlock the door from out-
mark (2) on the button will not be Operate by depressing the central
side. door lock switch.
visible.
• To open a door, pull the door han- • When pushing down the lock switch
WARNING (1), all vehicle doors will lock.
dle (3) outward.
Do not pull the inner door handle • When pushing down the lock
of driver's (or passenger's) door release switch (2), all vehicle doors
while the vehicle is moving. will unlock.
4 22
• If the key is in the ignition switch ✽ NOTICE

and front door is open, the doors WARNING - Unlocked You can select some auto door
will not lock even though the cen- vehicles lock/unlock features in “User
tral door lock switch (1) is pressed. Leaving your vehicle unlocked Settings” as follows;
• If the smart key is in the vehicle can invite theft or possible harm • Speed sensing auto door lock
and any door is open, the doors to you or others from someone • Auto door unlock when the igni-
will not lock even though the cen- hiding in your vehicle while you tion key is removed from the igni-
tral door lock switch (1) is pressed. are gone. Always remove the tion switch or engine is turned off.
ignition key, engage the parking • Auto door lock/unlock by shifting
brake, close all windows and the shift lever out of P(Park) or
WARNING - Doors lock all doors when leaving into P(Park).
• The doors should always be your vehicle unattended. For more information, refer to
fully closed and locked while “User Settings” in this section.
the vehicle is in motion to pre-
vent accidental opening of the WARNING - Unattended
door. Locked doors will also
children
discourage potential intruders
when the vehicle stops or An enclosed vehicle can become
slows. extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
• Be careful when opening
dren or animals who cannot
doors and watch for vehicles,
escape the vehicle. Furthermore,
motorcycles, bicycles or
children might operate features
pedestrians approaching the
of the vehicle that could injure
vehicle in the path of the door.
them, or they could encounter
Opening a door when some-
other harm, possibly from some-
thing is approaching can
one gaining entry to the vehicle.
cause damage or injury.
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
4 23
3. Close the rear door.

To open the rear door, pull the out-
side door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle until
the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door

OGD041007 locks
Child-protector rear door lock If children accidentally open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out of
help prevent children from acciden- the vehicle, resulting in severe
tally opening the rear doors from injury or death. To prevent chil-
inside the vehicle. The rear door dren from opening the rear
safety locks should be used whenev- doors from the inside, the rear
er children are in the vehicle. door safety locks should be
1. Open the rear door. used whenever children are in
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the vehicle.
the hole (1) and turn it to the lock
( ) position. When the child safe-
ty lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open even when
the inner door handle is pulled.
4 24
TAILGATE
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The tailgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the tailgate.
OGDE041013 OGDE041186
Opening the tailgate Closing the tailgate

• The tailgate is locked or unlocked CAUTION To close the tailgate, lower and push
when all doors are locked or Make certain that you close the down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
unlocked with the key, transmitter, tailgate before driving your that the tailgate is securely latched.
smart key or central door lock vehicle. Possible damage may
switch. occur to the tailgate lift cylin-
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be ders and attached hardware if
opened by pressing the handle the tailgate is not closed prior to
switch and pulling the handle up. driving.
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the
tailgate unlock button on the trans-
mitter or smart key is pressed for
about 1 second, or the tailgate
handle button is pressed when the
smart key is detected.
4 25
WARNING - Exhaust WARNING

fumes • For emergencies, be fully
If you drive with the tailgate aware of the location of the
open, you will draw dangerous emergency tailgate safety
exhaust fumes into your vehicle release lever in this vehicle
which can cause serious injury and how to open the tailgate if
or death to vehicle occupants. If you are accidentally locked in
you must drive with the tailgate the luggage compartment.
open, keep the air vents and all • No one should be allowed to
windows open so that addition- occupy the luggage compart-
al outside air comes into the OGD041015 ment of the vehicle at any time.
vehicle. Emergency tailgate safety The luggage compartment is a
release very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
Your vehicle is equipped with the
WARNING - Rear cargo emergency tailgate safety release • Use the release lever for
area lever located on the bottom of the tail- emergencies only. Use
Occupants should never ride in gate. When someone is inadvertently extreme caution, especially
the rear cargo area where no locked in the luggage compartment, if while the vehicle is in motion.
restraints are available. To avoid the lever is pushed, the tailgate can
injury in the event of an acci- be opened by doing as follows:
dent or sudden stops, occu- 1. Input the mechanical key into the
pants should always be proper- hole.
ly restrained.
2. Push the mechanical key to the
right.
3. Push up the tailgate.
4 26
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
* (5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down (if equipped)
(7) Power window lock switch
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OGD042016N
4 27
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
WARNING
position for power windows to operate. Do not install nay accessories
in the area of windows. It may
Each door has a power window
impact jam protection.
switch that controls that door's win-
dow. The driver has a power window
lock switch which can block the oper-
ation of passenger windows. The dri-
✽ NOTICE
ver’s door has a master power win- • In cold and wet climates, power
dow switch that controls all the win- windows may not work properly
dows in the vehicle. The power win- due to freezing conditions.
dows can be operated for approxi- • While driving with the rear win- OMD040017
mately 30 seconds after the ignition dows down or with the sunroof (if Window opening and closing
key is removed or turned to the ACC equipped) in an open (or partially To open or close a window, press
or LOCK position. However, if the open) position, your vehicle may down or pull up the front portion of
front doors open, the power windows demonstrate a wind buffeting or the corresponding switch to the first
cannot be operated within the 30 pulsation noise. This noise is a detent position (5).
second period. normal occurrence and can be
reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
WARNING occurs with one or both of the
To avoid serious injury or death, rear windows down, partially
do not extend your head, arms lower both front windows
or body outside the windows approximately one inch. If you
while driving. experience the noise with the sun-
roof open, slightly reduce the size
of the sunroof opening.
4 28
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.
2. Close driver’s windows and contin-
ue pulling up on the power window
switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
OMD040019 OMD040018
Auto down window (if equipped) Auto up/down window
(driver’s window) (if equipped) (driver’s window)
Pressing the power window switch Pressing or pulling up the power win-
momentarily to the second detent dow switch momentarily to the sec-
position (6) completely lowers the ond detent position (6) completely
driver’s window even when the lowers or lifts the window even when
switch is released. To stop the win- the switch is released. To stop the
dow at the desired position while the window at the desired position while
window is in operation, momentarily the window is in operation, momen-
pull the switch in the direction oppo- tarily pull the switch in the direction
site of the window movement. opposite of the window’s movement.
If the window cannot be close If the power window is not operating
because it is blocked by objects, correctly, the automatic power window
remove the objects and close the system must be reset as follows:
window.
4 29
If the window detects the resistance

while the power window switch is WARNING
pulled up continuously, the window Always check for obstructions
will stop upward movement then before raising any window to
lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm). If avoid injuries or vehicle dam-
the power window switch is pulled up age. If an object less than 0.16
continuously again within 5 seconds in. (4 mm) in diameter is caught
after the window is lowered by the between the window glass and
automatic window reversal feature, the upper window channel, the
the automatic window reversal will automatic reverse window may
not operate. not detect the resistance and
OUN026013 will not stop and reverse direc-
Automatic reversal ✽ NOTICE tion.
If the upward movement of the win- The automatic reverse feature for
dow is blocked by an object or part of the driver’s window is only active
the body, the window will detect the when the “auto up” feature is used WARNING
resistance and will stop upward by fully pulling up the switch. The The automatic reverse feature
movement. The window will then automatic reverse feature will not doesn't activate while resetting
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm) operate if the window is raised using power window system. Make
to allow the object to be cleared. the halfway position on the power sure body parts or other objects
window switch. are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
4 30
CAUTION WARNING - Windows

• To prevent possible damage • NEVER leave the ignition key
to the power window system, (or smart key) in the vehicle.
do not open or close two win- • NEVER leave any child unat-
dows or more at the same tended in the vehicle. Even
time. This will also ensure the very young children may inad-
longevity of the fuse. vertently cause the vehicle to
• Never try to operate the main move, entangle themselves in
switch on the driver's door the windows, or otherwise
and the individual door win- injure themselves or others.
OMD040020A dow switch in opposing direc- • Always double check to make
Power window lock button tions at the same time. If this is sure all arms, hands, head
done, the window will stop and and other obstructions are
The driver can disable the power cannot be opened or closed.
window switches on the front and safely out of the way before
rear passengers' doors by pressing closing a window.
the power window lock switch to lock • Do not allow children to play
position (pressed). with the power windows. Keep
When the power window lock the driver’s door power win-
switch is pressed, the driver's dow lock switch in the LOCK
master control cannot operate the position (depressed). Serious
front and rear passengers' power injury can result from uninten-
windows. tional window operation by
the child.
• Do not extend any head or
arms outside through the win-
dow opening while driving.
4 31
HOOD
OGD041021 OGD041022 OMD040023
Opening the hood 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 3. Pull out the support rod from the
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly, pull the second- engine room.
the hood. The hood should pop ary latch (1) inside of the hood 4. Hold the hood open with the sup-
open slightly. center and lift the hood (2). port rod.
WARNING WARNING - Hot parts

Open the hood after turning off Grasp the support rod in the
the engine on a flat surface, area wrapped in rubber. The
shifting the shift lever to the rubber will help prevent you
P(Park) position for automatic from being burned by hot metal
transaxle and to the 1st (First) when the engine is hot.
gear or R (Reverse) for manual
transaxle, and setting the park-
ing brake.
4 32
Closing the hood

1. Before closing the hood, check the
WARNING
following: • Before closing the hood,
ensure that all obstructions
• All filler caps in engine compart-
are removed from the hood
ment must be correctly installed.
opening. Closing the hood
• Gloves, rags or any other com- with an obstruction present in
bustible material must be the hood opening may result
removed from the engine com- in property damage or severe
partment. personal injury.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to • Do not leave gloves, rags or
prevent it from rattling. any other combustible materi-
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted al in the engine compartment.
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) Doing so may cause a heat-
from the closed position) and push induced fire.
down to securely lock in place. • Always double check to be
Then double check to be sure the sure that the hood is firmly
hood is secure. latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing a
total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised position,
as vision is obstructed and the
hood could fall or be damaged.
4 33
FUEL FILLER LID

✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to
break the ice and release the lid. Do
not pry on the lid. If necessary,
spray around the lid with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
OGD041024 OGD043025
Opening the fuel filler lid 2. Fully open the lid (1). ✽ NOTICE
1. Press the center edge of the lid 3. To open the cap, turn it counter- The fuel filler lid will open and close
when all doors are unlocked. clockwise (2). only when the driver's door is
4. Refuel as needed. unlocked while the Two Turn
Unlock function activates or all
doors are unlocked while the Two
Turn Unlock function deactivates.
4 34
Closing the fuel filler lid

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Refueling
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise dangers
until it clicks one time. This indi- • If pressurized fuel sprays out,
cates that the cap is securely tight- it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable
ened. skin and thus subject you to materials. When refueling, please
the risk of fire and burns. note the following guidelines
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it carefully. Failure to follow these
Always remove the fuel cap
in lightly making sure that it is guidelines may result in severe
carefully and slowly. If the cap
securely closed. personal injury, severe burns or
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the death by fire or explosion.
condition stops before com- • Read and follow all warnings
pletely removing the cap. posted at the gas station facility.
• Do not "top off" after the noz- • Before refueling, note the
zle automatically shuts off location of the Emergency
when refueling. Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
• Tighten the cap until it clicks at the gas station facility.
one time, otherwise the • Before touching the fuel noz-
Malfunction Indicator Light zle, you should eliminate
will illuminate. potentially dangerous static
• Always check that the fuel cap electricity discharge by touch-
is installed securely to pre- ing another metal part of the
vent fuel spillage in the event vehicle, a safe distance away
of an accident. from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
4 35

• Do not get back into a vehicle • When using an approved • When refueling, always shut
once you have begun refuel- portable fuel container, be sure the engine off. Sparks pro-
ing since you can generate to place the container on the duced by electrical compo-
static electricity by touching, ground prior to refueling. Static nents related to the engine
rubbing or sliding against any electricity discharge from the can ignite fuel vapors causing
item or fabric (polyester, satin, container can ignite fuel vapors a fire. Once refueling is com-
nylon, etc.) capable of produc- causing a fire. Once refueling plete, check to make sure the
ing static electricity. Static has begun, contact with the filler cap and filler door are
electricity discharge can vehicle should be maintained securely closed, before start-
ignite fuel vapors resulting in until the filling is complete. ing the engine.
rapid burning. If you must re- Use only approved portable • DO NOT use matches or a
enter the vehicle, you should plastic fuel containers designed lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or
once again eliminate poten- to carry and store gasoline. leave a lit cigarette in your
tially dangerous static elec- vehicle while at a gas station
tricity discharge by touching a • Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric cur- especially during refueling.
metal part of the vehicle, away Automotive fuel is highly
from the fuel filler neck, noz- rent and/or electronic interfer-
ence from cellular phones can flammable and can, when
zle or other gasoline source. ignited, result in fire.
potentially ignite fuel vapors
(Continued) causing a fire. • If a fire breaks out during refu-
(Continued) eling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately con-
tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department or 911.
Follow any safety instructions
they provide.
4 36
CAUTION
• Make sure to refuel your vehi-
cle according to the "Fuel
requirements" suggested in
section 1.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a gen-
uine HYUNDAI cap or the
equivalent specified for your
vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler
cap can result in a serious
malfunction of the fuel system
or emission control system.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
4 37
PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

• In cold and wet climates, the sun-
roof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
CAUTION - Sunroof
control lever
OGD041026 Do not continue to hold the sun- OGD045337
roof control lever after the sun-
If your vehicle is equipped with a Sunroof open warning
roof is fully opened, closed, or
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your (if equipped)
tilted. Damage to the motor or
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
system components could If the driver removes the ignition key
located on the overhead console.
occur. (smart key: turns off the engine) and
The sunroof can only be opened, opens the driver-side door when the
closed, or tilted when the ignition sunroof is not fully closed, the warn-
switch is in the ON position. ing chime will sound for approximate-
ly 7 seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
4 38
When the sunshade is opened

If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
✽ NOTICE
Only the front glass of the panora-
ma sunroof opens and closes.
OGD041028 OGD041027
Sunshade Sliding the sunroof

• To open the sunshade, press the When the sunshade is closed
sunshade open button (1). If you pull the sunroof control lever
• To close the sunshade when the backward, the sunshade will slide all
sunroof glass is closed, the way open then the sunroof glass
- Press the sunshade close button will slide all the way open. To stop the
(2) or sunroof movement at any point, pull
or push the sunroof control lever
- Push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
forward or pull it down.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.
4 39
Closing the sunroof

To close the sunroof glass and
sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or pull the sunroof control lever
down. The sunroof glass will close
automatically.
To close the sunshade push the sun-
roof control lever forward or pull the
sunroof control lever down once
OGD041029 more or press the sunshade close OYF049215
button.
Tilting the sunroof Automatic reversal
To stop the sunroof movement at any
When the sunshade is closed If an object or part of the body is
point, pull or push the sunroof control
detected while the sunroof glass or
If you push the sunroof control lever lever momentarily.
sunshade is closing automatically, it
upward, the sunshade will slide all the
will reverse the direction, and then
way open then the sunroof glass will tilt.
stop.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
The auto reverse function does not
point, pull or push the sunroof control
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
lever momentarily.
sliding glass or sunshade and the
sunroof sash. You should always
When the sunshade is opened check that all passengers and
If you push the sunroof control lever objects are away from the sunroof
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. before closing it.
To stop the sunroof movement at any Do not extend the face, neck, arms
point, pull or push the sunroof control or body outside the sunroof while
lever momentarily. driving.
4 40
WARNING (Continued) CAUTION

Objects less than 4mm (0.16 • The panorama sunroof is • Periodically remove any dirt
inch) is diameter caught made of glass, and it may that may accumulate on the
between the sunroof glass and break in an accident. If you do guide rail.
the front glass channel may not not have your seat belt on, in
an accident, your body could • If you drive with the sunroof
be detected by the automatic opened right after a car wash
reverse glass and the glass will move past the roof area and
result in serious injury or or rain, water may get inside
not stop and reverse direction. the vehicle.
death. All passengers should
wear seat belts at all time.
• Never adjust the sunroof or
WARNING - Sunroof sunshade while driving. This CAUTION - Sunroof motor
• Be careful that someone’s may cause loss of vehicle damage
head, hands and body are not control resulting in an acci- If you try to open the sunroof
trapped by a closing sunroof. dent. when the temperature is below
• Do not extend the face, neck, freezing or when the sunroof is
arms or body outside through covered with snow or ice, the
an opened sunroof while driv- WARNING glass or the motor could be
ing. damaged.
• In order to prevent accidental
• Make sure your hands and operation of the sunroof,
face are safely out of the way especially by a child, do not
before closing a sunroof. let a child operate the sun-
(Continued) roof.
• Do not sit on the top of the
vehicle. It may cause vehicle
damage.
4 41
✽ NOTICE Resetting the sunroof 4. Push the sunroof control lever for-
• Periodically remove any dirt that Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the ward in the close direction until the
may accumulate on the sunroof followings) sunroof operates as follows;
guide rail or between the sunroof - Battery is discharged or discon-
and roof panel, which can make a nected or the related fuse has been SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
noise. replaced or disconnected
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below - The one-touch sliding function of Then, release the control lever.
freezing or when the sunroof is the sunroof does not normally oper-
covered with snow or ice, the ate
When this is complete, the sunroof
motor could be damaged. In cold 1. Turn the engine on and close the system is reset.
and wet climates, the sunroof may sunroof glass and sunshade com-
not work properly. pletely.
• After washing the vehicle or after 2. Release the control lever. For more detailed information, we
a rain, be sure to wipe off the recommend that you contact an
3. Push the sunroof control lever for- authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
water on the sunroof before oper- ward in the direction of close
ating the sunroof. (about 10 seconds) until the sun-
roof operates as follows; ✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN may not work properly.
Then, release the control lever.
4 42
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE (Continued)
The power steering uses an electric The following may occur during • When you operate the steering
motor to assist you in steering the normal vehicle operation: wheel in very low temperatures,
vehicle. If the engine is off or if the • The EPS warning light does not system noise may occur. When the
power steering system becomes illuminate when turning the igni- temperature rises, the noise will dis-
inoperative, the vehicle may still be tion to the ON position. appear. This is a normal condition.
steered, but it will require increased • The steering gets heavy immedi- • When the charging system warn-
steering effort. ately after turning the ignition ing light comes on or the system
switch on. This happens as the sys- voltage is low, the steering wheel
The motor driven power steering is assist may be reduced.
controlled by a power steering con- tem performs the EPS system
trol unit which senses the steering diagnostics. When the diagnostics
wheel torque and vehicle speed to are completed, the steering wheel
command the motor. will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
The steering becomes slightly heav- the EPS relay after the ignition
ier as the vehicle’s speed increases switch is turned to the ON or
and becomes lighter as the vehicle’s LOCK (OFF) position.
speed decreases for optimum steer- • A motor noise may be heard when
ing control. the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
Should you notice any change in the driving speed.
effort required to steer during normal • When the vehicle is stationary, if
vehicle operation, have the power you turn the steering wheel all the
steering checked by an authorized way to the left or right repeatedly,
HYUNDAI dealer. the steering wheel assist may tem-
porarily be reduced, not a system
malfunction. As time passes. The
steering wheel return to normal
operation.
(Continued)
4 43
✽ NOTICE Tilt and telescope steering

If the Electric Power Steering sys- Tilt and tele steering allows you to
tem does not operate normally, EPS adjust the steering wheel before you
assist will stop to prevent accidents drive. You can also raise it to give
and the EPS warning light on the your body more room when you exit
cluster will illuminate or blink. Take and enter the vehicle.
your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the The steering wheel should be posi-
vehicle checked as soon as possible. tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
OGD044030
lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
WARNING 1. Pull down the lock-release lever
• Never adjust the angle of the (1).
steering wheel while driving. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
You may lose steering control desired angle (2) and height (3).
and cause severe personal
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
injury, death or accidents.
lock the steering wheel in place
• After adjusting, push the (4).
steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked
in position.
4 44
OMD040030 OGDE041213 OGD044272
Horn FLEX STEER (if equipped) When the steering mode button is
To sound the horn, press the area The FLEX STEER controls steering pressed, the selected steering mode
indicated by the horn symbol on your effort as driver's preference or road will appear on the LCD display.
steering wheel (see illustration). The condition. If the steering mode button is
horn will operate only when this area You can select the desired steering pressed within 4 seconds, the steer-
is pressed. mode by pressing the FLEX STEER ing mode will change as shown. If the
Check the horn regularly to be sure it button. steering wheel mode button is not
operates properly. pressed for about 4 seconds, the
LCD display will change to the previ-
ous screen.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely
to operate it, or hit it with your
fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
4 45
OGD044274 OGD044273 OGD044275

Normal mode Comfort mode Sport mode
The normal mode offers medium The steering effort is lighter than the The steering effort is heavier than
steering effort. normal mode. The comfort mode is the normal mode. Some drivers may
usually used when driving in town or prefer the sport mode when driving
parking the vehicle. on the highway.
4 46
CAUTION
• If you press the steering mode
button while operating the
steering wheel, the LCD dis-
play will change, but the steer-
ing effort will not change
immediately. After operating
the steering wheel, the steer-
ing effort will change automat-
ically to the selected mode.
• Be careful when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• If there is a malfunction of the
electric power steering, the
FLEX STEER will not function.
4 47
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before Night
you start driving.
WARNING - Rear visibility

Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which inter-
fere with your vision through Day
the rear window. OMD040031 OFS042222N
Day/night rearview mirror Blue Link center
®
Make this adjustment before you For the details, refer to the Blue Link®
WARNING start driving and while the day/night Owner’s Guide, navigation manual or
lever is in the day position. audio manual. The audio manual is in
Do not modify the inside mirror this section.
or install an aftermarket mirror. Pull the day/night lever toward you to
Doing so may result in injury reduce glare from the headlights of
during an accident. the vehicles behind you during night
driving.
Remember that you may lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4 48
Glare detection sensor

Indicator light
WARNING
• When programming the
HomeLink® Wireless Control
System, you may be operating
a garage door or gate operator.
Make sure that people and
objects are out of the way of
the moving door or gate to pre-
vent potential harm or damage.
Homelink buttons • Do not use HomeLink with
OHD046025N OHD046305N any garage door opener that
Electric chromic mirror with HomeLink® Wireless Control System lacks the safety stop and
homelink system (if equipped) reverse feature as required by
Your new mirror comes with an inte-
federal safety standards. (This
To operate the electric rearview mir- grated HomeLink Universal
includes any garage door
ror Transceiver, which allows you to pro-
opener model manufactured
Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your
before April 1, 1982.) A garage
automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home
door opener which cannot
mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually
detect an object, signaling the
learns the codes from your various
Press the O button (2) to turn the door to stop and reverse,
existing transmitters.
automatic- dimming function off. The does not meet current federal
mirror indicator light will turn off. safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases risk
of serious injury or death. For
more information, call 1-800-
355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink.com.
4 49
Retain the original transmitter for Programming Flashing

future programming procedures (i.e., Your vehicle may require the ignition
new vehicle purchase). It is also sug- switch to be turned to the ACC posi-
gested that upon the sale of the vehi- tion for programming and/or opera-
cle, the programmed HomeLink but- tion of HomeLink. It is also recom-
tons be erased for security purposes mended that a new battery be
(follow step 1 in the “Programming” replaced in the hand-held transmitter
portion of this text). of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency.
Follow these steps to train your OHD046306N
HomeLink mirror: 1. When programming the buttons for
the first time, press and hold the
left and center buttons ( , )
simultaneously until the indicator
light begins to flash after approxi-
mately 20 seconds. (This proce-
dure erases the factory-set default
codes. Do not perform this step to
program additional hand-held
transmitters.)
4 50
✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE
Flashing
For non rolling code garage door Some gate operators and garage
openers, follow steps 2 - 3. door openers may require you to
For rolling code garage door open- replace step #3 with the “cycling”
ers, follow steps 2 - 6. procedure noted in the “Canadian
For Canadian Programming, please Programming” section of this docu-
follow the Canadian Programming ment.
section.
For help with determining whether es
ch
your garage is non-rolling code or -3in
1
rolling code, please refer to the
garage door openers owner’s manu- Transmitter
OHD046307N
al or contact HomeLink customer
service at 1-800-355-3515. 2. Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink system you wish to train
and the button on the transmitter
while the transmitter is approxi-
mately 1 to 3 inches away from the
mirror. Do not release the buttons
until step 3 has been completed.
3. The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)
4 51
Rolling code programming 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Operating HomeLink
To train a garage door opener (or press and release the pro- To operate, simply press the pro-
other rolling code equipped devices) grammed HomeLink button up to grammed HomeLink button.
with the rolling code feature, follow three times. The rolling code Activation will now occur for the
these instructions after completing equipped device should now rec- trained product (garage door, securi-
the “Programming” portion of this ognize the HomeLink signal and ty system, entry door lock, estate
text. (A second person may make the activate when the HomeLink but- gate, or home or office lighting). For
following training procedures quicker ton is pressed. The remaining two convenience, the hand-held trans-
& easier.) buttons may now be programmed mitter of the device may also be used
if this has not previously been at any time. The HomeLink Wireless
4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- done. Refer to the “Programming”
ton on the device’s motor head Controls System (once programmed)
portion of this text. or the original hand-held transmitter
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by product may be used to activate the device
brand. If there is difficulty locating (e.g. garage door, entry door lock,
the “learn” or “smart” button, refer- etc.). In the event that there are still
ence the device’s owner’s manual programming difficulties, contact
or contact HomeLink at 1-800- HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
355-3515 or on the internet at the internet at www.homelink.com.
www.homelink.com.
5. Press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button on the device’s
motor head unit. You have 30
seconds to complete step num-
ber 6.
4 52
Flashing Side view mirror

CAUTION
Be sure to adjust mirror angles
before driving. Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
Your vehicle is equipped with both face of the glass. If ice should
left-hand and right-hand side view restrict movement of the mirror,
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted do not force the mirror for
remotely with the remote switch. The adjustment. To remove ice, use
mirror heads can be folded back to a deicer spray, or a sponge or
prevent damage during an automatic soft cloth with warm water.
car wash or when passing in a nar-
row street.
OHD046306N
Erasing programmed HomeLink
CAUTION
buttons CAUTION - Side view If the mirror is jammed with ice,
mirrors do not adjust the mirror by force.
To erase the three programmed but-
• The right side view mirror is Use an approved spray de-icer
tons (individual buttons cannot be
convex. Objects seen in the (not radiator antifreeze) to
erased):
mirror are closer than they release the frozen mechanism or
• Press and hold the left and center move the vehicle to a warm
appear.
buttons simultaneously, until the place and allow the ice to melt.
indicator light begins to flash • Use your interior rearview mir-
(approximately 20 seconds). ror or direct observation to
Release both buttons. Do not hold determine the actual distance
for longer than 30 seconds. of following vehicles when
changing lanes.
HomeLink is now in the train (or
learning) mode and can be pro-
grammed at any time.
4 53
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while the vehicle is
moving. This could result in
loss of control, and an accident
which could cause death, seri-
ous injury or property damage.
OGD044714
OMD040035N
Remote control
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the posi-
tion of the left and right side view mir-
rors.
OGD054050
Blind zone mirror
The blind zone mirror (BZM) is sup-
plemental mirror to reduce a driver's
blind zone that will show the rear
side territory of your vehicle. The
blind zone mirror is equipped with
the left-hand side view mirror.
4 54
To adjust the position of the mirrors:

1. Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position.
2. Move the lever(1) to R (right) or L
(left) to select the right side mirror
or the left side mirror.
3. Press a corresponding point on
the mirror adjustment control to
position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
4. After the adjustment, position the OGD041032
lever in the center to prevent inad-
vertent movement. Folding the side view mirror
To fold side view mirror, grasp the
CAUTION housing of mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, as the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
side view mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the mir-
ror.
4 55
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Tachometer
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
4. Engine temperature gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. Fuel gauge
7. Odometer/Trip computer
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may dif-

fer from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges"
section in the next pages.
OGD045343L
4 56
OGDE041042 OMD040044N OGD042044N
Instrument panel illumination Gauges Tachometer

When the vehicle’s parking lights or Speedometer The tachometer indicates the
headlights are on, press the upper or approximate number of engine revo-
The speedometer indicates the
lower part of the switch to adjust the lutions per minute (rpm).
speed of the vehicle.
brightness of the instrument panel Use the tachometer to select the cor-
illumination. The speedometer is calibrated in
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
miles per hour and/or kilometers per
The illumination intensity will show ging and/or over-revving the engine.
hour.
on the LCD screen.
4 57
When the door is open, or if the

engine is not started within 1 minute, WARNING
the tachometer pointer may move Never remove the radiator cap
slightly with the ignition in the ON when the engine is hot. The
position with the engine OFF. This engine coolant is under pres-
movement is normal and will not sure and could cause severe
affect the accuracy of the tachometer burns. Wait until the engine is
once the engine is running. cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine with-
OGD045912
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine Engine temperature gauge
damage. This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch is ON.
Do not continue driving with an over-
heated engine. If your vehicle over-
heats, refer to “If the engine over-
heats” in section 6.
CAUTION
If the gauge moves beyond the
normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating
that may damage the engine.
4 58
WARNING - Fuel gauge

Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the E level.
OGD045913 OGD044200N
Fuel gauge CAUTION Odometer (mi. or km)
The fuel gauge indicates the approx- Avoid driving with a extremely The odometer indicates the total dis-
imate amount of fuel remaining in the low fuel level. Running out of tance the vehicle has been driven.
fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging the catalytic You will also find the odometer useful
given in section 8. The fuel gauge is to determine when periodic mainte-
supplemented by a low fuel warning converter.
nance should be performed.
light, which will illuminate when the
fuel tank is near empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
may fluctuate or the low fuel warning
light may come on earlier than usual
due to the movement of fuel in the
tank.
4 59
OGDE044500 OGD044048 OGDE045547
Outside temperature Manual transaxle shift indica- Automatic transaxle shift posi-
The current outside temperature is tor (if equipped) tion indicator (if equipped)
displayed in 1°F (1°C) increments. This indicator informs you which The indicator displays which auto-
The temperature range is between - gear is desired while driving to save matic transaxle shift position is
40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~ 60°C). fuel. selected.
• The outside temperature on the For example
display may not change immedi- : Indicates that shifting up to the
ately. 3rd gear is desired (currently
• You can convert from °C to °F or °F the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
to °C. Refer to “User setting” in this gear).
section. : Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (current-
ly the shift lever is in the 4th or
5th gear).
4 60
Press the TRIP button for less than 1 Type B

second to select any mode as fol-
lows: Tripmeter A
Type A Tripmeter B
Tripmeter A
Distance to empty*
Tripmeter B Average fuel consumption* &

Instant fuel consumption*
OMD040052 Distance to empty
Trip computer Average speed*
The trip computer is a microcomput- Average fuel consumption*
er in the driver information system. It Elapsed time*
displays information related to driv- Instant fuel consumption*
ing on the LCD screen when the igni- Service Mode*
tion switch is in the ON position. If the
battery is disconnected, all stored Average speed*
information (except odometer) is User setting
reset. Elapsed time*
* if equipped
Service Mode*
User setting
* if equipped
4 61
OGDE044525N OGD045340L OGD045342L

Tripmeter Distance to empty Average fuel economy
TRIP A : Tripmeter A This mode indicates the estimated (if equipped)
TRIP B : Tripmeter B distance to empty based on the cur- This mode calculates the estimated
rent fuel in the fuel tank and the average fuel consumption from the
This mode indicates the distance of amount of fuel delivered to the total fuel used and the distance since
individual trips selected since the engine. the last average economy reset. The
last tripmeter reset.
The meter’s working range is from 1 total fuel used is calculated from the
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to 9999 miles (1 to 9999 km). fuel consumption input. For a more
to 9999.9 miles (0.0 to 9999.9 km). accurate calculation, drive more than
Pressing the RESET button for more 0.03 miles (50 m).
than 1 second, when the tripmeter
(TRIP A or TRIP B) is being dis-
played, clears the tripmeter to zero
(0.0).
4 62
• When the "Avg. Fuel Economy" of ✽ NOTICE

"User Setting" is in the "Off" • If the vehicle is not on level ground
Pressing the RESET button for more or the battery power has been
than 1 second, when the average interrupted, the "Distance to
fuel consumption is displayed, clears empty" function may not operate
the average fuel consumption to zero correctly.
(--.-). The trip computer may not regis-
ter additional fuel if less than 1.6
• When the "Avg. Fuel Economy" of gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added
"User Setting" is in the "After igni- to the vehicle.
tion" • The fuel consumption and dis-
OGD045341L tance to empty values may vary
If the engine Star/Stop button is in significantly based on driving con-
the OFF position during 4 hours the Instant fuel consumption
(if equipped) ditions, driving habits, and condi-
average fuel consumption will be tion of the vehicle.
cleared to zero (---). This mode calculates the estimated • The distance to empty value is an
instant fuel consumption of the last estimate of the available driving
few seconds. distance. This value may differ
• When the "Avg Fuel Economy" of
"User Setting" is in the "After refu- from the actual driving distance
eling" available.
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6
MPH (1 km/h) after refueling more
than 1.6 gallons (6 l), the average
fuel consumption will be cleared to
zero (---).
4 63
OGD045339L OGD044237L OGDE045563

Average speed Elapsed time Service mode
This mode calculates the estimated This mode indicates the estimated Service in
average speed of the vehicle since total time traveled since the last driv- It calculates and displays when you
the last average speed reset. ing time reset. need a scheduled maintenance
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, Even if the vehicle is not in motion, service (mileage or days).
the average speed keeps changing the driving time keeps increasing If the remaining mileage or time
while the engine is running. while the engine is running. reaches 900 miles or 30 days,
Pressing the RESET button for more The meter’s working range is from "Service in" message is displayed for
than 1 second when the average 00:00~99:59. several seconds each time you set
speed is being displayed clears the Pressing the RESET button for more the ignition switch or Engine
average speed to zero (---). than 1 second when the driving time Start/Stop Button to the ON position.
is being displayed clears the driving
time to zero (00:00).
4 64
• To reset the service interval to the

mileage and days you inputted
before:
- Activate the reset mode by press-
ing the RESET button for more
than 5 second, then press the
RESET button again for more
than 1 second
• To change or deactivate the serv-
ice interval:
- We recommend that you consult
OGDE044521 OGDE044519
Service required Service interval OFF
If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set,
iced according to the already "Service interval OFF" message is
inputted service interval, "Service displayed on the LCD display.
required" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set
the ignition switch or Engine ✽ NOTICE
Start/Stop Button to the ON position If any of the following conditions
(The mileage and time changes to occurs, the mileage and days may be
"---"). incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
4 65
OGD044231L
User Settings
1. Stop the vehicle with the ignition
switch in the ON position or engine
running.
2. Press the TRIP button until the
User Setting mode is displayed.
3. With the User Setting mode dis-
played, press the TRIP button until
the screen is changed.
4. You can change an item by press-
ing the TRIP button and select an
item by pressing the RESET but-
ton.
4 66
Door
Items Explanation
• Off (Disable) : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed
exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).
Auto Lock
• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the shift lever is shifted from
the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
position (for automatic transaxle shift lever).
• Off (Disable) : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key
is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Star/Stop
button is set to the OFF position.
Auto Unlock
• Driver Door Unlock : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is
unlocked.
• On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to
the P (Park) position (for automatic transaxle shift lever).
• Off (Disable) : The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors
will unlock if the door is unlocked.
Two Press Unlock
• On : The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked. When the door is unlocked
again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.
Door Lock Sound

If this item checked, the door lock sound function will be activated when locking doors.
(if equipped)
4 67
Lights
Items Explanation
Head Lamp Delay • If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.
Welcome Light • If this item checked, the welcome light function will be activated.
(if equipped) For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.

• 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn sig-
One Touch Turn Signal
nal lever is moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
4 68
Settings
Items Explanation
Welcome Sound
• If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
(if equipped)
ECO Driving
• If this item is checked, the ECO Driving function will be activated.
(if equipped)
Shift Indicator
• If this item is checked, the shift indicator function will be activated.
(if equipped)
Fuel Economy Unit Choose the fuel economy unit. (US galllon, UK gallon)
If this item is checked, the warning function regarding the steering wheel alignment will be
Steering Position activated.
For more details, refer to "Warning Messages" in this chapter.
• Off (Disable): The average fuel economy will reset when the RESET button presses
for more than 1 second.
• After ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when the engine
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
start/stop button is in the OFF position during 4 hours.
• After refueling: The average fuel economy will rest automatically when the vehicle
speed exceeds 1km/h after refueling 6L or more.
Temperature Unit Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
4 69
Service interval
Items Explanation
On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.)
and period (months).
Service Interval • Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.
• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).
For more details, refer to "Service Mode" in this chapter.
4 70
Warnings and indicators ECO indicator Air bag warning light

All warning lights are checked by (if equipped) ECO
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). Any light that does Active ECO system (if equipped) This warning light will illuminate for
not illuminate should be checked by When the active ECO is operating, approximately 6 seconds each time
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the ECO indicator is green. you turn the ignition switch to the ON
After starting the engine, check to For more detailed information, refer position.
make sure that all warning lights are to "Active ECO" in chapter 5. This light also comes on when the
off. If any are still on, this indicates a Supplemental Restraint System
situation that may need attention. (SRS) is not working properly. If the
When releasing the parking brake, SRS air bag warning light does
the brake system warning light not come on, or continuously
should go off. The fuel warning light remains on after operating for about
will stay on if the fuel level is low. 6 seconds when you turned the igni-
tion switch to the ON position or
started the engine, or if it comes on
while driving, have the SRS inspect-
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er.
4 71
Anti-lock brake system If the ABS warning light turns on Electronic brake force
(ABS) warning light while driving distribution (EBD) system
1. Park the vehicle in a safe place warning light
and turn off the engine.
This light illuminates if the ignition 2. Turn on the engine again.
switch is turned ON and goes off in 3. If the warning light illuminates and
approximately 3 seconds if the system turns off in approximately 3 sec- If these two warning lights illuminate
is operating normally. onds, the system is operating nor- at the same time while driving, your
If the ABS warning light remains on, mally. vehicle may have a malfunction with
comes on while driving, or does not If the warning light does not turn off, the ABS and EBD system.
come on when the ignition switch is have your vehicle checked by an In this case, your ABS and regular
turned to the ON position, this indi- authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon brake system may not work normally.
cates that there may be a malfunction as possible. Have the vehicle checked by an
with the ABS. authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
If this occurs, have your vehicle as possible.
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible. The nor-
mal braking system will still be oper- WARNING
ational, but without the assistance of If the both ABS and brake warn-
the anti-lock brake system. ing lights are on and stay on,
your vehicle’s brake system will
not work normally during sudden
braking. In this case, avoid high
speed driving and abrupt brak-
ing. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
er as soon as possible.
4 72
✽ NOTICE Seat belt warning *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times

If the ABS warning light or EBD with an interval of approximately
warning light is on and stays on, the 24 seconds. If the driver's seat belt
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter is buckled, the light will turn off
may not work. In this case, have The driver's seat belt warning light within 6 seconds and chime will
your vehicle checked by an author- and chime will activate to the follow- stop.
ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as ing table when the ignition switch is *2 The light will turn off within 6 sec-
possible. in "ON" position. onds and chime will stop.
Conditions Warning Pattern
Vehicle Chime-
Seat Belt Light-Blink
Speed Sound
Unbuckled 6 seconds
Buckled 6 seconds None
Below 3 mph
6 seconds None
(5 km/h)
Buckled → 3 mph~
6 seconds
Unbuckled 6 mph
Above 6 mph 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(10 km/h) (11 times)
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h) 6 seconds *1
Unbuckled ↓ ↓
Below 3 mph Stop *2
(5 km/h)
4 73
Turn signal indicator High beam indicator Engine oil pressure

warning light
The blinking arrows on the instru- This indicator illuminates when the
ment panel show the direction indi- headlights are on and in the high This warning light indicates the
cated by the turn signals. If the arrow beam position or when the turn sig- engine oil pressure is low.
comes on but does not blink, blinks nal lever is pulled into the Flash-to- If the warning light illuminates while
more rapidly than normal, or does Pass position. driving:
not illuminate at all, a malfunction in 1. Drive safely to the side of the road
the turn signal system is indicated. and stop.
Your dealer should be consulted for Tail light indicator
2. With the engine off, check the
repairs. engine oil level. If the level is low,
add oil as required.
This indicator illuminates when the If the warning light remains on after
tail lights are on. adding oil or if oil is not available, call
CAUTION
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illumi-
nated, severe engine damage
could result.
4 74
Parking brake & brake Your vehicle is equipped with a dual-

CAUTION fluid warning light diagonal braking system. This means
If the oil pressure warning light you still have braking on two wheels
stays on while the engine is run- Parking brake warning even if one of the brake circuits is
ning, serious engine damage may damaged or malfunctions. With only
This light is illuminated when the one of the circuits working, more
result. The oil pressure warning
parking brake is applied with the igni- than normal pedal travel and greater
light comes on whenever there is
tion switch in the START or ON posi- pedal pressure are required to stop
insufficient oil pressure. In nor-
tion. The warning light should go off the car. Also, the car will not stop in
mal operation, it should come on
when the parking brake is released. as short a distance with only a por-
when the ignition switch is turned
on, then go out when the engine tion of the brake system working. If
is started. If the oil pressure warn- Low brake fluid level warning the brakes fail while you are driving,
ing light stays on while the If the warning light remains on, it may shift to a lower gear for additional
engine is running, there is a seri- indicate that the brake fluid level in engine braking and stop the car as
ous malfunction. the reservoir is low. soon as it is safe to do so.
If this happens, stop the car as If the warning light remains on: To check bulb operation, check
soon as it is safe to do so, turn whether the parking brake and brake
off the engine and check the oil 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe fluid warning light illuminates when the
level. If the oil level is low, fill the location and stop your vehicle. ignition switch is in the ON position.
engine oil to the proper level 2. With the engine stopped, check the
and start the engine again. If the brake fluid level immediately and
light stays on with the engine add fluid as required. Then check all WARNING
running, turn the engine off brake components for fluid leaks. Driving the vehicle with a warn-
immediately. In any instance 3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are ing light on is dangerous. If the
where the oil light stays on found, the warning light remains on brake warning light remains on,
when the engine is running, the or the brakes do not operate prop- have the brakes checked and
engine should be checked by an erly. Have the vehicle towed to any repaired immediately by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
before the car is driven again. brake system inspection and nec-
essary repairs.
4 75
Low tire pressure

telltale WARNING - Low tire WARNING - Safe stopping
pressure • The TPMS cannot alert you to
The low tire pressure telltale illumi- Significantly low tire pressure severe and sudden tire damage
nates when one or more of your tires can make the vehicle unstable caused by external factors.
is significantly underinflated. and can contribute to loss of • If you feel any vehicle instabil-
vehicle control and increased ity, immediately take your foot
Inflate your tires to the correct infla- braking distances.
tion pressure. off the accelerator, apply the
Continued driving on tires with brakes gradually and with
The low tire pressure telltale will illu- low pressure can cause the light force, and slowly move to
minate after it blinks for approximate- tires to overheat and fail. a safe position off the road.
ly one minute when there is a mal-
function with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
If this occurs, have the system
dealer as soon as possible.
For details, refer to the TPMS on chap-
ter 6.
4 76
Charging system warn- Front fog light indicator Immobilizer indicator

ing light (if equipped) (if equipped)
This warning light indicates a mal- Without smart key system

function of either the generator or This light comes on when the front This light illuminates when the immo-
electrical charging system. fog lights are ON. bilizer key is inserted and turned to
If the warning light comes on while the ON position to start the engine.
the vehicle is in motion: At this time, you can start the engine.
1. Drive to the nearest safe location. Tailgate open warning The light goes out after the engine is
light running.
2. With the engine off, check the gen-
erator drive belt for looseness or If this light blinks when the ignition
breakage. switch is in the ON position before
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a This warning light illuminates when starting the engine, have the system
malfunction may exist somewhere the tailgate is not closed securely checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
in the electrical charging system. with the ignition in any position. dealer.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer correct the problem as
soon as possible. Door open warning light
✽ NOTICE
When the charging system warning This indicator illuminates when a
light comes on or the system voltage door is not closed securely.
is low, the vehicle steering effort
may increase.
4 77
With smart key system (if equipped) Low fuel level warning
If any of the following occurs in a light
vehicle equipped with the smart key,
the immobilizer indicator illuminates,
blinks or the light goes off. This warning light indicates the fuel
• When the smart key is in the vehi- tank is nearly empty. When it comes
cle, if the engine start/stop button on, you should add fuel as soon as
is turned to the ON position, the possible. Driving with the fuel level
indicator will illuminate until the warning light on or with the fuel level
engine is started. However, when below "E" can cause the engine to
the smart key is not in the vehicle, misfire and may damage the catalyt-
if the engine start/stop button is OGD055052K
ic converter.
depressed, the indicator will blink • When the battery is weak, if the
for a few minutes to indicate that engine start/stop button is
you will not be able to start the depressed, the indicator will blink
engine. and you will not be able to start the
• When the ignition switch is turned engine. However, you may still be
to the ON position and the indica- able to start the engine by pressing
tor turns off after 2 seconds, the the engine start/stop button with
system may need repair. Have the the smart key. If smart key system
vehicle checked by an authorized related parts need repair, the indi-
HYUNDAI dealer. cator blinks.
4 78
Malfunction indicator ESC indicator

light (MIL) CAUTION (Electronic Stability
(check engine light) • Prolonged driving with the Control)
Malfunction Indicator Light
illuminated may cause damage
This indicator light is part of the to the emission control sys- The ESC indicator will illuminate
Engine Control System which moni- tems which could effect dri- when the ignition switch is turned
tors various emission control system vability and/or fuel economy. ON, but should go off after approxi-
components. If this light illuminates mately 3 seconds. When the ESC is
while driving, it indicates that a • If the Malfunction Indicator on, it monitors the driving conditions.
potential malfunction has been Light illuminates or blinks, Under normal driving conditions, the
detected somewhere in the emission potential catalytic converter ESC light will remain off. When a slip-
control system. damage is possible. This pery or low traction condition is
could result in loss of engine encountered, the ESC will operate,
This light will also illuminate when power. Have the Engine
the ignition switch is turned to the and the ESC indicator will blink to
Control System inspected as indicate the ESC is operating.
ON position, and will go out in a few soon as possible by an
seconds after the engine is started. If authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The ESC indicator stays on when the
it illuminates while driving, or does ESC may have a malfunction. Take
not illuminate when the ignition your car to an authorized HYUNDAI
switch is turned to the ON position, dealer and have the system
take your vehicle to your nearest checked.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue
to be drivable, but have the system
dealer promptly.
4 79
ESC OFF indicator Cruise indicator (if equipped) Cruise SET indicator
SET
CRUISE indicator
CRUISE
The indicator light illuminates when
The ESC OFF indicator will illumi- the cruise function switch (SET- or
nate when the ignition switch is The indicator light illuminates when RES+) is ON.
turned ON, but should go off after the cruise control system is enabled.
approximately 3 seconds. To switch The cruise SET indicator light in the
to the ESC OFF mode, press the The cruise control indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated
ESC OFF button. The ESC OFF indi- instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch (SET-
cator will illuminate indicating the when the cruise control ON-OFF but- or RES+) is pushed. The cruise SET
ESC is deactivated. ton on the steering wheel is pushed. indicator does not illuminate when
The indicator turns off when the the cruise control switch (CANCEL)
cruise control ON-OFF button is is pushed or the system is disen-
pushed again. For more information gaged.
about the use of cruise control, refer
to “Cruise control system or Smart
cruise control system” in section 5.
4 80
Electronic power steer- Key reminder warning chime Engine coolant tempera-
ing (EPS) system (if equipped) ture warning light
warning light Without smart key
If the driver’s door is opened while
This indicator comes on after the the ignition key is left in the ignition The warning light illuminates and
ignition key is turned to the ON posi- switch (ACC or LOCK position), the warning sound activates 5 times if
tion and then it will go out. key reminder warning chime will the temperature of the engine
This indicator also comes on when sound. This helps prevent you from coolant is above 257±4.5°F
the EPS needs repairs. If it comes on locking your keys in the vehicle. The (125±2.5°C).
while driving, have your vehicle chime sounds until the key is
removed from the ignition switch or Do not continue driving with an over-
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
the driver’s door is closed. heated engine. If your vehicle over-
dealer.
heats, refer to “Overheating” in sec-
Steering effort may increase if this tion 6.
lamp illuminates. See EPS system in With smart key
this section.
If the driver’s door is opened while ✽ NOTICE
the smart key is in the vehicle with
the engine start/stop button in ACC, If the engine coolant temperature
the key reminder warning chime will warning light illuminates, it indi-
sound. cates overheating that may damage
the engine.
The chime sounds until the driver’s
door is closed.
4 81
LCD display warning (if equipped)
OGD044241L OGD044258L
OGD044257L
Key not detected Low key battery
If the smart key is not in the vehicle If the engine start/stop button turns
Key not in vehicle or is not detected and you press the to the OFF position when the smart
If the smart key is not in the vehicle engine start/stop button, the warning key in the vehicle discharges, the
and if any door is opened or closed illuminates on the LCD display for 10 warning illuminates on the LCD dis-
with the engine start/stop button in seconds. Also, the immobilizer indi- play for about 10 seconds. Also, the
the ACC, ON, or START position, the cator blinks for 10 seconds. warning chime sounds once.
warning illuminates on the LCD dis- Replace the smart key battery with a
play. Also, the chime sounds for 5 new one.
seconds when the smart key is not in
the vehicle and the door is closed.
Always have the smart key with you.
4 82
OGD044259L OGD044263L OGD044260L

Press brake pedal to start engine Press clutch pedal to start engine Shift to P (Automatic transaxle)
(Automatic transaxle) (Manual transaxle) If you try to turn off the engine without
If the engine start/stop button turns If the engine start/stop button turns the shift lever in the P (Park) position,
to the ACC position by pressing the to the ACC position by pressing the the engine start/stop button will turn
button repeatedly without depressing button repeatedly without depressing to the ACC position. If the button is
the brake pedal, this indicator illumi- the clutch pedal, this indicator illumi- pressed once more it will turn to the
nates on the LCD display for about nates on the LCD display for about ON position. The warning illuminates
10 seconds to indicate that you 10 seconds to indicate that you on the LCD display for about 10 sec-
should depress the brake pedal to should depress the clutch pedal to onds to indicate that you should
start the engine. start the engine. press the engine start/stop button
with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position to turn off the engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for
about 10 seconds. (if equipped)
4 83
OGD044261L OGD044262L OGD044243L

Press start button again Shift to P or N to start engine Press start button with key
If you can not operate the engine (Automatic transaxle) If you press the engine start/stop
start/stop button when there is a mal- If you try to start the engine with the button while the “Key is not detected”
function with the engine start/stop shift lever not in the P(Park) or indicator illuminates the warning
button system, the warning illumi- N(Neutral) position, the warning illu- “Press start button with key” illumi-
nates for 10 seconds and the chime minates for about 10 seconds on the nates for 10 seconds on the LCD dis-
sounds continuously to indicate that LCD display. play. Also, the immobilizer indicator
you could start the engine by pressing You can start the engine with the blinks for 10 seconds.
the engine start/stop button once shift lever in the N(Neutral) position,
more. but for your safety start the engine
The chime will stop if the engine with the shift lever in the P(Park)
start/stop button system works nor- position.
mally or the theft alarm system is
armed.
If the warning illuminates each time
you press the engine start/stop but-
ton, we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 84
OGD044264L OGD044278L OGD044336L

Check brake switch fuse Low washer fluid (if equipped) Turn on fuse switch (mode switch)
When the brake switch fuse is dis- This indicator illuminates when the The notice appears to inform the
connected, the warning illuminates washer fluid reservoir is nearly driver to turn on the transportation
for 10 seconds on the LCD display. empty. If you press the TRIP button fuse switch in the instrument panel
Replace the fuse with a new one. If while the indicator is illuminated, the under the steering wheel.
that is not possible you can start the LCD display mode is changed to the For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
engine by pressing the engine trip mode for 4 seconds and then will section 7.
start/stop button for 10 seconds in return to the low washer fluid mode.
ACC. Refill the washer fluid as soon as
possible.
4 85
OGDE044484/OGDE044485 OGDE044483 OGDE044488

Align steering wheel Steering wheel aligning is completed. Engine has overheated
• This warning message illuminates • If the steering wheel aligning is • This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the completed after "Align steering and warning sound activates 5
steering wheel is turned to more wheel" warning message is dis- times when the engine coolant
than 90 degrees to the left or right. played, this message is displayed temperature is above 120°C
• It means that you should turn the for 2 seconds. (248°F). This means that the
steering wheel and make the angle engine is overheated and may be
of the steering wheel be less than damaged.
30 degrees. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
“Overheating” in chapter 6.
4 86
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

When moving the shift lever from R
(Reverse) into P (Park), D (Drive) or WARNING
N (Neutral), the rearview camera • This system is a supplemen-
cover will close after 10 seconds. tary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
✽ NOTICE always check the inside
rearview/side view mirror and
Closing the rearview camera cover the area behind the vehicle
makes a sound, this is a normal con- before and while backing up.
dition.
OGD041100
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with
CAUTION foreign matter, the camera
may not operate normally.
• Before washing the vehicle,
check that the rearview cam-
era cover is closed. If you
wash the vehicle while the CAUTION
rearview camera cover is If the rearview camera is
opened, the rearview camera jammed with ice, the camera
may be damaged. would not operate normally. Use
• Do not try to open the an approved spray de-icer (not
OGD042099N
rearview camera cover manu- radiator antifreeze) to release
If you move the shift lever to the R ally. The rearview camera may the frozen mechanism or move
(Reverse) position with the ignition be damaged. the vehicle to a warm place and
switch on, the back-up light will illu- allow the ice to melt.
minate, the rearview camera cover
will open and then the rearview cam-
era will activate.
4 87
LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlamp delay (if equipped)
CAUTION
• The purpose of this feature is to If you turn the ignition switch to the
prevent the battery from being dis- ACC or OFF position with the head- If the driver gets out of the vehi-
charged. The system automatically lights ON, the headlights remain on cle through other doors (other
turns off the parking lights when for about 5 minutes. However, if the than the driver's door), the bat-
the driver removes the ignition key driver’s door is opened and closed, tery saver function does not
(smart key : turns off the engine) the headlights are turned off after 15 operate and the headlamp delay
and opens the driver-side door. seconds. does not turn off automatically.
This will cause the battery to be
• With this feature, the parking lights The headlights can be turned off by discharged. In this case, make
will be turned off automatically if pressing the lock button on the trans- sure to turn off the lamp before
the driver parks on the side of road mitter (or smart key) twice or turning getting out of the vehicle.
at night. the light switch to the OFF or Auto
If necessary, to keep the lights on position.
when the ignition key is removed However, if you turn the light switch Headlamp welcome function
(smart key : turns off the engine), to the Auto position when it is dark (if equipped)
perform the following: outside, the headlights will not be When the headlight switch is in the
1) Open the driver-side door. turned off. ON or AUTO position and all doors
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and You can activate or deactivate this (and trunk) are closed and locked, if
ON again using the light switch feature. Refer to “User Settings” in you press the door unlock button on
on the steering column. this section. the transmitter (or the smart key), the
headlights will come on for about 15
seconds. At this time, if you press the
door lock button on the transmitter
(or smart key) the headlights will turn
off immediately.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to “User Settings” in
this section.
4 88
Daytime running light ■ Type A Type A

(if equipped) (1) OFF position (DRL OFF position)
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can (2) Parking light position
make it easier for others to see the (3) Headlight position
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different (4) Auto light position (if equipped)
driving conditions, and it is especial-
OYFH041900N
ly helpful after dawn and before sun- Type B
■ Type B
set. (1) OFF position
Type A (2) DRL ON position
The DRL system will turn OFF when: (3) Parking light position
• The headlights are ON. (4) Headlight position
• The engine is stop.
• The multifuntion switch is in the OGD044900N
“DRL OFF” position. Lighting control
• The parking brake is applied. The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
Type B
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
The DRL system will turn the dedi- the end of the control lever to one of
cated lamp OFF when: the following positions:
• The headlights are ON.
• The engine is stop.
• The multifunction switch is in the
“OFF” position.
• The parking brake is applied.
4 89
■ Type A ■ Type A
OYFH041901N OYFH041902N
■ Type B ■ Type B
OMD040095-1
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the light switch is in the AUTO
OGD044903N OGD044907N
light position, the taillights and head-
lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-
Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( ) matically depending on the amount
When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- of light outside the vehicle.
ing light position, the tail, position light position, the head, tail, license
and license plate lights will turn on and instrument panel lights will turn
and the tail light indicator will turn on. on.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the head-
lights.
4 90
■ Type A
CAUTION WARNING
• Never place anything over Do not use the high beams
sensor (1) located on the when there are approaching
instrument panel. This will vehicles. Using the high beam
ensure better auto-light sys- could obstruct the other driver's
tem control. vision.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a OYFH041904N
window cleaner. The cleaner ■ Type B
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windshield,
the Auto light system may not OGD044901N
work properly. High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it
back for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 91
■ Type A ■ Type A They will self-cancel after a turn is

completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
OYFH041903N the OFF position when released.
■ Type B
If an indicator stays on and does not
OYFH041907N flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
■ Type B
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
OGD044904N
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the nor-
mal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing OGD044906N
feature.
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). Green arrow indicators on
the instrument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating.
4 92
One-touch triple turn signal ■ Type A

To activate an one-touch triple turn CAUTION
signal move the turn signal lever When in operation, the fog
slightly for less than 1.8 seconds and lights consume large amounts
then release it. The lane change sig- of vehicle electrical power. Only
nals will blink 3 times. use the fog lights when visibility
You can activate or deactivate this is poor or unnecessary battery
feature. Refer to “User Settings” in OYFH041905N and generator drain could
this section.
■ Type B occur.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
tion in the circuit. OGD044905N
Front fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow etc. The
fog lights will turn on when fog light
switch (1) is turned to ON after the
headlights are turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the
switch to OFF.
4 93
WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent wipe time adjust-

ment
OAM049100N C : Wash with brief wipes (front) OAM049101N

Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers
(if equipped) D : Rear wiper/washer control
· ON – Continuous wipe Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
· INT – Intermittent wipe
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
· OFF – Off move the lever to this (MIST)
position and release it. The
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
* : if equipped position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
OAM049048N
INT : Wiper operates intermit-
tently at the same wiping
intervals. Use this mode in
a light rain or mist. To vary
the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob(1).
4 94
LO : Normal wiper speed The reservoir filler neck is located in

HI : Fast wiper speed the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, To prevent possible damage to
defrost the windshield for about 10 the washer pump, do not oper-
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice ate the washer when the fluid
is removed before using the wind- reservoir is empty.
shield wipers to ensure proper oper-
ation. OAM049102N
Windshield washers WARNING

✽ NOTICE Do not use the washer in freez-
In the OFF position, pull the lever ing temperatures without first
• When you operate the wipers, if gently toward you to spray washer
your vehicle has a problem in any warming the windshield with
fluid on the windshield and to run the the defrosters; the washer solu-
part of the wiper operation sys- wipers 1-3 cycles.
tem, the wiper may operate in the tion could freeze on the wind-
LO mode regardless of the wiper Use this function when the windshield and obscure your vision.
switch position. In this case, have shield is dirty.
your vehicle checked by an The spray and wiper operation will
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as continue until you release the lever.
soon as possible. If the washer does not work, check
• When the ignition key is removed, the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
the wiper blade sometimes may is not sufficient, you will need to add
move slightly for reducing the appropriate non-abrasive windshield
deterioration of the windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
wipers.
4 95
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo- OAM049103N OXM049125
nents, do not attempt to move Rear window wiper and wash- Push the lever away from you to
the wipers manually. er switch spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
The rear window wiper and washer
and wiper operation will continue
switch is located at the end of the
until you release the lever.
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
4 96
INTERIOR LIGHT
■ Type A • /OFF (2) : The lights remain off
CAUTION even if a door is
Do not use the interior lights for opened.
extended periods when the • /DOOR (3) :
engine is not running.
In the DOOR position, the
It may cause battery discharge. map lamp and the room
lamp come on when any
door is opened regardless of
WARNING the ignition switch position.
Do not use the interior lights OGD041104 When doors are unlocked by
when driving in the dark. ■ Type B the transmitter (or smart
Accidents could happen key), the map lamp and the
because the driver’s view may room lamp come on for
be obscured by interior lights. approximately 30 seconds as
long as any door is not open.
The map lamp and the room
Automatic turn off function lamp goes out gradually after
(if equipped) approximately 30 seconds if
the door is closed. However,
The interior lights automatically turn if the ignition switch is ON or
off approximately 20 minutes after OGD041105 all doors are locked, the map
the ignition switch is turned off. lamp and the room lamp will
Map lamp (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the turn off immediately.
theft alarm system, the interior lights Push the lens (1) to turn the map
lamp on or off. This light produces a • /ON (4) : Map lamp and room
automatically turn off approximately lamp stay on at all
5 seconds after the system is in the spot beam for convenient use as a
map lamp at night or as a personal times.
armed stage.
lamp for the driver and the front pas- ❈ When the lamp is turned ON by
senger. pressing the lens (1), the lamp does
not turn off even if the switch (2) is
in the OFF position.
4 97
■ Type A Type B
Press the switch to turn on the
room lamp.
Press the switch to turn off the
room lamp.
CAUTION
Do not leave the lamp switches
on for an extended period of
OMD040097
time when the vehicle is not run-
■ Type B
ning. OGD041106
Luggage room lamp

The luggage room lamp comes on
when the tailgate is opened.
CAUTION
The luggage lamp comes on as
long as the tailgate is open. To
OGD041151 prevent unnecessary charging
Room lamp system drain, close the tailgate
securely after using the luggage
Type A compartment.
To turn the room lamp ON or OFF,
push the switch.
4 98
WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Headlamp welcome Interior light
When the headlight(light switch in When the interior light switch is in the
the headlight or AUTO position) is on DOOR position and all doors (and
and all doors (and tailgate) are tailgate) are locked and closed, the
locked and closed, the headlight, room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
position light and tail light will come onds if any of the below is per-
on for 15 seconds if any of the below formed.
is performed. • Without smart key system
• Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter.
OYF049209 pressed on the transmitter. • With the smart key system
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) • With the smart key system - When the door unlock button is
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
Pull the sunvisor downward and you pressed on the smart key.
can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or - When the button of the outside
OFF by pushing the button. door handle is pressed.
• : To turn the lamp ON. At this time, if you press the door lock
button (on the transmitter or smart At this time, if you press the door lock
• O : To turn the lamp OFF. key), the lights will turn off immedi- button, the lamps will turn off imme-
ately. diately.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charg-
ing system drain, turn off the
lamp by pushing the O button
after using the lamp.
4 99
DEFROSTER
■ Manual climate control The indicator on the rear window
CAUTION defroster button illuminates when the
To prevent damage to the con- defroster is ON.
ductors bonded to the inside If there is heavy accumulation of
surface of the rear window, snow on the rear window, brush it off
never use sharp instruments or before operating the rear defroster.
window cleaners containing The rear window defroster automati-
abrasives to clean the window. cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
✽ NOTICE OGD041107
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
If you want to defrost and defog the ■ Automatic climate control press the rear window defroster but-
front windshield, refer to ton again.
“Windshield defrosting and defog-
ging” in this section. Side view mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
side view mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on
the rear window defroster.
OGD041108
Rear window defroster Front wiper deicer (if equipped)

The defroster heats the window to If your vehicle is equipped with the
remove frost, fog and thin ice from front wiper deicer, it will be operating
the rear window, while the engine is at the same time you operate the
running. rear window defroster.
To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center facia switch panel.
4 100
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. MAX A/C (Max air conditioning)

button (if equipped)
2. A/C (Air conditioning) button
(if equipped)
3. Mode selection buttons
4. Fan speed control knob
5. Rear window defroster button
6. Front windshield defrost button
7. Temperature control knob
8. Air intake control button
OGDE042109
4 101
Heating and air conditioning

1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air or recirculated
air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
(if equipped)
OGD042111N
4 102
Face-Level (B, D, F*) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D,

E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each Most of the air flow is directed to the
outlet can be controlled to direct the floor and the windshield with a small
air discharged from the outlet. amount directed to the side window
defrosters, and side vents.
Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F*)

OGD041110 Defrost-Level (A, D)
Mode selection
Air flow is directed towards the face
The mode selection button controls and the floor. Most of the air flow is directed to the
the direction of the air flow through windshield with a small amount of air
the ventilation system. directed to the side vents.
Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)
* if equipped
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters, and side vents.
4 103
OGD041112 OGD041113 OGD041116

MAX A/C-Level (B, D) Instrument panel vents Temperature control
(if equipped) The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows
To operate the MAX A/C, turn the fan closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the
speed control knob to the right then wheel. air flowing from the ventilation sys-
press the MAX A/C button. Air flow is Also, you can adjust the direction of tem. To change the air temperature
directed toward the upper body and air delivered from these vents using inside the vehicle, turn the knob to
face. the vent control lever as shown. the right for warm air or left for cool-
In this mode, the air conditioning, the er air.
recirculated air position and max
cool temperature will be selected
automatically.
4 104
Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

The indicator light on the Prolonged operation of the heater in
button illuminates when the recirculated air position (with-
the recirculated air posi- out air conditioning selected) may
tion is selected. cause fogging of the windshield and
With the recirculated air side windows and the air within the
position selected, air passenger compartment may
from the passenger become stale.
compartment will be In addition, prolonged operation of
drawn through the heat- the air conditioning with the recir-
ing system and heated culated air position selected will
OGD041115 or cooled according to result in excessively dry air in the
Air intake control the function selected. passenger compartment.
This is used to select outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air posi- Outside (fresh) air position
tion. With the outside (fresh)
To change the air intake control posi- air position selected, air
tion, push the control button. enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
4 105
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
the recirculated air position
may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle
which may fog the glass and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. This may cause OGD041114 OGD043114A
serious harm or death due to Fan speed control To turn off the blowers
a drop in the oxygen level The ignition switch must be in the ON To turn off the blowers, turn the fan
and/or body temperature. position for fan operation. speed control knob to the "0" position.
• Continued use of the climate The fan speed control knob allows
control system operation in you to control the fan speed of the air
the recirculated air position flowing from the ventilation system.
may cause drowsiness or To change the fan speed, turn the
sleepiness and loss of vehicle knob to the right for higher speed or
control. Set the air intake con- left for lower speed.
trol to the outside (fresh) air
position as much as possible Setting the fan speed control knob to
while driving. the “0” position turns off the fan.
4 106
System operation Operation Tips

Ventilation • To prevent dust or unpleasant
fumes from entering the vehicle
1. Set the mode to the position. through the ventilation system,
2. Set the air intake control to the temporarily set the air intake con-
outside (fresh) air position. trol to the recirculated air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the Be sure to return the control to the
desired position. fresh air position when the irritation
4. Set the fan speed control to the has passed to keep fresh air in the
desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
OGD041117 • Air for the heating/cooling system
Air conditioning (if equipped) Heating is drawn in through the grilles just
Press the A/C button to turn the air 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care
conditioning system on (indicator 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not
light will illuminate). Press the button outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
again to turn the air conditioning sys- other obstructions.
3. Set the temperature control to the
tem off. desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
desired speed.
to the desired position, turn on the
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired
equipped) on. temperature.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
4 107
Air conditioning ✽ NOTICE Air conditioning system operation

HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems • While using the air conditioning tips
are filled with environmentally friend- system, monitor the engine tem- • If the vehicle has been parked in
ly R-134a refrigerant. perature gauge closely while driv- direct sunlight during hot weather,
1. Start the engine. Push the air con- ing up hills or in heavy traffic open the windows for a short time
ditioning button. when outside temperatures are to let the hot air inside the vehicle
high. Air conditioning system escape.
2. Set the mode to the position.
operation may cause engine over- • To help reduce moisture inside of
3. Set the air intake control to the heating. Continue to use the blow- the windows on rainy or humid
recirculated air position. However, er fan but turn the air condition- days, decrease the humidity inside
prolonged operation of the recircu- ing system off if the engine tem- the vehicle by operating the air
lated air position will excessively perature gauge indicates engine conditioning system.
dry the air. In this case, change the overheating.
air position. • During air conditioning system
• Opening the windows in humid operation, you may occasionally
4. Adjust the fan speed control and weather while the air conditioning notice a slight change in engine
temperature control to maintain operates may create water speed as the air conditioning com-
maximum comfort. droplets inside the vehicle. Since pressor cycles. This is a normal
• When maximum cooling is desired, excessive water droplets may system operation characteristic.
set the temperature control to the cause damage to electrical equip-
ment, air conditioning should only • During the winter months, use the
extreme left position then set the air conditioning system every
fan speed control to the highest be used with the windows closed.
month for a few minutes to ensure
speed. maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This condensation a
normal system operation charac-
teristic.
4 108
• Operating the air conditioning sys- ✽ NOTICE

tem in the recirculated air position Outside air • Replace the filter according to the
provides maximum cooling, how- Maintenance Schedule.
ever, continual operation in this Recirculated If the vehicle is being driven in
mode may cause the air inside the air
severe conditions such as dusty,
vehicle to become stale. rough roads, more frequent cli-
• During cooling operation, you may mate control air filter inspections
occasionally notice a misty air flow and changes are required.
because of rapid cooling and • When the air flow rate suddenly
Blower
humid air intake. This is a normal Heater core decreases, the system should be
system operation characteristic. Climate control Evaporator checked at an authorized
air filter core
• If you operate air conditioner 1LDA5047 HYUNDAI dealer.
excessively, the difference Climate control air filter
between the temperature of the
The climate control air filter installed
outside air and that of the wind-
behind the glove box filters the dust
shield could cause the outer sur-
or other pollutants that come into the
face of the windshield to fog up,
vehicle from the outside through the
causing loss of visibility. In this
heating and air conditioning system.
case, set the mode selection knob
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
or button to the position and
in the filter over a period of time, the
fan speed control to the lower
air flow from the air vents may
speed.
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, have the climate control air fil-
ter replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 109
Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
WARNING
Because the refriger-
ant is at very high
pressure, the air con-
ditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that
the correct type and amount of
oil and refrigerant is used, oth-
erwise damage to the vehicle
and personal injury may occur.
4 110
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. A/C (Air conditioning) button

2. Driver’s temperature control button
3. LCD display
4. Mode selection button
5. Air intake control button
6. Front windshield defrost button
7. Fan speed control knob
8. AUTO (automatic control) button
9. OFF button
10. Rear window defrost button
11. Dual temperature control selection but-
ton
12. Passenger’s temperature control button
OGDE042118E
4 111
✽ NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or knob of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
OGDE042119L OGDE042123L - Fan speed control knob
Automatic heating and air con- 2. Press the temperature control but- The selected function will be con-
ditioning ton to set the desired temperature. trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
1. Press the AUTO button. • For your convenience and to
The modes, fan speeds, air intake improve the effectiveness of the
and air-conditioning will be controlled climate control, use the AUTO
automatically according to the tem- button and set the temperature to
perature setting. 73°F (23°C).
4 112
Manual heating and air condi-

tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
OGD041120 2. Set the mode to the desired posi- OGDE042121L
tion.
✽ NOTICE Mode selection
For improving the effectiveness of
Never place anything over the sen- heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls
sor located on the instrument panel the direction of the air flow through
to ensure better control of the heat- - Heating: the ventilation system.
ing and cooling system. - Cooling: The air flow outlet port is converted
3. Set the temperature control to the as follows:
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
desired speed. Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
4 113
Face-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face OGDE042122L OGD041113

and the floor. Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents
Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or
windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the thumb-
Floor-Level directed to the side window wheel.
defrosters. Also, you can adjust the direction of
Most of the air flow is directed to the air delivered from these vents using
floor, with a small amount of the air the vent control lever as shown.
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor & Defrost
Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
4 114
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side Adjusting the driver and passenger

side temperature equally
1. Press the DUAL button again to
deactivate DUAL mode. The pas-
senger side temperature will be
set to the same temperature as
the driver side temperature.
2. Press the left temperature control
button. The driver and passenger
side temperature will be adjusted
equally.
OGD041123 OGD041124
Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger Temperature conversion
The temperature will increase by side temperature individually
If the battery has been discharged or
pushing the up button. Each push of 1. Press the DUAL button to operate disconnected, the temperature mode
the button will cause the temperature the driver and passenger side display will reset to Fahrenheit.
to increase by 1°F/0.5°C. temperature individually. Pressing
the right temperature control but- This is a normal condition. You can
The temperature will decrease by switch the temperature mode between
pushing the down button. Each push ton will automatically switch to the
DUAL mode as well. Fahrenheit to Celsius as follows;
of the button will cause the tempera-
ture to decrease by 1°F/0.5°C. When 2. Press the left temperature control While pressing the MODE button,
set to the lowest temperature setting, button to adjust the driver side depress the DUAL button for 3 sec-
the air conditioning will operate con- temperature. Press the right tem- onds or more. The display will
tinuously. perature control button to adjust change from Fahrenheit to Celsius,
the passenger side temperature. or from Celsius to Fahrenheit.
When the driver side temperature is
set to the highest or lowest tempera-
ture setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-
vated for maximum heating or cooling.
4 115
Recirculated air position

The indicator light on the WARNING
button illuminates when • Continued use of the climate
the recirculated air posi- control system operation in
tion is selected. the recirculated air position
With the recirculated air may allow humidity to
position selected, air increase inside the vehicle
from the passenger which may fog the glass and
compartment will be obscure visibility.
drawn through the heat- • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
ing system and heated the air conditioning or heating
OGDE041125L or cooled according to system on. This may cause
Air intake control the function selected. serious harm or death due to
This is used to select the outside a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
(fresh) air position or recirculated air ✽ NOTICE
position. • Continued use of the climate
Prolonged operation of the heater in control system operation in
To change the air intake control posi- the recirculated air position (with-
tion, push the control button. the recirculated air position
out air conditioning selected) may may cause drowsiness or
cause fogging of the windshield and sleepiness and loss of vehicle
Outside (fresh) air position side windows and the air within the control. Set the air intake con-
passenger compartment may trol to the outside (fresh) air
With the outside (fresh) become stale.
air position selected, air position as much as possible
In addition, prolonged use of the air while driving.
enters the vehicle from conditioning with the recirculated
outside and is heated or air position selected will result in
cooled according to the excessively dry air in the passenger
function selected. compartment.
4 116
OGD041126 OGD041127 OGD041128

Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode
The fan speed can be set to the Push the A/C button to turn the air Push the OFF button to turn off the
desired speed by turning the fan conditioning system on (indicator air climate control system. However,
speed control knob. light will illuminate). you can still operate the mode and
The higher the fan speed is, the Push the button again to turn the air air intake buttons as long as the igni-
more air is delivered. conditioning system off. tion switch is in the ON position.
4 117
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

• For maximum defrosting, set the
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and that tion.
of the windshield could cause • Before driving, clear all snow and
the outer surface of the wind- ice from the windshield, rear win-
shield to fog up, causing loss of dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
visibility. In this case, set the all side windows. OGD041129
mode selection knob or button Manual climate control system
• Clear all snow and ice from the
to the position and fan
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to To defog inside windshield
speed control knob or button to
improve heater and defroster effi-
a lower speed. 1. Select any fan speed except “0”
ciency and to reduce the probabili-
ty of fogging up the inside of the position.
windshield. 2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
✽ NOTICE 4. The outside (fresh) air will be
Be sure to keep the interior surface selected automatically.
of the windshield clean by wiping it If the outside (fresh) air position is
with a clean cloth and glass cleaner. not selected automatically, press the
This will help reduce the tendency of corresponding button manually.
the glass fogging and also improve
visibility.
4 118
OGD041130 OGD041131 OGD041132

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control sys- To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest tem 1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position. To defog inside windshield (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the 1. Select desired fan speed. 2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position. extreme hot (HI) position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the position. 3. Press the defrost button ( ).
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air will be 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
selected automatically. 4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower
If the outside (fresh) air position is fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
not selected automatically, adjust the speed.
corresponding button manually.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
4 119
This indicator illuminates The auto defogging system is auto-

when the auto defogging matically activated when the condi-
system senses the mois- tions are met. However, if you would
ture of inside the wind- like to cancel the auto defogging sys-
shield and operates. tem, press the front defroster button
4 times within 2 seconds while press-
ing the AUTO button. The indicator of
If more moisture is in the vehicle, the the front defroster button will blink 3
automated steps operate as follows: times to notify you that the system is
If auto defogging does not defog the cancelled. To use the auto defogging
window at step 1, outside air posi- system again, follow the procedures
tion, step 2, blowing air toward the mentioned above.
OGDE041135
windshield occurs. If the battery has been disconnected
Auto defogging system
(if equipped) or discharged, it resets to the auto
Step 1 : Outside air position defogging status.
Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
ity of fogging up the inside of the Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind-
windshield by automatically sensing shield
the moisture of inside the windshield. Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward
The auto defogging system operates the windshield
when the heater or air conditioning is Step 4 : Operating the air condition-
on. ing
Step 5 : Maximizing the air condi-
tioning
4 120
✽ NOTICE
• When the air conditioning is
turned on by Auto defogging sys-
tem, if you try to turn off the air
conditioning, the indicator will
blink 3 times and the air condi-
tioning will not be turned off.
• For efficiency, do not select recir-
culated air position while Auto
defogging system is operating.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
driver side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
4 121
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the OGD041136 OGD041137
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover Center console storage Sliding armrest (if equipped)
cannot close securely. (if equipped) To move forward
To open the center console storage, Grab the front portion of the armrest
pull up the lever. (1) then pull it forward
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters, To move rearward
propane cylinders, or other Push the armrest rearward with your
flammable/explosive materials palm.
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem- WARNING
peratures for extended periods. Do not grab the front portion of
the armrest (1) when moving
the armrest rearward. This may
pinch your fingers.
4 122
✽ NOTICE
If some items in the cool box block
the vent, the cooling effectiveness of
the cool box is reduced.
Close
WARNING
Do not put perishable food in
the cool box because it may not
Open maintain the necessary consis-
tent temperature to keep the
OGD041138 OGDE042141L food fresh.
Glove box Cool box
To open the glove box, push the but- You can keep beverage cans or other
ton and the glove box will open. items cool in the glove box.
Close the glove box after use. 1. Turn on the air conditioning. The
temperature of the cool box will
WARNING change according to the tempera-
To reduce the risk of injury in an ture of air conditioning system.
accident or sudden stop, always 2. Slide the open/close lever (1) of
keep the glove box door closed the vent installed in the glove box
while driving. to the open position.
3. When the cool box is not used,
slide the lever (1) to the closed
✽ NOTICE position.
Do not keep food in the glove box for
an extended time.
4 123
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
OGD041139 moving. The rear view mirror OGDE041220
Sunglass holder of the vehicle can be blocked Luggage net (holder)

by an open sunglass holder. (if equipped)
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly • Do not put the glasses To help keep items from shifting in
open. Place your sunglasses in the forcibly into a sunglass holder the cargo area, you can use the hold-
compartment door with the lenses to prevent breakage or defor- ers located in the cargo area to
facing out. Push to close. mation of glasses. It may attach the luggage net.
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
4 124
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
stretch the luggage net,
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use when
the strap has visible signs of
wear or damage.
4 125
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder
WARNING
WARNING - Hot liquids Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
• Do not place uncovered cups them in a vehicle that is heated
of hot liquid in the cup holder up. It may explode.
while the vehicle is in motion.
If the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of CAUTION
control of the vehicle. When cleaning spilled liquids,
• To reduce the risk of personal do not dry the cup holder at
OMD040134
injury in the event of sudden high temperatures. This may
damage the chrome part of the Front
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bot- cup holder. Cups or small beverage cans may be
tles, glasses, cans, etc., in the placed in the cup holders.
cup holder while the vehicle is
in motion.
4 126
■ Rear
CAUTION
• Always have the vanity switch
in the off position when the
vanity mirror lamp is not in
use. If the sunvisor is closed
without the lamp off, it may
discharge the battery or dam-
age the sunvisor.
• Always use the sunvisor
extension, after swinging the
OGD041184 OHD046089L sunvisor to the side.
Rear (if equipped) Sunvisor
To use the cup holder, pull down the Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
armrest. through the front or side windows.
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(3).
Adjust the sunvisor extension (if
equipped) forward or backward (4).
4 127
■ Front
CAUTION WARNING
• Use the power outlet only • Do not put a finger or a for-
when the engine is running eign element (pin, etc.) into a
and remove the accessory power outlet and do not touch
plug after use. Using the with a wet hand. You may get
accessory plug for prolonged an electric shock.
periods of time with the • Ensure the electronic device
engine off could cause the is securely plugged into the
battery to discharge. vehicles power outlet. A poor
OGDE041145L
■ Rear (if equipped)
• Only use 12V electric acces- connection can cause dam-
sories which are less than 10A age to the vehicle or electron-
in electric capacity. ic device.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power
outlet.
• Close the cover when not in
use.
• Some electronic devices can
OGDE042182
cause electronic interference
Power outlet when plugged into a vehicle’s
The power outlet is designed to pro- power outlet. These devices
vide power for mobile telephones or may cause excessive audio
other devices designed to operate static and malfunctions in
with vehicle electrical systems. The other electronic systems or
devices should draw less than 10 devices used in your vehicle.
amps with the engine running.
4 128
WARNING
The floor mat must be properly
anchored so that it will not
interfere with the operation of
the accelerator pedal. Any inter-
ference with the accelerator
pedal could cause the accelera-
tor pedal to be unable to return
to the idle position. A pedal that
cannot return to the idle posi-
OUN026348 OMD040195N tion could lead to an accident
Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) which may result in severe per-
sonal injury or death.
To use the hanger, pull down the When using a floor mat on the front
upper portion of hanger. floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
cle. This keeps the floor mat from
WARNING sliding forward.
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothe pockets. In
an accident or when the curtain
air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
4 129
✽ NOTICE
WARNING When using a portable audio device
The following must be observed connected to the power outlet, noise
when installing ANY floor mat may occur during playback. If this
to the vehicle, so that it will not happens, use the power source of the
interfere with the pedal. portable audio device.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi- ❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
cle’s floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
OGD042150N
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle’s floor mat anchors. Aux, USB and iPod® port
• Do not stack floor mats on top If your vehicle has an auxiliary (AUX)
of one another (e.g. all-weath- and/or USB(universal serial bus) port
er rubber mat on top of a car- or iPod port, you can use the aux
peted floor mat). Only a single port to connect audio devices and a
floor mat should be installed USB port to plug in a USB, or use the
in each position. HYUNDAI accessory ipod cable that
IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was plugs into both ports to connect an
manufactured with driver’s iPod.
side floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, HYUNDAI recommends
that only the HYUNDAI floor
mat specifically designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.
4 130
Navigation system (if equipped) Bluetooth® Wireless

The navigation system ascertains Technology hands-free
the present position of your vehicle (if equipped)
by using information from satellites You can use the phone wirelessly by
and guides you to the place you using the Bluetooth® Wireless
assign as the destination. Technology.
Detailed information for the naviga- Detailed information for the
tion system is described in a seper- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
ate manual. hands-free is described in the “Audio
section” in this chapter or in the man-
ual supplied separately. OGD041149
Cargo area cover (if equipped)

Use the cover to hide items stored in
the cargo area.
The cargo area cover will be lifted
when the tailgate is opened.
Disconnect the strap (1) from holder if
you want to return the cover to original
position. To remove the cargo area
cover completely, lift the cover to a 50-
degree angle and pull it out to the full
(2). For installation of the cover,
reverse the removal procedure.
4 131
CAUTION WARNING
• When you return the cargo area • Do not place objects on the
cover to its original position, cargo area cover while driv-
hold the cover and lower it. ing. Such objects may be
• Do not operate the vehicle thrown about inside the vehi-
with the cover removed. It may cle and possibly injure vehicle
damage to the cover. occupants during an accident
• The cargo area cover may be or when braking.
lifted when the tailgate is • Never allow anyone to ride in
opened. Ensure that the lug- the luggage compartment. It
gage on the cover is moved to is designed for luggage only.
a safe place. • Maintain the balance of the
• Since the cargo area cover vehicle and locate the weight
may be damaged or mal- as far forward as possible.
formed, do not apply exces-
sive force to the cover or do
not put the heavy loads on it.
4 132
EXTERIOR FEATURES
WARNING
Use a coin or flat blade driver
when you remove the roof carrier
cover.
If you use your fingernail, it may
injure your finger.
OED046090 OED046091
Mounting bracket for roof carrier 2. Rotate the cover half way and
(if equipped) insert the cover on the roof hole as
the illustration.
To install or remove a roof carrier,
you can use the mounting bracket
and cover on the roof. ✽ NOTICE
When you install a roof carrier, use To prevent losing the roof carrier
approved HYUNDAI accessories cover, install the cover on the roof
and do the following procedure. before you install the roof carrier.
1. Insert a slim tool (coin or flat blade
driver) into the slot and slide the 3. After using the roof carrier, install
cover toward the arrow on the cover. the cover back on the roof in the
reverse order.
4 133
✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- WARNING
roof, be sure not to position cargo • The vehicle center of gravity will
onto the roof in such a way that it be higher when items are
could interfere with sunroof opera- loaded onto the roof. Avoid sud-
tion. den starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high
speeds that may result in loss
CAUTION of vehicle control or rollover
• When carrying cargo on the resulting in an accident.
roof, take the necessary pre- • Always drive slowly and turn
cautions to make sure the corners carefully when carry-
cargo does not damage the ing items on the roof. Severe
roof of the vehicle. wind updrafts, caused by pass-
• When carrying large objects ing vehicles or natural causes,
on the roof, make sure they do can cause sudden upward
not exceed the overall roof pressure on items loaded on
length or width. the roof. This is especially true
when carrying large, flat items
such as wood panels or mat-
tresses. This could cause the
items to fall off the roof and
cause damage to your vehicle
or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check fre-
quently before or while driving
to make sure the items on the
roof are securely fastened.
4 134
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE ■ Type A ■ Type B
CAUTION
• If you install an aftermarket HID
headlamp, your vehicle's audio Before entering a place with a
and electronic device may mal- low height clearance or a car
function. wash, remove the antenna by
• Prevent chemicals such as per- rotating it counterclockwise. If
fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, not, the antenna may be dam-
hand cleaner, and air freshener aged.
from contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage OHM048154
or discoloration. ■ Type C
OGD045216
Antenna
Roof antenna
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive both AM and FM broadcast
signals. This antenna is removable.
To remove the antenna, turn it coun-
terclockwise. To install the antenna,
turn it clockwise.
4 135
■ Type A 2. PRESET/SEEK ( / )
CAUTION
The SEEK/PRESET button has dif-
Do not operate audio remote ferent functions based on the system
control buttons simultaneously. mode.
For the following functions the button
1. VOLUME (VOL+/-) should be pressed for 0.8 second or
• Push the lever upward (+) to more.
increase the volume.
OMD040139N • Push the lever downward (-) to RADIO mode
■ Type B decrease the volume. It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button.
CD/USB/iPod mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET button is

pressed for less than 0.8 second, it
OMD040139 will work as follows in each mode.
Steering wheel audio control
(if equipped) RADIO mode
The steering wheel may incorporate It will function as the PRESET STA-
audio control buttons. TION buttons.
CD/USB/iPod mode
It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
4 136
3. MODE FM reception This can be due to factors, such as

Press the button to change audio the distance from the radio station,
source. closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
- FM(1~2) ➟ AM ➟ SAT(1~3) ➟ CD bridges or other large obstructions in
➟ USB AUX(iPod) FM... the area.
4. MUTE (if equipped)

• Press the button to mute the
sound.
• Press the button to turn off the
JBM001
microphone during a telephone
call. How vehicle audio works
AM and FM radio signals are broad-
Detailed information for audio control cast from transmitter towers located
buttons are described in the following around your city. They are intercept-
pages in this section. ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-
cle. This signal is then processed by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehi-
cle may not be strong and clear.
4 137
AM reception FM radio station
JBM002 JBM003 JBM004

AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves
greater distances than FM broad- high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the
casts. This is because AM radio follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will
waves are transmitted at low fre- of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs,
quencies. These long distance,low begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another
frequency radio waves can follow the from the station. short distances from stronger station.
curvature of the earth rather than the station. Also, FM signals are eas- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
travelling straight. In addition, they ily affected by buildings, mountains, large obstructions between the
curve around obstructions resulting and obstructions. This can lead to transmitter and your radio can dis-
in better signal coverage. undesirable or unpleasant listening turb the signal causing static or
conditions which might lead you to fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
believe a problem exists with your the treble level may lessen this
radio. The following conditions are effect until the disturbance clears.
normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
4 138
Using a cellular phone or a two-

way radio WARNING
When a cellular phone is used inside Do not use a cellular phone
the vehicle, noise may be produced while driving. Stop at a safe
from the audio system. This does not location to use a cellular phone.
mean that something is wrong with
the audio equipment. In such a case,
use the cellular phone at a place as
far as possible from the audio equip-
ment.
JBM005
CAUTION
• Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
nal weakens, another more power- When using a communication
ful signal near the same frequency system such as a cellular phone
may begin to play. This is because or a radio set inside the vehicle,
your radio is designed to lock onto a separate external antenna
the clearest signal. If this occurs, must be fitted. When a cellular
select another station with a phone or a radio set is used
stronger signal. with an internal antenna alone,
it may interfere with the vehi-
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio cle's electrical system and
signals being received from sever- adversely affect safe operation
al directions can cause distortion of the vehicle.
or fluttering. This can be caused by
a direct and reflected signal from
the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close fre-
quencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.
4 139
Caring for disc • Depending on the type of CD- ✽ NOTICE

R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may - Playing an Incompatible Copy
• If the temperature inside the car is
not operate normally according to Protected Audio CD
too high, open the car windows to
the manufacturing companies. In
ventilate before using the system. Some copy protected CDs, which do
such circumstances, continued
• It is illegal to copy and use use may cause malfunctions to
not comply with international audio
MP3/WMA files without permis- your audio system.
CD standards (Red Book), may not
sion. Use CDs that are created play on your car audio. Please note
only by lawful means. that inabilities to properly play a
copy protected CD may indicate
• Do not apply volatile agents, such
that the CD is defective, not the CD
as benzene and thinner, normal
player.
cleaners and magnetic sprays
made for analogue disc onto CDs.
• To prevent the disc surface from
getting damaged, hold CDs by the
edges or the center hole only.
• Clean the disc surface with a piece
of soft cloth before playback (wipe
it from the center to the outside
edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or
paper.
• Make certain only CDs are insert-
ed into the CD player (Do not insert
more than one CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use
to protect them from scratches or
dirt.
4 140
NOTE:
Order of playing files (folders) :
1. Song playing order : to
sequentially.
2. Folder playing order :
❋ If no song file is contained in the
folder, that folder is not displayed.
4 141
WARNING (Continued) CAUTION

• Do not stare at the screen • Please refrain from use if the • Operating the device while
while driving. Staring at the screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to acci-
screen for prolonged periods can be heard as these signs dents due to a lack of atten-
of time could lead to traffic may indicate product mal- tion to external surroundings.
accidents. function. Continued use in First park the vehicle before
such conditions could lead to operating the device.
• Do not disassemble, assem- accidents(fires, electric
ble, or modify the audio sys- shock) or product malfunc- • Adjust the volume to levels
tem. Such acts could result in tions. that allow the driver to hear
accidents, fire, or electric sounds from outside of the
shock. • Do not touch the antenna dur- vehicle. Driving in a state
ing thunder or lightening as where external sounds cannot
• Using the phone while driving such acts may lead to light-
may lead to a lack of attention be heard may lead to acci-
ning induced electric shock. dents.
of traffic conditions and
increase the likelihood of • Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume
accidents. Use the phone ing-restricted areas to operate setting when turning the
feature after parking the vehi- the product. Such acts could device on. A sudden output of
cle. lead to traffic accidents. extreme volume upon turning
• Heed caution not to spill water • Use the system with the vehi- the device on could lead to
or introduce foreign objects cle ignition turned on. hearing impairment. (Adjust
into the device. Such acts Prolonged use with the igni- the volume to a suitable levels
could lead to smoke, fire, or tion turned off could result in before turning off the device.)
product malfunction. battery discharge. (Continued)
(Continued)
4 142
• Turn on the car ignition before • Do not place beverages close
using this device. Do not oper- to the audio system. Spilling
ate the audio system for long beverages may lead to system
periods of time with the igni- malfunction.
tion turned off as such opera- • In case of product malfunc-
tions may lead to battery dis- tion, please contact your place
charge. of purchase or After Service
• Do not subject the device to center.
severe shock or impact. Direct • Placing the audio system
pressure onto the front side of within an electromagnetic
the monitor may cause dam- environment may result in
age to the LCD or touch noise interference.
screen.
• Prevent caustic solutions
• When cleaning the device, such as perfume and cosmet-
make sure to turn off the ic oil from contacting the
device and use a dry and dashboard because they may
smooth cloth. Never use cause damage or discol-
tough materials, chemical oration.
cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
benzene, thinners, etc.) as
such materials may damage
the device panel or cause
color/quality deterioration.
(Continued)
4 143
✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued) (Continued)

USB DEVICE • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • If you disconnect the external
• To use an external USB device, not recognizable. USB device during playback in
make sure the device is not con- • Depending on the condition of USB mode, the external USB
nected when starting up the the external USB device, the device can be damaged or may
vehicle. Connect the device after connected external USB device malfunction. Therefore, discon-
starting up. can be unrecognizable. nect the external USB device
• If you start the engine when the • When the formatted byte/sector when the audio is turned off or
USB device is connected, it may setting of External USB device in another mode. (e.g, Radio,
damage the USB device. (USB is not either 512BYTE or CD)
flashdrives are very sensitive to 2048BYTE, then the device will • Depending on the type and
electric shock.) not be recognized. capacity of the external USB
• If the engine is started up or • Use only a USB device format- device or the type of the files
turned off while the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. stored in the device, there is a
USB device is connected, the • USB devices without USB I/F difference in the time taken for
external USB device may not authentication may not be rec- recognition of the device.
work. ognizable. • Do not use the USB device for
• The System may not play unau- • Make sure the USB connection purposes other than playing
thenticated MP3 or WMA files. terminal does not come in con- music files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with tact with the human body or • Playing videos through the USB
the compression rate between other objects. is not supported.
8Kbps~320Kbps. • If you repeatedly connect or dis- • Use of USB accessories such as
2) It can only play WMA music connect the USB device in a rechargers or heaters using USB
files with the compression rate short period of time, it may I/F may lower performance or
between 8Kbps~320Kbps. break the device. cause trouble.
• Take precautions for static elec- • You may hear a strange noise (Continued)
tricity when connecting or dis- when connecting or disconnect-
connecting the external USB ing a USB device.
device. (Continued)
(Continued)
4 144
• If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory read-
hub purchased separately, the ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
vehicle’s audio system may not etc.) or external-HDD type
recognize the USB device. In that devices can be unrecognizable.
case, connect the USB device • Music files protected by DRM
directly to the multimedia termi- (DIGITAL RIGHTS MAN-
nal of the vehicle. AGEMENT) are not recogniza-
• If the USB device is divided by ble.
logical drives, only the music files • The data in the USB memory
on the highest-priority drive are may be lost while using this
recognized by car audio. audio. Always back up impor-
• Devices such as MP3 Player/ tant data on a personal storage
Cellular phone/Digital camera device.
can be unrecognizable by stan- • Please avoid using
dard USB I/F can be unrecogniz- USB memory prod-
able. ucts which can be
• Charging through the USB may used as key chains or
not be supported in some mobile cellular phone accessories as
devices. they could cause damage to the
• USB HDD or USB types liable to USB jack. Please make certain
connection failures due to vehicle only to use plug type connector
vibrations are not supported. products.
(i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB)
can be unrecognizable.
(Continued)
4 145
✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued) (Continued)

iPod® DEVICE • Some iPod® devices, such as the • When connecting iPod® with the
iPhone®, can be connected iPod® Power Cable, insert the
• iPhone® is a registered trade through the Bluetooth® Wireless connector to the multimedia
mark of Apple inc. Technology interface. The socket completely. If not insert-
• Some iPod® models may not device must have audio ed completely, communications
support communication proto- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology between iPod® and audio may
col and files may not play prop- capability (such as for stereo be interrupted.
erly. headphone Bluetooth® Wireless • When adjusting the sound
Supported iPod® models: Technology). effects of the iPod® and the
- iPhone® 3GS/4 The device can play, but it will audio system, the sound effects
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation not be controlled by the audio of both devices will overlap and
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation system. might reduce or distort the
- iPod® classic • To use iPod® features within the quality of the sound.
• The order of search or playback audio, use the cable provided • Deactivate (turn off) the equal-
of songs in the iPod® can be dif- upon purchasing an iPod® izer function of an iPod® when
ferent from the order searched device. adjusting the audio system’s
in the audio system. • Skipping or improper operation volume, and turn off the equal-
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its may occur depending on the izer of the audio system when
own malfunction, reset the characteristics of your iPod®/ using the equalizer of an iPod®.
iPod®. (Reset: Refer to iPod® iPhone® device. • When not using iPod® with car
manual) • If your iPhone® is connected to audio, detach the iPod® cable
• An iPod® may not operate nor- both the Bluetooth® Wireless from iPod®. Otherwise, iPod®
mally on low battery. Technology and USB, the sound may remain in accessory mode,
(Continued)
may not be properly played. In and may not work properly.
your iPhone®, select the Dock
connector or Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology to change
the sound output (source).
(Continued)
4 146
✽ NOTICE - Bluetooth® ✽ NOTICE - BEFORE USING

Wireless Technology THE Bluetooth®
HANDSFREE
• The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are registered trademarks What is Bluetooth® ?
owned by Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and • Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis-
any use of such marks is under tance wireless networking technol-
license. ogy which uses a 2.4GHz ~
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is 2.48GHz frequency to connect
required to use Bluetooth® wire- various devices within a certain
less technology. distance.
• Bluetooth® Wirelss Technology • Supported within PCs, external
phone compatibility can be devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,
checked by visiting www. various electronic devices, and
hyundaiusa.com and under the automotive environments,
SERVICE & PARTS - BLUE- Bluetooth® allows data to be trans-
TOOTH COMPATIBILITY mitted at high speeds without hav-
menu. ing to use a connector cable.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a
device which allows the user to
conveniently make phone calls
with Bluetooth® mobile phones
through the audio system.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
To learn more about mobile device
compatibility, visit www.
hyundaiusa.com.
4 147
✽ NOTICE - PRECAUTIONS ✽ NOTICE - WHEN CON- (Continued)

FOR SAFE DRIVING NECTING A Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting
PHONE the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature • Bluetooth® connection may
that enables drivers to practice • Before connecting the head unit become intermittently disconnect-
safe driving. Connecting the head with the mobile phone, check to ed in some mobile phones. Follow
unit with a Bluetooth® phone see that the mobile phone supports these steps to try again.
allows the user to conveniently Bluetooth® features. 1. Within the mobile phone, turn
make and receive calls and use • Even if the phone supports the Bluetooth® function off/on
contacts. Before using Bluetooth®, Bluetooth®, the phone will not be and try again.
carefully read the contents of this found during device searches if the 2. Turn the mobile phone power
user’s manual. phone has been set to hidden state Off/On and try again.
• Excessive use or operations while or the Bluetooth® power is turned 3. Completely remove the mobile
driving may lead to negligent driv- off. Disable the hidden state or phone battery, reboot, and then
ing practices and result in acci- turn on the Bluetooth® power again.
dents. Refrain from excessive prior to searching/connecting with 4. Reboot the Audio System and
operations while driving. the Head unit. try again.
• Viewing the screen for prolonged • Bluetooth phone is automatically 5. Delete all paired devices, pair
periods of time is dangerous and connected when the ignition on. and try again.
may lead to accidents. When driv- • If you do not want automatic con-
ing, view the screen only for short nection with your Bluetooth®
periods of time. device, turn off the Bluetooth® fea-
ture within your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on
the mobile phone.
(Continued)
4 148
✽ NOTICE - USING THE (Continued)

Voice Recognition - When driving on rugged and
uneven roads
- During severe rain (heavy rains,
• When using the voice recognition windstorms)
feature, only commands listed • Phone related voice commands
within the user's manual are sup- can be used only when a
ported. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
• Be aware that during the opera- device is connected.
tion of the voice recognition sys- • When making calls by stating a
tem, pressing any key other than name, the corresponding contact
the key terminate voice recog- must be downloaded and stored
nition mode. within the audio system.
• For superior voice recognition • After downloading the Bluetooth®
performance, position the micro- Wireless Technology phone book,
phone used for voice recognition it takes some times to convert the
above the head of the driver’s seat phone book data into voice infor-
and maintain a proper position mation. During this time, voice
when saying commands. recognition may not properly
• Within the following situations, operate.
voice recognition may not function • Pronounce the voice commands
properly due to external sound. naturally and clearly as if in a nor-
- When the windows and sunroof mal conversation.
are open
- When the wind of the cooling /
heating device is strong
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)
4 149
■ CD Player : AC1B3A5KN, AC1B2A5AN,AC1B3A5AN, AC181A5KN, AC182A5AN
❋No logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
4 150
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS 2. RADIO 3. MEDIA

AND FUNCTIONS • Changes to FM/AM/SiriusXM mode. • Changes to CD, USB MP3, iPod®,
• Each time the key is pressed, the BT Audio, AUX modes.
❈ Display and settings may differ mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟ • Each time the key is pressed, the
depending on the selected audio. FM2 ➟ AM ➟ XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟ XM3. mode is changed in order of CD,
(❈ For XM Radio equipped Model) USB, iPod®, AUX, My Music, BT
Audio(If equipped).
Audio Head Unit • Each time the key is pressed,the
mode is changed in order of FM1 ❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop
➟ FM2 ➟ AM. up screen will be displayed when
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
❈In Setup>Display, the radio pop up When the pop up screen is dis-
screen will be displayed when played, use the TUNE knob
[Mode Pop up] is turned On . or keys 1 ~ 5 to select the
When the pop up screen is dis- desired mode.
played, use the TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the
desired mode. 4. PHONE (❈ For Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology equipped Model)
• Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected,
the connection screen is displayed.
1. (EJECT)
• Ejects the disc.
4 151
5. SEEK ,
TRACK 7. 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
• Radio Mode : Automatically • Radio Mode: Saves frequencies
searches for broadcast frequen- (channels) or receives saved fre-
cies. quencies (channels)
• CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 - 1 RPT : Repeat
seconds): Moves to next or previ- - 2 RDM : Random
ous song (file) • In the Radio, Media, Setup, and
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 Menu pop up screen, the number
seconds): Rewinds or fast-for- menu is selected.
wards the current song.
• BT Audio mode : Moves to next or 8. DISP
previous song(file) • Each time the button is shortly
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it
6. PWR/VOL knob sets the screen Off ➟ Screen On
➟ Screen Off
• Power : Turns power On/Off by
pressing the knob ❈ Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off.
• Volume : Sets volume by turn- In the screen Off state, press any
ing the knob left/right key to turn the screen On again.
4 152
9. SCAN SETUP 13. TUNE knob

10. CLOCK
• Radio Mode • Radio mode : Changes frequency
• Shortly press the key (under 0.8
-Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, by turning the knob left/right
seconds): Previews each broadcast Sound, Clock, Phone, System set- • CD, USB, iPod® mode: Searches
for 5 seconds each. ting modes songs (files) by turning the knob
-Press and hold the key (over 0.8 • Press and hold the key (over 0.8 left/right
seconds): Previews the broadcasts seconds) : Move to the Time set- ❈ When the desired song is displayed,
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 ting screen press the knob to play the song.
seconds each. • Moves focus in all selection menus
❈ Press the SCAN key again to and selects menus.
11. MENU
continue listening to the current
frequency. • Displays supported menus within
each mode.
❈ SiriusXM RADIO does not support
the Preset scan feature. FOLDER
• CD, USB mode 12. CAT ,
-Shortly press the key (under 0.8 • Radio Mode
seconds): Previews each song (file) - SiriusXM RADIO : Category Search
for 10 seconds each • MP3 CD, USB mode : Folder Search
❈ Press the SCAN key again to ❈ May differ depending on the
continue listening to the current selected audio.
song (file).
4 153
Audio head Unit (For NON BT)
14. FM/AM
• Changes to FM/AM mode.
• Each time the key is pressed, the
mode changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ AM
15. SAT
• Changes to XM mode.
mode changed in order of XM1 ➟
XM2 ➟ XM3
4 154
■ CD Player : AC111A5KN, AC111A5GG, AC101A5KN, AC104A5GG
❋No logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
4 155
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS 2. RADIO 3. MEDIA

AND FUNCTIONS • Changes to FM/AM mode. • Changes to CD, USB MP3, iPod®,
• Each time the key is pressed, the BT Audio, AUX modes.
❈ Display and settings may differ mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟ • Each time the key is pressed, the
depending on the selected audio. FM2 ➟ AM mode is changed in order of CD,
❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up USB, iPod®, AUX, My Music, BT
screen will be displayed when Audio(if equipped).
Audio Head Unit
[Mode Pop up] is turned On . ❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop
When the pop up screen is dis- up screen will be displayed when
played, use the TUNE knob or [Mode Pop up] is turned On .
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the When the pop up screen is dis-
desired mode. played, use the TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the
desired mode.
4. PHONE (❈ For Bluetooth® Wireless

Technology equipped Model)
• Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected,
the connection screen is dis-
played.
1. (EJECT)
• Ejects the disc.
4 156
5. SEEK ,
TRACK 7. 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
• Radio Mode : Automatically • Radio Mode: Saves frequencies
searches for broadcast frequen- (channels) or receives saved fre-
cies. quencies (channels)
• CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes • CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 - 1 RPT : Repeat
seconds): Moves to next or previ- - 2 RDM : Random
ous song (file) • In the Radio, Media, Setup, and
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 Menu pop up screen, the number
seconds): Rewinds or fast-for- menu is selected.
wards the current song.
• BT Audio mode : Moves to next or 8. DISP
previous song(file) • Each time the button is shortly
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it
6. PWR/VOL knob sets the screen Off ➟ Screen On
➟ Screen Off
• Power : Turns power On/Off by
pressing the knob ❈ Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off.
• Volume : Sets volume by turn- In the screen Off state, press any
ing the knob left/right key to turn the screen On again.
4 157
9. SCAN SETUP
10. CLOCK 13. TUNE knob
• Radio Mode • Shortly press the key (under 0.8 • Radio mode : Changes frequency
-Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, by turning the knob left/right
seconds): Previews each broadcast Sound, Clock, Phone, System set- • CD, USB, iPod® mode: Searches
for 5 seconds each. ting modes songs (files) by turning the knob
-Press and hold the key (over 0.8 • Press and hold the key (over 0.8 left/right
seconds): Previews the broadcasts seconds) : Move to the Time set- ❈ When the desired song is displayed,
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 ting screen press the knob to play the song.
seconds each. • Moves focus in all selection menus
❈ Press the SCAN key again to 11. MENU and selects menus.
continue listening to the current
frequency. • Displays supported menus within
each mode.
• CD, USB mode
-Shortly press the key (under 0.8 FOLDER
seconds): Previews each song (file) 12. FOLDER ,
for 10 seconds each • MP3 CD, USB mode : Folder Search
❈ Press the SCAN key again to ❈ May differ depending on the
continue listening to the current selected audio.
song (file).
4 158
Audio head Unit (For NON BT)
14. FM
• Changes to FM mode.
mode changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ FM1.
15. AM
• Changes to AM mode.
4 159
SETUP Media Display Tone

When playing an MP3 file, select the This menu allows you to set the Bass
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’ Middle, Treble
Display Settings or ‘Album/Artist/Song’. Select [Tone] Select menu through
SETUP TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob
Press the CLOCK key Select [Display] left/right to set
Select menu through TUNE knob • Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the
sound tone.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Return : While adjusting values,
pressing the TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu.
Sound Settings
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Sound]
Mode Pop up Select menu through TUNE knob
[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
• During On state, press the RADIO
or MEDIA key to display the mode
change pop up screen.
4 160
Position Speed Dependent Volume Blue Link® Voice Volume

This menu allows you to set the Control (for Blue Link® equipped model)
Fader, Balance. This feature is used to automatically
Select [Position] Select menu control the volume level according to Sets the Blue Link® voice recognition
through TUNE knob Turn the speed of the vehicle. volume.
TUNE knob left/right to set Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set ❈ While using Blue Link® voice
• Fader, Balance : Selects the sound in [On / Off] of TUNE knob recognition, turning the tune knob
fader and balance will display the volume control
• Default : Restores default settings. Voice Recognition Volume popup screen.
❈ Return : While adjusting values, (if equipped) ❈ May differ depending on the
pressing the TUNE knob will selected audio.
Adjusts voice recognition volume.
restore the parent menu.
Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
volume of TUNE knob
4 161
CLOCK SETTINGS Clock Settings Calendar Settings

This menu is used to set the time. This menu is used to set the date.
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Clock] Select [Clock Settings] Set through Select [Calendar Settings] Set
through TUNE knob or 3 key TUNE knob Press TUNE knob through TUNE knob Press
Select menu through TUNE knob TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in

focus to set the [hour] and press ❈ Adjust the number currently in
the tune knob to set the [minute]. focus to make the settings and
press the tune knob to move to the
next setting.
4 162
Time Format SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information

This function is used to set the 12/24 (if equipped)
hour time format of the audio system. SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select Displays currently used memory and
Select [Time Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr [System] Select menu through total system memory.
through TUNE knob TUNE knob Select [Memory Information] OK
The currently used memory is dis-
Clock Display when Power is OFF played on the left side while the total
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off)] Set system memory is displayed on the
On / Off through TUNE knob right side.
TUNE knob
On : Displays time/date on screen

Off : Turn off.
4 163
Prompt Feedback Language

This feature is used to change voice This menu is used to set the display
command feedback between Normal and voice recognition language.
and Expert modes. Select [Language] Set through
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set TUNE knob
through TUNE knob
• Normal(On) : This mode is for
beginner users and provides
detailed instructions during voice
command operation.
• Expert(Off) : This mode is for
expert users and omits some infor- ❈ The system will reboot after the
mation during voice command language is changed.
operation. (When using Expert ❈ Language support by region
mode, guidance instructions can
be heard through the [Help] or - English, Français, Español
[Menu] commands.
4 164
RADIO : FM, AM OR Preset SEEK SCAN

SiriusXM Press the 1 ~ 6 key Press the SCAN key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 • Shortly pressing the key : The
seconds): Plays the frequency broadcast frequency increases
saved in the corresponding key. and previews each broadcast for 5
• Pressing and holding the key (over seconds each. After scanning all
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding frequencies, returns and plays the
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 current broadcast frequency.
will save the currently playing • Pressing and holding the key (over
broadcast to the selected key and 0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-
sound a BEEP. casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
SEEK for 5 seconds each.
TRACK
Press the SEEK , key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Changes the frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key
(over 0.8 seconds): Automatically
searches for the next frequency.
4 165
Selecting through manual MENU

search Within MENU key are the A.Store
Turn the TUNE knob left/right to (Auto Store) and Info functions.
adjust the frequency.
A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through TUNE knob or 1 RPT key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.
4 166
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio information

Satellite Radio channels: • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- For information on extended sub-
Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio with a 3- ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway scription terms, contact SiriusXM
month trial subscription to the Sirius overpasses, parking garages, at 1-888-539-7474.
Select package. You'll get over 140 dense tree foliage and thunder-
channels, including commercial-free storms can interfere with your
reception. NOTE:
music, plus all your favorite sports,
exclusive talk, entertainment, and a SiriusXM services require a sub-
selection of premium programming. scription sold separately, or as a
SiriusXM Satellite Radio service: package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. If
For more information and a complete SiriusXM is a subscription-based satel- you decide to continue service
list of SiriusXM channels, visit lite radio service that broad-casts after your trial, the subscription
siriusxm.com in the United States, music, sports, news and entertainment plan you choose will automatical-
siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SiriusXM programming to radio receivers, which ly renew thereafter and you will be
at 1-888-539-7474. are available for installation in motor charged according to your chosen
vehicles or factory installed, as well as payment method at then-current
Satellite Radio reception factors: for the home, portable and wireless rates. Fees and taxes apply. To
To receive the satellite signal, your vehi- devices, and through an Internet con- cancel you must call SiriusXM at
cle has been equipped with a satellite nection on personal computer. Vehicles 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM
radio antenna located on the roof of that are equipped with a factory Customer Agreement for com-
your vehicle. The vehicle roof provides installed SiriusXM Satellite Radio sys- plete terms at www.siriusxm.
the best location for an unobstructed, tem include: com. SiriusXM U.S. satellite and
open view of the sky, a requirement of • Hardware and an introductory trial data services are available only in
a satellite radio system. Like AM/FM, subscription term, which begins on the 48 contiguous USA, DC and
there are several factors that can affect the date of sale or lease of the PR (with coverage limitations).
satellite radio reception performance: vehicle. SiriusXM satellite service is also
• Antenna obstructions: For optimal available in Canada; see www.sir-
• For a small upgrade fee, access to iusxm.ca. All fees and program-
reception performance, keep the SiriusXM music channels, and other
antenna clear of snow and ice build- ming subject to change. Sirius,
select channels over the Internet using XM and all related marks and
up and keep luggage and other any computer connected to the
material as far away from the anten- logos are trademarks of Sirius XM
Internet (U.S. customers only). Radio Inc.
na as possible.
4 167
SiriusXM RADIO Activation SCAN

(IF EQUIPPED) In order to extend or reactivate your Press the SCAN key
Sirius Select subscription, you will • Shortly pressing the key: Previews
need to contact SiriusXM Customer each broadcast for 10 seconds
Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Care at 1-800-643-2112. Have your each
12-digit RID (Radio Identification
Your vehicle is equipped with a 3-
Number) / ESN (Electronic Serial ❈ Press the SCAN key again to
month trial subscription to SiriusXM continue listening to the current
so you have access to over 140 Number) ready. To retrieve the RID /
ESN, turn on the radio, press the key, frequency
channels of music, information, and ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
entertainment programming. and tune to channel zero.
Please note that the vehicle will need channels are changed within the
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and current category.
have an unobstructed view of the sky
in order for the radio to receive the Category
activation signal. Press the CAT ,
FOLDER
key Set
through the TUNE knob
SEEK
TRACK
Press the SEEK , key
• Shortly pressing the key: select
previous or next channel.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): continuously move
to previous or next channel. • The display will indicate the cate-
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, gory menus, highlight the category
channels are changed within the that the current channel belongs
current category. to.
4 168
• In the Category List Mode, press the ✽ NOTICE - Troubleshooting Menu

CAT , FOLDER key to navigate 1. Antenna Error Select category menu through the
category list. If this message is displayed, the TUNE knob Press the MENU key
• Press the tune knob to select the antenna or antenna cable is bro- Select [ Info] through the TUNE
lowest channel in the highlighted ken or unplugged. Please consult knob or 1 RPT key
category. with your Hyundai dealership.
❈ If channel is selected by selecting
2. No Signal
If this message is displayed, it Info (Information)
category, then the “CATEGORY”
icon is displayed at the top of the
means that the antenna is covered
screen.
and that the SiriusXM Satellite
Radio signal is not available.
Ensure the antenna is uncovered
Preset and has a clear view of the sky.
Press the 1 ~ 6 key
• Shortly pressing the key: Plays the Tune
Displays the Artist/Song info of the
frequency saved in the correspon- • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes current song.
ding key. the channel number or scrolls cate-
• Pressing and holding the key (over gory list.
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding • Press TUNE knob : Selects the
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 menu.
will save the current broadcast to
the selected key and sound a
BEEP.
4 169
BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat

AUDIO CD / MP3 CD / USB / While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
iPOD® / MY MUSIC (RPT) key
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
Press the MEDIA key to change the
mode in order of CD ➟ USB (iPod®) <USB> • To repeat one song (press the key
➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio.
: Repeats the current song.
The folder/file name is displayed on MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
the screen. screen
• To repeat folder (pressing twice):
repeats all files within the current
folder.
<My Music> ❈Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
❈ The CD is automatically played
<Audio CD> when a CD is inserted.
❈ The USB music is automatically
played when a USB is connected.
<MP3 CD>
4 170
Random Changing Song/File Scan

TRACK
While song (file) is playing 2 RDM While song (file) is playing While song (file) is playing SCAN
(RDM) key key key
Audio CD, iPod®, My Music mode: • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the • Shortly pressing the key : Scans all
RDM on screen current song from the beginning. songs from the next song for 10
• Random (press the key : Plays all TRACK seconds each.
❈ If the key is pressed
songs in random order. again within 1 second, the previ- ❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on ous song is played. off.
screen • Pressing and holding the key (over ❈ The SCAN function is not support-
• Folder Random (press the key : 0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song. ed in iPod® mode.
Plays all files within the current
folder in random order. While song (file) is playing SEEK
key Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
MP3 CD, USB mode : ALL RDM on Mode
screen • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
next song. While file is playing CAT (Folder
• All Random (pressing twice): Plays Up) key
all files in random order. • Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the • Searches the next folder.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn song. FOLDER
off repeat. While file is playing (Folder
Down) key
• Searches the parent folder.
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
the TUNE knob, the first file
within the selected folder will be
played.
4 171
Searching Songs (File) MENU : Audio CD Information

• Turning TUNE knob : Searches Press the Audio CD mode MENU Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
for songs (files) key to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3
• Pressing TUNE knob : Plays Information features. key to display information of the cur-
selected song (file). rent song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current CD.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 172
MENU : MP3 CD / USB Folder Random Information

Press the MP3 CD / USB mode Press the MENU key Set [ Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
MENU key to set the Repeat, Folder F.RDM] through the TUNE knob or through the TUNE knob or 5
Random, Folder Repeat, All 2 RDM key to randomly play songs key to display information of the cur-
Random, Information, and Copy fea- within the current folder. rent song.
tures. ❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Folder Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] Copy
through the TUNE knob or 3 Press the MENU key Set [ Copy]
key to repeat songs within the cur- through the TUNE knob or 6
rent folder. key.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off. This is used to copy the current song
Repeat into My Music. You can play the
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] All Random copied Music in My Music mode.
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] ❈ If another key is pressed while
key to repeat the current song. through the TUNE knob or 4 key copying is in progress, a pop up
❈ Press RPT again to turn off. to randomly play all songs within the asking you whether to cancel
CD/USB. copying is displayed.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off. ❈ If another media is connected or
inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX)
while copying is in progress, copy-
ing is canceled.
❈ Music will not be played while
copying is in progress.
4 173
MENU : iPod® Information MENU : My Music Mode

In iPod mode, press the
® MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info] (if equipped)
to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3
Information and Search features. key. In My Music mode, press the MENU
Displays information of the current key to set the Repeat, Random,
song. Information, Delete, Delete All, and
Delete Selection features.
info display.
Search
Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the TUNE knob or 4
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
key.
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song. Displays iPod® category list. Repeat
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off. ❈ Searching iPod® category is Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
MENU key pressed, move to par- through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
ent category. key.
Random Repeats the currently playing song.
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] ❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM off.
key.
Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 174
Random Delete Delete All

Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Delete] Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key. through the TUNE knob or 4 through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Plays all songs in random order. key. Deletes all songs of My Music.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random Deletes currently playing file
off. In the play screen, pressing delete
will delete the currently playing song.
Information Deletes file from list
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
song.
info display.
➀ Select the file you wish to delete
by using the TUNE knob.
➁ Press the MENU key and select
the delete menu to delete the
selected file.
4 175
Delete Selection ✽ NOTICE - USING THE MY AUX

Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel] MUSIC AUX is used to play external MEDIA
through the TUNE knob or 6 • Even if memory is available, a currently connected with the AUX
key. maximum of 6,000 songs can be terminal.
Songs within My Music are selected stored. AUX mode will automatically start
and deleted. • The same song can be copied up to when an external device is connect-
1,000 times. ed with the AUX terminal.
➀ Select the songs you wish to • Memory info can be checked in
delete from the list. the System menu of Setup. If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.
➁ After selecting, press the MENU

key and select the delete menu.
❈ AUX mode cannot be started
unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.
✽ NOTICE - USING THE AUX

Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.
4 176
Bluetooth® Wireless Starting Bluetooth® Wireless ❈ The title / artist info may not be
Technology AUDIO Technology Audio supported in some mobile phone.
(if equipped model) When it is not supported, no
• Press the MEDIA key to change title/no artist will be displayed.
the mode in order of CD➟USB➟
AUX➟My Music➟BT Audio. • Previous / Next song
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth® Press SEEK or TRACK to play
Technology? previous or next song.
Wireless Technology audio will start
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows playing. ❈The previous song / next song /
devices to be connected in a short display / pause functions may not be
tance, including hands-free devices, ❈ Audio may not automatically start
playing in some mobile phones. supported in some mobile phones.
stereo headsets, wireless remote con-
trollers, etc. For more information, visit
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
website at www.Bluetooth.com Technology audio features
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless • Play / Stop
Technology audio features
Press the TUNE knob to play and
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology pause the current song.
audio may not be supported
depending on the compatibility of ❈ The play / pause functions may
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology not be supported in some mobile
mobile phone. phones.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio can be used only when the
[Audio Streaming] of Phone is
turned On .
4 177
PHONE PHONE Check call history and making

(if equipped model) call
- Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless the key on the steering
Technology phone features remote controller.
Making a call using the
Steering- wheel mount - The call history list will be dis-
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless controls played on the screen.
Technology phone, you must first - Press the key again to con-
pair and connect the Bluetooth® nect a call to the selected number.
Wireless Technology mobile
phone.
• If the mobile phone is not paired or Redialing the most recently
connected, it is not possible to called number
enter Phone mode. Once a phone - Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
is paired or connected, the guid- the key on the steering
ance screen will be displayed. remote controller.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- - The most recently called number
tion(IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® is redialed.
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected. Even if ❈The actual feature in the vehicle ❈ If call history does not exist, a
you are outside, the first Bluetooth® may differ from the illustration. screen asking whether to down-
Wireless Technology phone will be 1) key : Activates voice load call history is displayed. (The
automatically connected once you recognition. download feature may not be sup-
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If ported in some mobile phones)
you do not want automatic 2) key : Places and transfers
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology calls.
phone connection, set the 3) key : Ends calls or cancels
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology functions.
power to OFF.
4 178
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

(if equipped model) WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle con-
Pairing a Bluetooth®
Wireless trol that may lead to an acci-
Technology Device dent, severe personal injury,
and death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
What is Bluetooth® Wireless legal operation of a vehicle, and
Technology Pairing? use of any handheld devices,
Pairing refers to the process of syn- other equipment, or vehicle sys-
chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless tems which take the driver’s
Technology phone or device with the eyes, attention and focus away
car audio system for connection. from the safe operation of a
Pairing is necessary to connect and vehicle or which are not permis-
use the Bluetooth® Wireless sible by law should never be
Technology feature. used during operation of the
vehicle.
4 179
Pairing PHONE key / key 2. Select [OK] button to enter the Pair [Non SSP supported device]
on the Steering Remote Phone screen. (SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
Controller 4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered.
When No Devices have been Hear, enter the passkey “0000” to
Paired pair your Bluetooth® Wireless
1. Press the PHONE key or the Technology device with the car
key on the steering remote con- 1) Vehicle Name : Name of device as audio system.
troller. The following screen is dis- shown when searching from your
played. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology [SSP supported device]
device
4. After a few moments, a screen is
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair the displayed 6 digits passkey .
device Hear, check the passkey on your
3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless device and confirm.
Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.
5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-

lowing screen is displayed.
4 180
✽ NOTICE Pairing through [PHONE] ✽ NOTICE

Setup • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
features supported within the
SETUP vehicle are as follows. Some fea-
Press the CLOCK key Select tures may not be supported
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] depending on your Bluetooth®
Select TUNE knob Wireless Technology device.
- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree
If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology calls
devices are paired but none are cur- - Operations during a call (Switch
rently connected, pressing the to Private, Switch to call waiting,
PHONE key or the key on the MIC on/off)
steering wheel displays the following - Downloading Call History
screen. Select [Pair] button to pair a - Downloading Mobile Contacts
new device or select [Connect] to The following steps are the same as - Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connect a previously paired device. those described in the section device auto connection
"When No Devices have been - Bluetooth Audio Streaming
Paired" on the previous page. • Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices can be paired
to the Car Handsfree system.
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device can be connect-
ed at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired
while a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is connected.
• Only Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree and
Bluetooth audio related features
are supported.
(Continued)
4 181
(Continued) (Continued) From the paired phone list, select the

Bluetooth related operations are • After pairing is complete, a con- device you want to connect and
possible only within devices that tacts download request is sent select [Connect].
support Handsfree or audio fea- once to the mobile phone. Some
tures, such as a Bluetooth® mobile phones may require confir-
Wireless Technology mobile phone mation upon receiving a download
or a Bluetooth audio device. request, ensure your mobile phone
• If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless accepts the connection. Refer to
Technology device becomes dis- your phones user’s manual for
connected due to being out of com- additional information regarding
munication range, turning the phone pairing and connections.
device OFF, or a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology communica-
tion error, corresponding Connecting a Device
devices are automatically searched Press the
SETUP
CLOCK key Select
and reconnected. [Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]
• If the system becomes unstable
due to communication errors
between the car Handsfree and the
device, reset the device by turning
off and back on again. Upon reset-
ting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device, the system will
be restored. 1) Connected Phone : Device that is
(Continued) currently connected
2) Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected
4 182
Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select the ✽ NOTICE
phone you want to switch to the high- Priority icon will be displayed when
est priority, then select [Change the selected phone is set as a priori-
What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The ty phone.
It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority.
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]
4 183
Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device ✽ NOTICE

• When deleting the currently con-
SETUP SETUP nected device, the device will auto-
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select
matically be disconnected to pro-
[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List] [Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]
ceed with the deleting process.
• If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.
From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and device you want to delete and select
select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.
4 184
USING Bluetooth® Wireless ✽ NOTICE Answering Calls

Technology • If you select the [Call History] but-
ton but there is no call history
data, a prompt is displayed which Answering a Call
Phone Menu Screen asks to download call history data. Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
• If you select the [Contacts] button Wireless Technology device connect-
but there is no contacts data ed will display the following screen.
Phone Menus stored, a prompt is displayed To accept the call, press key on
With a Bluetooth® Wireless which asks to download contacts the steering wheel while the call is
Technology device connected, press data. incoming.
the PHONE key to display the Phone • This feature may not be supported
menu screen. in some mobile phones. For more
information on download support,
refer to your mobile phone user’s
manual.
1) Caller : Displays the other party’s

name when the incoming caller is
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used saved within your contacts
contacts saved for easy access 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
2) Call History : Device the call histo- incoming number
ry list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.
4 185
✽ NOTICE Favorites Call History

• When an incoming call pop-up is Press the PHONE key Select
displayed, most Audio and SETUP [Favorites]
Press the PHONE key Select [Call
mode features are disabled. Only
History]
the call volume will operate.
• The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
1) Saved favorite contact : Connects

call upon selection
A list of incoming, outgoing and
2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- missed calls is displayed.
tacts be saved as favorite.
• Call history may not be saved in
the call history list in some mobile
✽ NOTICE phones.
• To save Favorite, contacts should • Calls received with hidden caller ID
be downloaded. will not be saved in the call history
• Contact saved in Favorites will not list.
be automatically updated if the • Calling through the call history is
contact has been updated in the not possible when there is no call
phone. To update Favorites, delete history stored or a Bluetooth®
the Favorite and create a new Wireless Technology phone is not
Favorite. connected.
• Up to 50 received, dialed and
missed calls are stored in Call
History.
• Time of received/dialed calls and
call time information are not saved.
4 186
Contacts ✽ NOTICE (Continued)

• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to begin down-
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology loading a contact list when the
Press the PHONE key Select contact download feature has been
phone can be downloaded into the
[Contacts] turned off within the Bluetooth®
car contacts. Contacts that have
been downloaded to the car cannot Wireless Technology device. In
be edited or deleted on the phone. addition, some devices may
• Mobile phone contacts are man- require device authorization upon
aged separately for each paired attempting to download contacts.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology If downloading does not normally
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- occur, check the Bluetooth®
tacts each). Previously downloaded Wireless Technology device set-
Find a contact in an alphabetical data is maintained even if the tings or the screen state.
order Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • The contacts download feature
device has been disconnected. may not be supported in some
(However, the contacts and call mobile phones. For more informa-
history saved to the phone will be tion of supported Bluetooth®
deleted if a paired phone is delet- devices and function support,
ed.) refer to your phone’s user manual.
• It is possible to download contacts
during Bluetooth streaming audio.
The list of saved phone book entries • When downloading contacts, the
is displayed. icon will be displayed within the
status bar.
(Continued)
NOTE:
Find a contact in an alphabetical
order, press the MENU key.
4 187
Bluetooth® Wireless Viewing Paired Phone List 1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :

Technology Setting Press the SETUP
CLOCK key Select [Phone] Connect/ disconnects currently
Select [Paired Phone List] selected phone
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
Pairing a New Device selected phone to highest connec-
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Phone] tion priority
Select [Pair Phone] 3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen

devices can be paired with the audio
system.
For more information, refer to the
This feature is used to view mobile
“Pairing through Phone Setup” sec-
phones that have been paired with
tion within Bluetooth® Wireless
the audio system. Upon selecting a
Technology.
paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
played.
For more information, refer to the
“Setting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Connection” section
within Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
4 188
✽ NOTICE-BEFORE DOWN- Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume

LOADING CONTACTS Press the SETUP
CLOCK key Select Press the SETUP
CLOCK key Select
• Only contacts within connected [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]
phones can be downloaded. Also
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the download fea-
ture.
• To learn more about whether your
mobile phone supports contacts
downloads, refer to your mobile
phone user’s manual.
• The contacts for only the connect- As the contacts are downloaded Use TUNE knob to adjust the out-
ed phone can be downloaded. from the mobile phone, a download going volume level.
progress bar is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE While on a call, the volume can be
• Upon downloading phone con- changed by using the SEEK ,
tacts, the previous corresponding TRACK key.
data is deleted.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
• Voice Recognition may not oper-
ate while contacts are being down-
loaded.
4 189
Turning Bluetooth System Off

SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Phone]
Select [Bluetooth System Off]
Once Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.
✽ NOTICE
To turn Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology back on, go to SETUP
CLOCK
[Phone] and select “Yes”.
4 190
VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then 4) Do not use special characters
the system will say “Please say a (e.g., “@”, “hyphen -”, “asterisk *”,
(if equipped model) command after the beep (BEEP)” “ampersand &”).
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF] 5) If a name is not recognized from
Using Voice Recognition mode, then the system will only the contact list, change it to a
say “(BEEP)” more descriptive name (e.g., use
• To change Prompt Feedback “Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa
Starting Voice Recognition [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] Joe”).
CLOCK
Shortly press the key on the [Prompt Feedback]

steering wheel. Say a command. Skipping Prompt Messages
✽ NOTICE While prompt message is being stat-
ed Shortly press the key on the
For proper recognition, say the com- steering remote controller.
mand after the voice instruction and
beep tone. The prompt message is immediately
ended and the beep tone will sound.
Contact List Best Practices After the “beep”, say the voice com-
mand.
1) Do not store single-name entries
(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).
Instead, always use full names Re-starting Voice Recognition
(including first and last names) for While system waits for a command
all contacts (e.g., use “Jacob Shortly press the key on the
Stevenson” instead of “Dad”). steering remote controller.
2) Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use The command wait state is immedi-
“Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or ately ended and the beep ton will
“Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”). sound. After the “beep”, say the voice
3) Do not use acronyms (i.e., use command.
“County Finance Department”
instead of “CFD”).
4 191
ENDING VOICE Voice Recognition and Phone

RECOGNITION Contact Tips:
The Hyundai Voice Recognition
System may have difficulty under-
While Voice Recognition is operating standing some accents or uncom-
Press and hold the key on the mon names.
steering remote controller.
When using Voice Recognition to
place a call, speak in a moderate
✽ NOTICE tone, with clear pronunciation To
• While using voice command, maximize the use of Voice
pressing any steering wheel con- Recognition, consider these guide-
trol or a different key will end lines when storing contacts:
voice command. • Do not store single-name entries
• When the system is waiting for a (e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead,
voice command, say “cancel” or always use full names (including
“end” to end voice command. first and last names) for these con-
• When the system is waiting for a tacts
voice command, press and hold • Do not use special characters
the key on the steering wheel (e.g., '@', '-', '*', '&', etc.)
to end voice command.
• Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
"Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.”) or
acronyms (i.e., use “County
Finance Department” instead of “C.
F. D.”; Be sure to say the name
exactly as it is entered in the con-
tacts list
4 192
Illustration on using voice commands

More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
• Starting voice command.
You can say a radio type like “FM”, “AM”, or “Satellite”.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source like “USB”, “My Music”, or
“iPod”.
Please say a command after
the beep or say “Help” for more Beep~ Additionally, there are phone commands like “Contacts”,
information. “Call History”, or “Dial Number”.
More Help You can find more detailed commands in the user's manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like “FM”, “AM”, or “Satellite”. • Ending voice command.
You can also say a media source like “USB”, “My Music”, or Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
“iPod”.
Additionally, there are phone commands like “Contacts”, “Call (BEEP)
History”, or “Dial Number”.
You can find more detailed commands in the user's manual. Contacts
Please say a command after the beep.
• Skipping Voice Recognition Please say the contact name you want to call.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Please say a... while guidance message is being stated
Cancel
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
(BEEP) More Help
4 193
Voice Command List

• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying
used anywhere in the system. (Call by Name) this command, say the name of a contact
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
used within the current mode. nect the call.
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts Dial Number Displays the Dial number screen. After saying
Ex) Call “John Smith” this command, you can say the number that
you want to call.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
on Mobile “Mobile” in Contacts Redial Connects the last dialed call number.
Ex) Call “John Smith” on Mobile Tutorial Provides guidance on how to use voice
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth® connections.
in Office “Office” in Contacts • When listening to the radio, displays the
Ex) Call “John Smith” in Office next radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟XM1➟
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as XM2➟XM3➟FM1)
at Home “Home” in Contacts Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays
Ex) Call “John Smith” at Home the most recently played radio screen.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as • When currently listening to the FM radio,
on Other “Other” in Contacts maintains the current state.
Ex) Call “John Smith” on Other • When listening to a different mode, displays
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- the most recently played FM screen.
mands. After saying this command, say FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
“Favorites”, “Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial
Number” execute corresponding functions. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Favorites Displays the Favorite screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen.
4 194

FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
saved in FM Preset 1~6. AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding device.
frequency. Mute Mutes the sound.
AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
frequency.
XM (Satellite) • When currently listening to the SiriusXM®
maintains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SiriusXM® screen.
XM (Satellite) 1~3 Displays the selected SiriusXM® screen.
XM Channel Plays the selected SiriusXM® channel.
0~223
Media Moves to the most recently played media
screen.
CD Plays the music saved in the CD.
USB Plays USB music.
iPod® Plays iPod® music.
4 195
• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available during • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
FM, AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~255 Play the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 5 seconds each. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
present and plays for 5 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broad-
Information Displays the information of the current broadcast.
cast.(This feature can be used when receiving
RBDS broadcasts.)
4 196
• Audio CD commands: Commands available during • MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available dur-
Audio CD operation ing USB and MP3 CD operation

Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current
Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder.
tial order. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Repeat Repeats the current track. order.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- Repeat Repeats the current file.
tial order. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order.
Information Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder
Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder
4 197
• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod® • My Music Commands: Commands available during
operation My Music operation

Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files.
category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.
4 198
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:

Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper-
ation Command Operation
Command Function
Play Plays the currently paused song.
Pause Pauses the current song.
4 199
Blue Link® Hyundai Motor plans to achieve this Using the Room Mirror Key
by realizing a terminal platform flexi- Selecting the room mirror key will
Hyundai aims to offer differentiated
ble to changes in IT technology, allow you to make service required
customer values through a
cooperating with global IT compa- inquiries, POI info searches, and
‘Connected Car Life,’ which is to pro-
nies, creating an eco-system and emergency rescues by connecting to
vide consumers with fast and reliable
providing the latest contents & serv- the Blue Link Center.
IT technology. As consumers’
ices based on an open environment.
lifestyles become more and more Such features can be used only after
mobile in thanks to remarkable subscribing to the Blue Link service.
advances in smart phones, tablet
PCs and overall wireless telecommu-
nication, new lifestyle patterns
demand seamless connection
between one’s office, home, out-
doors and automobiles.
Automobile companies are now
faced with the task of shifting their
paradigm from vehicle-centered
services to customer value-centered
➀ (Blue Link Center)
services, with the ultimate goal of
securing global leadership in the Makes requests for Blue Link service
field of vehicle IT and telematics. related inquiries and consultations.
A call is connected to the Blue Link
ser-vice center employee.
Re-pressing the key will end the call.
This feature does not operate when
you are on a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone call.
4 200
➁ (Blue Link for POI) 3. Route Preview 7. Resume Route

• Blue Link for Voice command “Route Preview” VR command allows “Resume Route” VR command
Starts Blue Link voice command. the user to preview the route instruc- allows the user to resume Turn by
tions (upcoming maneuver instruc- Turn(TBT) route guidance.
Voice receiving voice guidance, tions) at any time during the route
shortly press the button to convert to guidance.
voice command mode. Press and ➂ (Blue Link for SOS)
hold the button to end voice com- In the case of an emergency,
mand. 4. Destinations List requests for help to the Blue Link
“Destinations List” VR command center.
• TBT VR Commands allows the user to preview and delete Call is connected to the Blue Link
the stored destinations with their emergency rescue center. Re-press-
1. Navigate to associated voice tags in the Turn by ing the key will end the call.
“Navigate to” voice command is used Turn destinations directory.
to request the download of route If already on a Bluetooth® Wireless
data for a new destination, saved Technology phone call, the call will
destinations, daily routes and previ- 5. Voice Guidance end to connect you to the Blue Link
ous destinations. “Voice Guidance” VR command Emergency Rescue Center.
allows the user to mute/unmute the
Turn by Turn(TBT) direction
2. Save Destination announcements.
“Save Destination” VR command is
used to assign a voice tag to the last
downloaded destination and store it 6. Suspend Route
in a destination directory. “Suspend Route” VR command
allows the user to suspend and
NOTE: pause Turn by Turn(TBT) route guid-
ance while in the guidance mode.
The Turn by Turn(TBT) feature sup-
ports the store of ten(10) destina-
tions in the TBT destinations
directory.
4 201
Turn by Turn 4. Current Street name

CAUTION 5. Distance to destination
The Turn by Turn feature can be used
• You cannot talk simultaneous- through Blue Link. 6. Expected Time Arrival
ly on the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone and Blue
Link phone. ❈ For information on specific Blue
• While on a Bluetooth® Link operations, please refer to a
Wireless Technology call, separate manual
pressing the key or
key will display a message
indicating that you are cur- 1. Direction Indicator Image
rently on a call.
2. Remaining distance until next point
• A message will be displayed if
you receive a Bluetooth® 3. The Count bar is divided into a total
Wireless Technology call of 9 levels.
while already on a Blue Link
call. At this time, press the 9 Level 0.5mi 8 Level 0.4mi
key on the steering wheel 7 Level 0.3mi 6 Level 0.2mi
remote controller to accept
the call.The phone bell will not 5 Level 0.1mi 4 Level 400ft
ring. 3 Level 300ft 2 Level 200ft
1 Level 100ft
4 202
iPod® is a registered trademark of Sirius, XM and all related marks

Apple Inc. iPod® mobile digital and logos are trademarks of Sirius
device sold separately. The XM Radio Inc. Android™ is a
Bluetooth® word mark and logos trademark of Google, Inc.
are registered trademarks owned BlackBerry is a registered trade-
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use mark of Research In Motion
of such marks by Hyundai is Limited (RIM). All other marks,
under license. SiriusXM services channel names and logos are the
require a subscription sold sepa- property of their respective own-
rately, or as a package, by Sirius ers. All rights reserved.
XM Radio Inc. If you decide to con-
tinue service after your trial, the
subscription plan you choose will
automatically renew thereafter
and you will be charged according
to your chosen payment method
at then-current rates. Fees and
taxes apply. To cancel you must
call SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349.
See SiriusXM Customer
Agreement for complete terms at
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM U.S.
satellite and data services are
available only in the 48 contigu-
ous USA, DC and PR (with cover-
age limitations). SiriusXM satellite
service is also available in
Canada; see www.siriusxm.ca. All
fees and programming subject to
change.
4 203
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
FCC
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi-
dential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel-
evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to cor-
rect the interference by one ormore of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void
your authority to operate this equipment.
4 204
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minmum 20cm between the and your body. This transmitter must
not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the
FCC.
4 205
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 • To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 • To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-38
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 • To resume cruising speed at more than
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 5-40
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Active ECO system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 • Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 • Limitation of Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 5
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 • Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 • Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 • Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 • Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 • Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
• Parking brake - Hand type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 • Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 • Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Snowy or Icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . . 5-51
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze
in system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Don’t let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-52
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Don't place foreign objects or materials in the
5 engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the under side of the
car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 3
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections
CALIFORNIA PROPO- • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
SITION 65 WARNING mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and
Engine exhaust and a wide vari- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a
ety of automobile components • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, with the exact interval
and parts, including compo- depending on the fluid. Further
nents found in the interior fur- • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in section 7,
nishings in a vehicle, contain or sign of leaks. “Maintenance”.
emit chemicals known to the • Be sure there are no obstacles
State of California to cause can- behind you if you intend to back up.
cer and birth defects and repro- WARNING
ductive harm. In addition, cer- Driving while distracted can
tain fluids contained in vehicles result in a loss of vehicle con-
and certain products of compo- trol, that may lead to an accident,
nent wear contain or emit chem- severe personal injury, and
icals known to the State of death. The driver’s primary
California to cause cancer and responsibility is in the safe and
birth defects or other reproduc- legal operation of a vehicle, and
tive harm. use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehi-
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle.
5 4
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
WARNING WARNING
Always check the surrounding • When you intend to park or
• Position the seat so that all con- areas near your vehicle for peo- stop the vehicle with the
trols are easily reached. ple, especially children, before engine on, be careful not to
• Adjust the inside rearview and side putting a car into D (Drive) or R depress the accelerator pedal
view mirrors. (Reverse). for a long period of time. It may
• Be sure that all lights work. overheat the engine or exhaust
• Check all gauges. system and cause fire.
• Check the operation of warning
WARNING - • When you make a sudden
Driving under the influence stop or turn the steering
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position. of alcohol or drugs wheel rapidly, loose objects
Drinking and driving is danger- may drop on the floor and it
• Release the parking brake and ous. Impaired driving is the could interfere with the opera-
make sure the brake warning light number one contributor to the tion of the foot pedals, possi-
goes out. highway death toll each year. bly causing an accident. Keep
For safe operation, be sure you are Even a small amount of alcohol all things in the vehicle safely
familiar with your vehicle and its will affect your reflexes, percep- stored.
equipment. tions and judgment. Driving • If you do not focus on driving,
while under the influence of it may cause an accident. Be
drugs is as dangerous or more careful when operating
WARNING dangerous than driving drunk. devices that may disturb driv-
All passengers must be proper- You are much more likely to ing such as the audio system
ly belted whenever the vehicle have a serious accident if you or the heater. It is the respon-
is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” drink or take drugs and drive. sibility of the driver to always
in section 3 for more informa- If you are drinking or taking drive safely.
tion on their proper use. drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been drink-
ing or taking drugs. Choose a
designated driver or call a cab.
5 5
KEY
Ignition switch position ON
LOCK The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
The steering wheel locks to protect
the normal running position after the
against theft (if equipped). The igni-
engine is started.
tion key can be removed only in the
LOCK position. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
When turning the ignition switch to
battery discharge.
the LOCK position, push the key
inward at the ACC position and turn
the key toward the LOCK position. START
OUN036001 Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
Illuminated ignition switch ACC (Accessory) engine will crank until you release
(if equipped) The steering wheel is unlocked (if the key; then it returns to the ON
Whenever a front door is opened, the equipped) and electrical accessories position. The brake warning lamp
ignition switch will be illuminated for are operative. can be checked in this position.
your convenience, provided the igni-
tion switch is not in the ON position. ✽ NOTICE
The light will go off immediately If difficulty is experienced in turn-
when the ignition switch is turned on ing the ignition switch to the ACC
or go off after about 30 seconds position, turn the key while turning
when the door is closed. the steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
5 6
(Continued) Starting the engine

WARNING - Ignition
switch • Never reach for the ignition
switch, or any other controls WARNING
• Never turn the ignition switch
through the steering wheel Always wear appropriate shoes
to LOCK or ACC while the vehi-
while the vehicle is in motion. when operating your vehicle.
cle is moving.This can result in
The presence of your hand or Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
loss of directional control and
arm in this area could cause a ski boots,etc.) may interfere
braking function, which could
loss of vehicle control, an with your ability to use the
cause an accident.
accident and serious bodily brake, accelerator pedal, and
• Before leaving the driver’s injury or death. clutch (if equipped).
seat, always make sure the
• Do not place any movable
shift lever is engaged in 1st
objects around the driver’s 1. Make sure the parking brake is
gear for the manual transaxle
seat as they may move while applied.
or P (Park) for automatic
driving, interfere with the driv-
transaxle, set the parking 2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
er and lead to an accident.
brake fully and shut the clutch pedal fully and shift the
engine off. Unexpected and transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
sudden vehicle movement clutch pedal and brake pedal
may occur if these precau- depressed while turning the igni-
tions are not taken. tion switch to the start position.
(Continued) The starter will not operate if the
clutch pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
5 7
3.Turn the ignition switch to START

and hold it there until the engine CAUTION
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), If the engine stalls while the
then release the key. vehicle is in motion, do not
It should be started without attempt to move the shift lever
depressing the accelerator. to the P (Park) position. If traffic
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm and road conditions permit, you
up while the vehicle remains sta- may put the shift lever in the N
tionary. (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and turn
Start driving at moderate engine the ignition switch to the START
speeds. (Steep accelerating and position in an attempt to restart
decelerating should be avoided.) the engine.
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
engaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage it.
5 8
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

Engine start/stop button posi- ✽ NOTICE
tion When you turn off the engine, the
OFF vehicle should be stopped.
• with manual transaxle
To turn off the engine, stop the vehi- WARNING
cle, then press the engine start/stop • In an emergency situation
button. while the vehicle is moving,
you can turn off the engine
• with automatic transaxle and turn the engine start/stop
button to the ACC position by
OGD051005
To turn off the engine, stop the vehi- pressing the engine start/stop
cle, press the engine start/stop but- button for more than 2 sec-
Illuminated engine start/stop ton and place the shift lever in onds or 3 times successively
button (if equipped) P(Park). When you press the engine within 3 seconds.
Whenever the front door is opened, start/stop button without the shift
lever in P(Park), the engine start/stop • If the vehicle is moving, you
the engine start/stop button will illu- can restart the engine without
minate for your convenience. The button does not turn to the OFF posi-
tion but to the ACC position. pressing the brake pedal by
light will go off immediately when the pressing the engine start/stop
engine start/stop button is turned on button with the shift lever in
or go off after about 30 seconds N(Neutral).
when the door is closed.
5 9
ACC(Accessory) ON START
• with manual transaxle • with manual transaxle • with manual transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button To start the engine, depress the
when the button is in the OFF posi- when the button is in the ACC posi- clutch pedal and brake pedal, then
tion without depressing the clutch tion without depressing the clutch press the engine start/stop button
pedal. pedal. with the shift lever in the N(Neutral)
position.
• with automatic transaxle • with automatic transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button • with automatic transaxle
when the button is in the OFF posi- when the button is in the ACC posi- To start the engine, depress the brake
tion without depressing the brake tion without depressing the brake pedal and press the engine start/stop
pedal. pedal. button with the shift lever in the
P(Park) or the N (Neutral) position.
If you leave the engine start/stop but- The warning lights can be checked
ton in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not ✽ NOTICE
1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the button in the ON position if • If you press the engine start/stop
matically to prevent the battery from the engine is not running to prevent button without depressing the
discharging. the battery from discharging. clutch pedal on manual transaxle
vehicles or without depressing the
brake pedal on automatic
transaxle vehicles, the engine will
not start and the engine start/stop
button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF
• If you leave the engine start/stop
button in the ACC or the ON posi-
tion for a long time, the battery
may be discharged.
5 10
(Continued) Starting the engine

WARNING
• Except in an emergency situa- • Never reach for the engine
start/stop button, or any other WARNING
tion, never press the engine
start/stop button while the controls through the steering Always wear appropriate shoes
vehicle is in motion. This may wheel while the vehicle is in when operating your vehicle.
result in loss of directional motion. The presence of your Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
control and braking function, hand or arm in this area could ski boots, etc.) may interfere
which could cause an accident. cause a loss of vehicle con- with your ability to use the
trol, an accident and serious brake, accelerator and clutch
• Before leaving the driver’s bodily injury or death. pedal (if equipped).
shift lever is engaged in 1st • Do not place any movable
gear for the manual transaxle objects around the driver’s 1. Carry the smart key or have it
or P (Park) for the automatic seat as they may move while inside the vehicle.
transaxle, set the parking driving, interfere with the driv-
er and lead to an accident. 2. Make sure the parking brake is
brake fully and shut the firmly applied.
engine off. Unexpected and
3. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
sudden vehicle movement
clutch pedal fully and shift the
may occur if these precau-
transaxle into Neutral. Depress the
tions are not taken.
brake and clutch pedal fully.
(Continued)
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
5 11
4.Press the engine start/stop button. • If the smart key is in the vehicle,
It should be started without depress- but it is not close to the driver’s
ing the accelerator. seat area, then the engine may not
start.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta- • When the engine start/stop button
tionary. is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks
Start driving at moderate engine for the smart key. If the smart key is
speeds. (Steep accelerating and not in the vehicle, and if all doors
decelerating should be avoided.) are closed, the chime will sound for
about 5 seconds. Keep the smart
CAUTION key in the vehicle, when using the OGD055052K
If the engine stalls while you are ACC position or if the vehicle ✽ NOTICE
in motion, do not attempt to engine is on.
• If the battery is weak or the smart
move the shift lever to the P key does not work correctly, you
(Park) position. If traffic and WARNING can start the engine by pressing
road conditions permit, you may the engine start/stop button with
put the shift lever in the The engine will start by press-
ing the engine start/stop button, the smart key.
N(Neutral) position while the • When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
vehicle is still moving and press only when the smart key is in
the vehicle. Never allow chil- you can't start the engine normal-
the engine start/stop button in ly. Replace the fuse with a new one.
an attempt to restart the engine. dren or any person who is unfa-
miliar with the vehicle to touch If you are not able to replace the
the engine start/stop button or fuse, you can start the engine by
related parts. pressing the engine start/stop but-
ton for 10 seconds with the engine
start/stop button in the ACC mode.
Always depress the brake pedal
and clutch pedal (if equipped)
before starting the engine.
5 12
CAUTION
Do not press the engine
start/stop button for more than
5 seconds except when the stop
lamp fuse is disconnected.
5 13
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

Manual transaxle operation
CAUTION
The manual transaxle has 6 forward
gears. • When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
This shift pattern is imprinted on the should be taken not to inadver-
shift knob. The transaxle is fully syn- tently press the shift lever side-
chronized in all forward gears so ways in such a manner that the
shifting to either a higher or a lower second gear is engaged. Such
gear at the appropriate engine RPM, a drastic downshift may cause
is easily accomplished. the engine speed to increase to
To shift gears, press the clutch pedal the point that the tachometer
down fully, select the desired gear will enter the red-zone. Such
with the gearshift lever, and release over-revving may damage the
The shift lever can be moved into any of the clutch pedal slowly. engine and transaxle.
the forward gears without pressing the
The engine will not start without • Do not downshift more than 2
button (1).
depressing the clutch pedal. gears or downshift the gear
The button (1) must be pressed and held
The shift lever must be returned to when the engine is running at
in to move the shift lever into reverse.
the neutral position before shifting high speed (5,000 RPM or high-
OMD050009 into R (Reverse). The button (1) er). Such downshifting may
located at the bottom front of the shift damage the engine, clutch and
knob must be pressed and held in the transaxle.
while moving the shift lever to the R • When shifting from 5th gear to
(Reverse) position. 6th gear or from 6th gear to 5th
Make sure the vehicle is completely gear, push the shift lever to the
stopped before shifting into R right while shifting, otherwise
(Reverse). the shift lever might move to 3th
Never operate the engine with the gear or 4th gear and it may dam-
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. age the engine and transaxle.
5 14
• During cold weather, shifting may (Continued) Using the clutch

be difficult until the transaxle lubri- The clutch should be depressed all
cant is warmed up. This is normal • When operating the clutch
pedal, press the clutch pedal the way to the floor before shifting,
and not harmful to the transaxle. then released slowly. The clutch
fully.
• If you've come to a complete stop pedal should always be fully
and it is difficult to shift into 1st or If you don't press the clutch released while driving. Do not rest
R (Reverse), leave the shift lever in pedal fully, the clutch may be your foot on the clutch pedal while
the neutral position and release the damaged. driving. This can cause unnecessary
clutch. Depress the clutch pedal wear. Do not partially engage the
and then shift into 1st or R clutch to hold the vehicle on an
(Reverse) gear position. WARNING incline. This causes unnecessary
Before leaving the driver’s seat, wear. Use the foot brake or parking
CAUTION always set the parking brake brake to hold the vehicle on an
fully and shut the engine off. incline. Do not operate the clutch
• To avoid premature clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
wear and damage, do not Then make sure the transaxle is
drive with your foot resting on shifted into 1st gear when the
the clutch pedal. Also, do not vehicle is parked on a level or Downshifting
use the clutch to hold the uphill grade, and shifted into R
It is important to downshift when you
vehicle stopped on an uphill (Reverse) on a downhill grade.
must slow down in heavy traffic or
grade while waiting for a traf- Unexpected and sudden vehicle
while driving up or down steep hills.
fic light, etc. movement can occur if these
Downshifting reduces the chance of
precautions are not followed in
• Do not use the shift lever as a stalling and gives better acceleration.
the order identified.
handrest during driving, as When the vehicle is traveling down
this can result in premature steep hills, downshifting helps main-
wear of the transaxle shift tain safe speed and prolongs brake
forks. life.
(Continued)
5 15
Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when

• Never take the vehicle out of gear driving on a slippery surface. Be WARNING
and coast down a hill. This is especially careful when braking, • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
extremely hazardous. Always leave accelerating or shifting gears. On a sion, an unbelted occupant is
the vehicle in gear. slippery surface, an abrupt change significantly more likely to be
in vehicle speed can cause the seriously injured or killed than
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can drive wheels to lose traction and a properly belted occupant.
cause them to overheat and mal- the vehicle to go out of control.
function. Instead, when you are • Avoid high speeds when cor-
driving down a long hill, shift to a nering or turning.
lower gear. When you do this, • Do not make quick steering
engine braking will help slow down wheel movements, such as
the vehicle. sharp lane changes or fast,
• Slow down before shifting to a sharp turns.
lower gear. This will help avoid • The risk of rollover is greatly
over-revving the engine, which can increased if you lose control
cause damage. of your vehicle at highway
• Slow down when you encounter speeds.
cross winds. This gives you much • Loss of control often occurs if
better control of your vehicle. two or more wheels drop off the
• Be sure the vehicle is completely roadway and the driver over-
stopped before you attempt to shift steers to reenter the roadway.
into R (Reverse). The transaxle can • In the event your vehicle
be damaged if you do not. leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 16
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 for-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
+ (UP) The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
- (DOWN) To move the shift lever from the P
(Park) position, the brake pedal must
be depressed and the lock release
button must be pressed.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button (1) when shifting, if your vehicle
is equipped shift lock system.
The lock release button (1) must be depressed while moving the shift lever.
The shift lever can be shifted without depressing the lock release button (1).
OGD051011
5 17
For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges

brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION The indicator in the instrument clus-
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear. • To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position
transaxle, do not accelerate when the ignition switch is in the ON
WARNING - Automatic the engine in R (Reverse) or position.
transaxle
any forward gear position with
the brakes on.
• Always check the surrounding P (Park)
areas near your vehicle for
• When stopped on an incline,
do not hold the vehicle sta- Always come to a complete stop
people, especially children, before shifting into P (Park). This
before shifting a car into D
tionary with engine power.
Use the service brake or the position locks the transaxle and pre-
(Drive) or R (Reverse). vents the drive wheels from rotating.
parking brake.
• Before leaving the driver’s
• Do not shift from N (Neutral)
shift lever is in the P (Park)
or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R
position; then set the parking
(Reverse) when the engine is
brake fully and shut the
above idle speed.
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed in the order
identified.
5 18
R (Reverse) N (Neutral)
WARNING Use this position to drive the vehicle The wheels and transaxle are not
• Shifting into P (Park) while the backward. engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
vehicle is in motion will cause even on the slightest incline unless
the drive wheels to lock which CAUTION the parking brake or service brakes
may cause you to lose control are applied.
of the vehicle. Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
• Do not use the P (Park) posi- (Reverse); you may damage the D (Drive)
tion in place of the parking transaxle if you shift into R
brake. Always make sure the This is the normal forward driving
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in position. The transaxle will automati-
shift lever is latched in the P motion, except as explained in
(Park) position and set the cally shift through a 6-gear
“Rocking the vehicle” in this sequence, providing the best fuel
parking brake fully. section. economy and power.
• Never leave a child unattend-
ed in a vehicle.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
CAUTION which time the transaxle will auto-
The transaxle may be damaged matically downshift to the next lower
if you shift into P (Park) while gear.
the vehicle is in motion.
✽ NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
5 19
✽ NOTICE Shift lock system

+ (UP) • In sports mode, the driver must For your safety, the automatic
execute upshifts in accordance transaxle has a shift lock system
- (DOWN) with road conditions. which prevents shifting the transaxle
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
gears can be selected. To reverse (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
or park the vehicle, move the shift depressed.
lever to the R (Reverse) or P To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or
Sports mode (Park) position as required. N (Neutral) into R (Reverse):
• In sports mode, downshifts are 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
made automatically when the
OGD051013 vehicle slows down. When the 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati- switch to the ON position.
Manual shift mode
cally selected. 3. Move the shift lever.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, sports mode is selected by • In sports mode, when the engine
pushing the shift lever from the D rpm approaches the red zone, the
transaxle will upshift automatically. WARNING
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
• To maintain the required levels of Always fully depress the brake
To return to D (Drive) range opera-
vehicle performance and safety, pedal before and while shifting
tion, push the shift lever back into the
the system may not execute cer- out of the P (Park) position into
main gate.
tain gearshifts when the shift lever another position to avoid inad-
is operated. vertent motion of the vehicle
In sports mode, moving the shift • When accelerating from a stop on a which could injure persons in
lever backwards and forwards will slippery road, push the shift lever or around the car.
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. forward into the +(up) position.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward This causes the transaxle to shift
once to shift up one gear. into the 2nd gear which is better for
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards smooth driving on a slippery road.
once to shift down one Push the shift lever to the -(down)
gear. side to shift back to the 1st gear.
5 20
Ignition key interlock system Good driving practices

The ignition key cannot be removed • Never move the gear shift lever
unless the shift lever is in the P from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any
(Park) position. Even if the ignition other position with the accelerator
switch is in the LOCK position, the pedal depressed.
key also cannot be removed. • Never move the gear shift lever into
If your vehicle is equipped with P (Park) when the vehicle is in
ENGINE START/STOP button, the motion.
button will not change to the OFF • Be sure the car is completely
position unless the shift lever is in the stopped before you attempt to shift
P (Park) position. into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
OGD053014
Shift-lock override • Never take the car out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
If the shift lever cannot be moved extremely hazardous. Always leave
from the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi- the car in gear when moving.
tion into R (Reverse) position with
the brake pedal depressed, continue • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
depressing the brake, then do the fol- cause them to overheat and mal-
lowing: function. Instead, when you are driv-
ing down a long hill, move the shift
1. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov- lever to sports mode and shift to a
ering the shift-lock access hole. lower gear. When you do this,
2. Insert a screwdriver into the engine braking will help slow the car.
access hole and press down on • When driving in sports mode, slow
the screwdriver. down before shifting to a lower
3. Move the shift lever. gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an may not be engaged.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
5 21
• Always use the parking brake. Do

not depend on placing the WARNING (Continued)
transaxle in P (Park) to keep the • Always buckle-up! In a colli- • In the event your vehicle
car from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is leaves the roadway, do not
• Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be steer sharply. Instead, slow
driving on a slippery surface. Be seriously injured or killed down before pulling back into
especially careful when braking, than a properly belted occu- the travel lanes.
accelerating or shifting gears. On a pant. • Never exceed posted speed
slippery surface, an abrupt change • Avoid high speeds when cor- limits.
in vehicle speed can cause the nering or turning.
drive wheels to lose traction and
• Do not make quick steering
the vehicle to go out of control.
wheel movements, such as
• Optimum vehicle performance and sharp lane changes or fast,
economy is obtained by smoothly sharp turns.
depressing and releasing the
• The risk of rollover is greatly
accelerator pedal.
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
oversteers to reenter the road-
way.
(Continued)
5 22
Moving up a steep grade from a

WARNING standing start
If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake
may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D
free by moving it forward and (Drive). Depress the accelerator
backward. Do not attempt this gradually while releasing the service
procedure if people or objects brakes.
are anywhere near the vehicle.
During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move
forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
injury or damage to nearby peo-
ple or objects.
Do not rev up the engine. This
may cause engine over-heating,
transaxle damage or failure, and
tire damage.
5 23
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued)
Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot • Wet brakes may impair the
brakes that adjust automatically vehicle’s ability to safely slow
through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high down; the vehicle may also
In the event that the power-assisted pull to one side when the
brake temperatures, exces-
brakes lose power because of a brakes are applied. Applying
sive brake lining and pad
stalled engine or some other reason, the brakes lightly will indicate
wear, and increased stopping
you can still stop your vehicle by whether they have been
distances.
applying greater force to the brake affected in this way. Always
pedal than you normally would. The • When descending a long or test your brakes in this fash-
stopping distance, however, will be steep hill, shift to a lower gear ion after driving through deep
longer. (for automatic transaxle, water. To dry the brakes, apply
move the shift lever to sports them lightly while maintaining
When the engine is not running, the
mode) and avoid continuous a safe forward speed until
reserve brake power is partially
application of the brakes. brake performance returns to
depleted each time the brake pedal
Continuous brake application normal.
is applied. Do not pump the brake
will cause the brakes to over-
pedal when the power assist has • Always, confirm the position
heat and could result in a tem-
been interrupted. of the brake and accelerator
porary loss of braking per-
formance. pedal before driving. If you
don't check the position of the
(Continued) accelerator and brake pedal
before driving, you may
depress the accelerator
instead of the brake pedal. It
may cause a serious accident.
5 24
In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator

If service brakes fail to operate while Your vehicle has disc brakes. CAUTION
the vehicle is in motion, you can When your brake pads are worn and • To avoid costly brake repairs,
make an emergency stop with the new pads are required, you will hear do not continue to drive with
parking brake. The stopping dis- a high-pitched warning sound from worn brake pads.
tance, however, will be greater than your front brakes or rear brakes. You • Always replace the front or
normal. may hear this sound come and go or rear brake pads in pairs.
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
WARNING - Parking brake
Please remember that some driving WARNING - Brake wear
Applying the parking brake conditions or climates may cause a
while the vehicle is moving at This brake wear warning sound
brake squeal when you first apply (or means your vehicle needs serv-
normal speeds can cause a lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
sudden loss of control of the ice. If you ignore this audible
mal and does not indicate a problem warning, you will eventually
vehicle. If you must use the with your brakes.
parking brake to stop the vehi- lose braking performance,
cle, use great caution in apply- which could lead to a serious
ing the brake. accident.
5 25
CAUTION
• Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad and brake rotor
wear.
• Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is
moving except in an emer-
gency situation. It could dam-
age the vehicle system and
OMD050014 could endanger your driving OMD050015
Parking brake - Hand type safety. Releasing the parking brake

Applying the parking brake To release the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and pull up the
To engage the parking brake, first
parking brake lever slightly. Secondly
apply the foot brake and then pull up
press the release button (1) and
the parking brake lever as far as pos-
lower the parking brake lever (2)
sible without pressing the release
while holding the button.
button.
If the parking brake does not release
In addition it is recommended that
or does not release all the way, have
when parking the vehicle on an
the system checked by an authorized
incline, the shift lever should be in
HYUNDAI dealer.
the appropriate low gear on manual
transaxle vehicles or in the P (Park)
position on automatic transaxle vehi-
cles.
5 26
If at all possible, cease driving the

WARNING vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
• To prevent unintentional sible, use extreme caution while
movement when stopped and operating the vehicle and only con-
leaving the vehicle, do not use tinue to drive the vehicle until you
the gearshift lever in place of can reach a safe location or repair
the parking brake. Set the shop.
parking brake AND make sure
the gearshift lever is securely
positioned in 1st (First) gear
or R (Reverse) for manual
transaxle equipped vehicles W-75
and in P (Park) for automatic Check the brake warning light by
transaxle equipped vehicles. turning the ignition switch ON (do not
• Never allow anyone who is start the engine). This light will be
unfamiliar with the vehicle to illuminated when the parking brake is
touch the parking brake. If the applied with the ignition switch in the
parking brake is released START or ON position.
unintentionally, serious injury Before driving, be sure the parking
may occur. brake is fully released and the brake
• All vehicles should always warning light is off.
have the parking brake fully If the brake warning light remains on
engaged when parking to after the parking brake is released
avoid inadvertent movement while the engine is running, there may
of the vehicle which can injure be a malfunction in the brake system.
occupants or pedestrians. Immediate attention is necessary.
5 27
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (Continued)

The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov- are going to lock, the ABS system
WARNING ered roads. repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent • With tire chains installed. brake pressure to the wheels.
accidents due to improper or • On roads where the road sur- When you apply your brakes under
dangerous driving maneuvers. face is pitted or has different conditions which may lock the
Even though vehicle control is surface height. wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
improved during emergency sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
braking, always maintain a safe The safety features of an ABS
(or ESC) equipped vehicle responding sensation in the brake
distance between you and pedal. This is normal and it means
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds should not be tested by high
speed driving or cornering. This your ABS is active.
should always be reduced dur-
ing extreme road conditions. could endanger the safety of In order to obtain the maximum ben-
yourself or others. efit from your ABS in an emergency
The braking distance for cars situation, do not attempt to modulate
equipped with an anti-lock brak- your brake pressure and do not try to
ing system (or Electronic pump your brakes. Press your brake
Stability Control system) may be pedal as hard as possible or as hard
longer than for those without it as the situation warrants and allow
in the following road conditions. the ABS to control the force being
During these conditions the delivered to the brakes.
vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds:
(Continued)
5 28
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi- • When you drive on a road with
cle begins to move after the engine is poor traction, such as an icy
started. These conditions are normal road, and operate your brakes
and indicate that the anti-lock brake continuously, the ABS will be
system is functioning properly. active continuously and the
ABS warning light may illumi-
• Even with the anti-lock brake sys- nate. Pull your car over to a
tem, your vehicle still requires suf- safe place and stop the engine.
ficient stopping distance. Always • Restart the engine. If the ABS
maintain a safe distance from the W-78 warning light is off, then your
vehicle in front of you. ABS system is normal.
• Always slow down when cornering. CAUTION Otherwise, there may be a mal-
The anti-lock brake system cannot function with the ABS. Contact
• If the ABS warning light is on an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
prevent accidents resulting from and stays on, there may be a
excessive speeds. malfunction of the ABS. In this as soon as possible.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces, case, your regular service
brakes will work normally.
operation of the anti-lock brake ✽ NOTICE
system may result in a longer stop- • The ABS warning light will stay
ping distance than for vehicles on for approximately 3 seconds When you jump start your vehicle
equipped with a conventional after the ignition switch is ON. because of a drained battery, the
brake system. During that time, the ABS will engine may not run as smoothly and
go through self-diagnosis and the ABS warning light may turn on at
the light will go off if everything the same time. This happens because
is normal. If the light stays on, of the low battery voltage. It does not
there may be a malfunction mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
with the ABS. Contact an • Do not pump your brakes!
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as • Have the battery recharged before
soon as possible. driving the vehicle.
5 29
The Electronic Stability Control

WARNING (ESC) system is an electronic sys-
Never drive too fast for the road tem designed to help the driver main-
conditions or too quickly when tain vehicle control under adverse
cornering. Electronic stability conditions. It is not a substitute for
control (ESC) will not prevent safe driving practices. Factors includ-
accidents. Excessive speed in ing speed, road conditions and driv-
turns, abrupt maneuvers and er steering input can all affect
hydroplaning on wet surfaces whether ESC will be effective in pre-
can still result in serious acci- venting a loss of control. It is still your
dents. Only a safe and attentive responsibility to drive and corner at
OGDE052018N driver can prevent accidents by reasonable speeds and to leave a
avoiding maneuvers that cause sufficient margin of safety.
Electronic stability control
the vehicle to lose traction.
(ESC) Even with ESC installed, always ✽ NOTICE
The Electronic Stability control follow all the normal precautions
(ESC) system is designed to stabi- for driving - including driving at A click sound may be heard in the
lize the vehicle during cornering safe speeds for the conditions. engine compartment when the vehi-
maneuvers. ESC checks where you cle begins to move after the engine is
are steering and where the vehicle is started. These conditions are normal
actually going. ESC applies the and indicate that the Electronic
brakes at individual wheels and inter- Stability Control System is function-
venes in the engine management ing properly.
system to stabilize the vehicle.
5 30
ESC operation When operating

ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera-
• When the ignition is turned ON, tion, ESC indicator light
ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights blinks.
illuminate for approximately 3 sec- • When the ESC is in opera-
onds, then ESC is turned on. tion, you can feel a slight
• Press the ESC OFF button for at pulsation in the vehicle.
least half a second after turning the This is only the effect of
ignition ON to turn ESC off. (ESC brake control and indi-
OFF indicator will illuminate). To cates nothing unusual.
turn the ESC on, press the ESC • When moving out of the
OGDE045552
OFF button (ESC OFF indicator mud or driving on a slip-
light will go off). pery road, pressing the • ESC off state 1
• When starting the engine, you may accelerator pedal may not To cancel ESC operation, press the
hear a slight ticking sound. This is cause the engine rpm ESC OFF button shortly (ESC OFF
the ESC performing an automatic (revolutions per minute) to indicator light illuminates). At this
system self-check and does not increase. state, the engine control function
indicate a problem. does not operate. It means the trac-
ESC operation off tion control function does not oper-
ESC OFF state ate. Brake control function only oper-
ates.
This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the engine stops when
ESC is off, ESC remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically
turn on again.
5 31
■ ESC indicator light

CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they
■ ESC OFF indicator light
are the same size as your origi-
nal tires.
WARNING
OGDE045553 Indicator light
The Electronic Stability Control
• ESC off state 2 When ignition switch is turned to ON, system is only a driving aid; use
To cancel ESC operation, press the the indicator light illuminates, then precautions for safe driving by
ESC OFF button for more than 3 goes off if the ESC system is operat- slowing down on curved,
seconds. ESC OFF indicator light ing normally. snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow-
illuminates and ESC OFF warning The ESC indicator light blinks when- ly and do not attempt to accel-
chime will sound. At this state, the ever ESC is operating or illuminates erate whenever the ESC indica-
engine control function and brake when ESC fails to operate. tor light is blinking, or when the
control function do not operate. It The ESC OFF indicator light comes road surface is slippery.
means the car stability control func- on when the ESC is turned off with
tion does not operate any more. the button.
5 32
ESC OFF usage Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when:
When driving (VSM) (if equipped) • Driving on bank road such as gra-
• ESC should remain on for daily This system provides further dient or incline
driving whenever possible. enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving rearward
• To turn ESC off while driving, press and steering responses when a vehi- • ESC OFF indicator light ( )
the ESC OFF button while driving cle is driving on a slippery road or a remains on the instrument cluster
on a flat road surface. vehicle detected changes in coeffi-
cient of friction between right wheels • EPS indicator light ( ) remains
and left wheels when braking. on the instrument cluster
WARNING
Never press the ESC OFF but- VSM operation off
ton while ESC is operating (ESC VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to
indicator light blinks). turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
If ESC is turned off while ESC is indicator light ( ) blinks.
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
operating, the vehicle may slip When the vehicle stability manage- light ( ) illuminates.
out of control. ment is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button
and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake goes out.
✽ NOTICE and EPS control and indicates noth-
• When operating the vehicle on a ing unusual.
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system opera-
tion.
5 33
Malfunction indicator Good braking practices

The VSM can be deactivated even if WARNING
you don’t cancel the VSM operation • The Vehicle Stability WARNING
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It Management system is not a
indicates that a malfunction has substitute for safe driving • Whenever you leave or park
been detected somewhere in the practices but a supplemen- your vehicle, always set the
Electric Power Steering system or tary function only. It is the parking brake as far as possi-
VSM system. If the ESC indicator responsibility of the driver to ble and fully engage the vehi-
light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) always check the speed and cle's transaxle into the P
remains on, take your vehicle to an the distance to the vehicle (Park) position. If the parking
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and ahead. Always hold the steer- brake is not fully engaged, the
have the system checked. ing wheel firmly while driving. vehicle may move inadver-
tently and injure yourself and
• Your vehicle is designed to others.
activate according to the dri-
✽ NOTICE ver’s intention, even with • All vehicles should always
• The VSM is designed to function installed VSM. Always follow have the parking brake fully
above approximately 9 mph (15 all the normal precautions for engaged when parking to
km/h) on curves. driving at safe speeds for the avoid inadvertent movement
• The VSM is designed to function conditions – including driving of the vehicle which can injure
above approximately 18 mph (30 in inclement weather and on a occupants or pedestrians.
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on slippery road.
a road with a surface of varying • Driving with varying tire or
friction levels. wheel sizes may cause the
VSM system to malfunction.
When replacing tires, make
sure they are the same size as
your original tires.
5 34
• After parking the vehicle, check to • Do not "ride" the brake pedal. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
be sure the parking brake is not Resting your foot on the brake the front wheels away from the
engaged and that the parking pedal while driving can be danger- curb to help keep the vehicle from
brake indicator light is out before ous because it can result in the rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
driving away. brakes overheating and losing their required by other conditions to
• Driving through water may get the effectiveness. It also increases the keep the vehicle from rolling, block
brakes wet. They can also get wet wear of the brake components. the wheels.
when the car is washed. Wet • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- • Under some conditions your park-
brakes can be dangerous! Your car ing, apply the brakes gently and ing brake can freeze in the
will not stop as quickly if the brakes keep the car pointed straight engaged position. This is most like-
are wet. Wet brakes may cause the ahead while you slow down. When ly to happen when there is an
car to pull to one side. you are moving slowly enough for it accumulation of snow or ice
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes to be safe to do so, pull off the road around or near the rear brakes or if
lightly until the braking action returns and stop in a safe place. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
to normal, taking care to keep the • If your vehicle is equipped with an that the parking brake may freeze,
car under control at all times. If the automatic transaxle, don't let your apply it only temporarily while you
braking action does not return to vehicle creep forward. To avoid put the gear selector lever in P
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to creeping forward, keep your foot (automatic transaxle) or in first or
do so and call an authorized firmly on the brake pedal when the reverse gear (manual transaxle)
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. vehicle is stopped. and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release
• Do not coast down hills with the car • Use caution when parking on a hill. the parking brake.
out of gear. This is extremely haz- Firmly engage the parking brake
ardous. Keep the car in gear at all and place the shift lever in P (auto- • Do not hold the vehicle on the
times, use the brakes to slow matic transaxle) or in first or upgrade with the accelerator
down, then shift to a lower gear (for reverse gear (manual transaxle). If pedal. This can cause the transaxle
automatic transaxle, shift to sports your vehicle is facing downhill, turn to overheat. Always use the brake
mode) so that engine braking will the front wheels into the curb to pedal or parking brake.
help you maintain a safe speed. help keep the vehicle from rolling.
5 35
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING CAUTION
• If the cruise control is left on, During cruise-speed driving of a
(CRUISE indicator light in the manual transaxle vehicle, do not
instrument cluster illuminated) shift into neutral without
the cruise control could activate depressing the clutch pedal,
unintentionally. Keep the cruise since the engine will be over-
control system off (CRUISE revved. If this happens, depress
indicator light OFF) when the the clutch pedal or release the
cruise control is not in use, to cruise control ON-OFF switch.
avoid inadvertent activation.
OGD052039N • Use the cruise control system
➀ CRUISE indicator only when traveling on open ✽ NOTICE
highways in good weather. During normal cruise control opera-
➁ SET indicator
• Do not use the cruise control tion, when the SET switch is activat-
when it may not be safe to keep ed or reactivated after applying the
The cruise control system allows you the car at a constant speed, for brakes, the cruise control will ener-
to program the vehicle to maintain a instance, driving in heavy or gize after approximately 3 seconds.
constant speed without resting your varying traffic, or on slippery This delay is normal.
foot on the accelerator pedal. (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
This system is designed to function winding roads or over 6% up-
above approximately 20 mph (30 hill or down-hill roads.
km/h). • Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control system.
• Be careful when driving down-
hill using the cruise control
system, which may increase
the vehicle speed.
5 36
OUD052033N OUD052036N OUD052035N
To set cruise control speed: 3. Push the SET- switch, and release To increase cruise control set
1. Push the CRUISE (ON/OFF) but- it at the desired speed. The SET speed:
ton on the steering wheel to turn indicator light in the instrument
Follow either of these procedures:
the system on. The CRUISE indi- cluster will illuminate. Release the
accelerator at the same time. The • Push the RES+ switch and hold it.
cator light in the instrument cluster Your vehicle will accelerate.
will illuminate. desired speed will automatically
be maintained. Release the switch at the speed
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, you want.
which must be more than 20 mph On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while • Push the RES+ switch and release
(30 km/h). it immediately. The cruising speed
going uphill or downhill.
will increase 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h)
each time the RES+ switch is oper-
ated in this manner.
5 37
To temporarily accelerate with

the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
OUD052036N OUD052034N
To decrease the cruising To cancel cruise control, do

speed: one of the following:
Follow either of these procedures: • Press the brake pedal.
• Push the SET- switch and hold it. • Press the clutch pedal with a man-
Your vehicle will gradually slow ual transaxle.
down. Release the switch at the • Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral)
speed you want to maintain. with an automatic transaxle
• Push the SET- switch and release • Press the CANCEL switch located
it immediately. The cruising speed on the steering wheel.
will decrease 1.0 mph (1.6 km/h)
each time the SET- switch is oper-
ated in this manner.
5 38
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower It will not resume, however, if the
than the memory speed by 9 mph vehicle speed has dropped below
(15 km/h). approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 mph (40 ✽ NOTICE
km/h).
Always check the road conditions
Each of these actions will cancel when pressing the RES+ switch to
cruise control operation (the SET resume the speed.
indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, push the OUD052035N
RES+ switch located on your steer- To resume cruising speed at
ing wheel. You will return to your pre- more than approximately 20
viously preset speed. mph (30 km/h):
If any method other than the
CRUISE (ON/OFF) switch was used
to cancel cruising speed and the sys-
tem is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume
when the RES+ switch is pushed.
5 39
Both of these actions cancel cruise

control operation. If you want to
resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in “To set
cruise control speed” on the previous
page.
OUD052033N
To turn cruise control off, do

one of the following:
• Push the CRUISE (ON/OFF) but-
ton (the CRUISE indicator light in
the instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
5 40
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

• When the Active ECO is activated, Limitation of Active ECO opera-
it does not turn off even though the tion:
engine is restarted again. To turn If the following conditions occur while
off the system, press the active Active ECO is operating, the system
ECO button again. operation is limited even though there
• If Active ECO is turned off, it will is no change in the ECO indicator.
return to the normal mode. • When the coolant temperature is
low: The system will be limited until
the coolant temperature is in the
normal range.
• When driving uphill because the
OGD052031N
engine torque is restricted at par-
Active ECO operation tial throttle inputs.
Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- • When using sports mode: The sys-
ciency by controlling the engine and tem will be limited according to the
transaxle. It should be noted that fuel shift location.
efficiency can be changed by the dri- • When the accelerator pedal is
ver's driving habits and road condi- deeply pressed for a few seconds:
tions. The system will be limited, judging
• When the Active ECO button is that the driver wants to speed up.
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
5 41
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your car in good condition. For
mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and better fuel economy and reduced
you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- maintenance costs, maintain your
Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with car in accordance with the mainte-
many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal nance schedule in section 7. If you
from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, drive your car in severe conditions,
your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness more frequent maintenance is
sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- required (see section 7 for details).
gestions to help save money in both sequences. • Keep your car clean. For maximum
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them service, your vehicle should be kept
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- clean and free of corrosive materi-
moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too als. It is especially important that
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to
and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire accumulate on the underside of the
speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. car. This extra weight can result in
lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are increased fuel consumption and
that of the other traffic so you don't aligned correctly. Improper align- also contribute to corrosion.
have to change speeds unneces- ment can result from hitting curbs • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
sarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever or driving too fast over irregular sary weight in your car. Weight
possible. Always maintain a safe surfaces. Poor alignment causes reduces fuel economy.
distance from other vehicles so faster tire wear and may also result • Don't let the engine idle longer
you can avoid unnecessary brak- in other problems as well as than necessary. If you are waiting
ing. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. (and not in traffic), turn off your
• Drive at a moderate speed. The engine and restart only when
faster you drive, the more fuel your you're ready to go.
car uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
5 42
• Remember, your vehicle does not • Open windows at high speeds can
require extended warm-up. After reduce fuel economy. WARNING - Engine off
the engine has started, allow the • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds during motion
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds and headwinds. To help offset Never turn the engine off to
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. some of this loss, slow down when coast down hills or anytime the
In very cold weather, however, give driving in these conditions. vehicle is in motion. The power
your engine a slightly longer warm- steering and power brakes may
up period. not function properly without the
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Keeping a vehicle in good operating
engine running. Instead, keep
Lugging is driving too slowly in too condition is important both for econ-
the engine on and downshift to
high a gear resulting in the engine omy and safety. Therefore, have an
an appropriate gear for engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform
braking effect. In addition, turn-
lower gear. Over-revving is racing scheduled inspections and mainte-
ing off the ignition while driving
the engine beyond its safe limit. nance.
could engage the steering wheel
This can be avoided by shifting at lock resulting in loss of vehicle
the recommended speeds. steering which could cause
• Use your air conditioning sparingly. serious injury or death.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
5 43
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Rocking the vehicle
use second gear. Accelerate slow- If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
ly to avoid spinning the drive free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
wheels. turn the steering wheel right and left
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or to clear the area around your front
other non-slip material under the wheels. Then, shift back and forth
drive wheels to provide traction between 1st (First) and R (Reverse)
when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. in vehicles equipped with a manual
transaxle or R (Reverse) and any for-
ward gear in vehicles equipped with
WARNING - Downshifting an automatic transaxle. Do not race
1JBB3302 Downshifting with an automatic the engine, and spin the wheels as lit-
Hazardous driving conditions transaxle, while driving on slip- tle as possible. If you are still stuck
pery surfaces can cause an after a few tries, have the vehicle
When hazardous driving conditions accident. The sudden change in pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
are encountered such as water, tire speed could cause the tires engine overheating and possible
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- to skid. Be careful when down- damage to the transaxle.
ards, follow these suggestions: shifting on slippery surfaces.
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking. CAUTION
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. Prolonged rocking may cause
engine over-heating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire dam-
WARNING - ABS age.
Do not pump the brake pedal on
a vehicle equipped with ABS.
5 44
WARNING - Spinning tires

Do not spin the wheels, espe-
cially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
✽ NOTICE
OBH058035L OMC035004
The ESC system should be turned

Smooth cornering Driving at night
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. Avoid braking or gear changing in Because night driving presents more
corners, especially when roads are hazards than driving in the daylight,
wet. Ideally, corners should always here are some important tips to
WARNING be taken under gentle acceleration. If remember:
If your vehicle becomes stuck in you follow these suggestions, tire • Slow down and keep more dis-
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you wear will be held to a minimum. tance between you and other vehi-
may attempt to rock the vehicle cles, as it may be more difficult to
free by moving it forward and see at night, especially in areas
backward. Do not attempt this where there may not be any street
procedure if people or objects lights.
are anywhere near the vehicle.
During the rocking operation the
vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward or backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or dam-
age to nearby people or objects.
5 45
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain • Driving too fast through large pud-
glare from other driver's headlights. Rain and wet roads can make driving dles can affect your brakes. If you
• Keep your headlights clean and dangerous, especially if you’re not must go through puddles, try to
properly aimed on vehicles not prepared for the slick pavement. drive through them slowly.
equipped with the automatic head- Here are a few things to consider • If you believe you may have gotten
light aiming feature. Dirty or when driving in the rain: your brakes wet, apply them lightly
improperly aimed headlights will • A heavy rainfall will make it harder while driving until normal braking
make it much more difficult to see to see and will increase the dis- operation returns.
at night. tance needed to stop your vehicle,
• Avoid staring directly at the head- so slow down.
lights of oncoming vehicles. You • Keep your windshield wiping
could be temporarily blinded, and it equipment in good shape. Replace
will take several seconds for your your windshield wiper blades when
eyes to readjust to the darkness. they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condi-
tion, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
5 46
Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas
WARNING
unless you are sure the water is no • Underinflated or overinflated
higher than the bottom of the wheel tires can cause poor handling,
hub. Drive through any water slowly. loss of vehicle control, and
Allow adequate stopping distance sudden tire failure leading to
because brake performance may be accidents, injuries, and even
affected. death. Always check tires for
proper inflation before driv-
After driving through water, dry the
ing. For proper tire pressures,
brakes by gently applying them sev-
refer to “Tires and wheels” in
eral times while the vehicle is moving
OMG015008 section 8.
slowly.
Highway driving • Driving on tires with no or
insufficient tread is danger-
Driving off-road Tires ous. Worn-out tires can result
Drive carefully off-road because your Adjust the tire inflation pressures to in loss of vehicle control, col-
vehicle may be damaged by rocks of specification when the tires are cold lisions, injury, and even death.
roots of trees. Become familiar with (not after driving long distances). Worn-out tires should be
the off-road conditions where you Low tire inflation pressures will result replaced as soon as possible
are going to drive before you begin in overheating and possible failure of and should never be used for
driving. the tires. driving. Always check the tire
Avoid using worn or damaged tires tread before driving your car.
Specification when the tires are cold
which may result in reduced traction For further information and
(not after driving long distances).
or tire failure. tread limits, refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 7.
✽ NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 47
Fuel, engine coolant and engine

oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
get to check both engine coolant and
engine oil.
Drive belt
CAUTION
A loose or damaged drive belt
may result in overheating of the
engine. Inspect your drive belt
for proper tension, or have your
Hyundai dealer inspect this at
the normal service intervals list-
ed in section 7.
5 48
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of
or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the
If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all
sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions.
tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid-
affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may
car. Furthermore, speeding, rapid not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
acceleration, sudden brake applica- inal equipment tires. You should drive
1JBB3305 tions, and sharp turns are potentially cautiously even when the roads are
More severe weather conditions of very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for
winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
other problems. To minimize winter braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
driving problem, you should follow brake applications on snowy or icy WARNING - Snow tire
these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You size
need to keep sufficient distance Snow tires should be equivalent
between the vehicle in operation in in size and type to the vehicle's
front and your vehicle. Also, apply standard tires. Otherwise, the
the brake gently. It should be noted safety and handling of your vehi-
that installing tire chains on the tire cle may be adversely affected.
will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
Do not install studded tires without
✽ NOTICE first checking local, state and munic-
ipal regulations for possible restric-
Tire chains are not legal in all states. tions against their use.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
5 49
When using tire chains, install them Chain installation

on the front tires only. When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
CAUTION mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
• Make sure the snow chains
you hear the chains contacting the
are the correct size and type
body or chassis, stop and tighten
for your tires. Incorrect snow
them. If they still make contact, slow
chains can cause damage to
down until it stops. Remove the
the vehicle body and suspen-
chains as soon as you begin driving
sion and may not be covered
on cleared roads.
by your vehicle manufacturer
1JBA4068
warranty. Also, the snow chain
Tire chains connecting hooks may be WARNING - Mounting
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are damaged from contacting chains
thinner, they can be damaged by vehicle components causing When mounting snow chains,
mounting some types of snow chains the snow chains to come park the vehicle on level ground
on them. Therefore, the use of snow loose from the tire. Make sure away from traffic. Turn on the
tires is recommended instead of the snow chains are SAE vehicle Hazard Warning flashers
snow chains. Do not mount tire class “S” certified. and place a triangular emer-
chains on vehicles equipped with • Always check chain installa- gency warning device behind
aluminum wheels; snow chains may tion for proper mounting after the vehicle if available. Always
cause damage to the wheels. driving approximately 0.3 to place the vehicle in P (Park),
If snow chains must be used, use 0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km) to apply the parking brake and
genuine HYUNDAI parts and install ensure safe mounting. turn off the engine before
the tire chain after going over the Retighten or remount the installing snow chains.
instruction. Damage to your vehicle chains if they are loose.
caused by improper snow chain use
is not covered by your vehicle manu-
facturer’s warranty.
5 50
Use high quality ethylene glycol Change to "winter weight" oil

WARNING - Tire chains coolant if necessary
• The use of chains may adverse- Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended
ly affect vehicle handling. quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See
km/h) or the chain manufac- coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If
turer’s recommended speed it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you
limit, whichever is lower. ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized
• Drive carefully and avoid pump and prevents freezing. Be sure HYUNDAI dealer.
bumps, holes, sharp turns, and to replace or replenish your coolant
other road hazards, which may in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter, Check spark plugs and igni-
cause the vehicle to bounce. tion system
have your coolant tested to assure
• Avoid sharp turns or locked- that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as
wheel braking. the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace
the winter. them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
CAUTION sure they are not cracked, worn or
• Chains that are the wrong size Check battery and cables damaged in any way.
or improperly installed can Winter puts additional burdens on
damage your vehicle's brake the battery system. Visually inspect
lines, suspension, body and the battery and cables as described
wheels. in section 7. The level of charge in
• Stop driving and retighten the your battery can be checked by an
chains any time you hear them authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
hitting the vehicle. service station.
5 51
To keep locks from freezing Don't let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment
To keep the locks from freezing, freeze Depending on the severity of the
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking weather where you drive your car,
glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged posi- you should carry appropriate emer-
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with tion. This is most likely to happen gency equipment. Some of the items
an approved de-icing fluid to remove when there is an accumulation of you may want to carry include tire
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, snow or ice around or near the rear chains, tow straps or chains, flash-
you may be able to thaw it out by brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there light, emergency flares, sand, a
using a heated key. Handle the heat- is a risk of the parking brake freezing, shovel, jumper cables, a window
ed key with care to avoid injury. apply it only temporarily while you put scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-
the shift lever in P (automatic alls, a blanket, etc.
transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
Use approved window washer (manual transaxle) and block the rear
anti-freeze in system wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Don't place foreign objects or
To keep the water in the window Then release the parking brake. materials in the engine com-
washer system from freezing, add an partment
approved window washer anti-freeze Placement of foreign objects or
solution in accordance with instruc- Don't let ice and snow accu- materials which prevent cooling of
tions on the container. Window wash- mulate underneath the engine, in the engine compart-
er anti-freeze is available from an Under some conditions, snow and ment, may cause a failure or com-
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and ice can build up under the fenders bustion. The manufacturer is not
most auto parts outlets. Do not use and interfere with the steering. When responsible for the damage caused
engine coolant or other types of anti- driving in severe winter conditions by such placement.
freeze as these may damage the where this may happen, you should
paint finish. periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering com-
ponents is not obstructed.
5 52
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

■ Type A ■ Type C Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a driv-
er, your vehicle may carry. However,
the seating capacity may be reduced
based upon the weight of all of the
OMD050043N OGD052043N
occupants, and the weight of the
■ Type B ■ Type D
cargo being carried.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
OMD050044N OGD052044N
Tire and loading information Vehicle capacity weight:

label 849 lbs. (385 kg)
The label located on the driver's Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
door sill gives the original tire size, mum combined weight of occupants
cold tire pressures recommended and cargo.
for your vehicle, the number of peo-
ple that can be in your vehicle and
vehicle capacity weight.
5 53
Towing capacity: Steps For Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined weight of
We do not recommend using this Load Limit - luggage and cargo being loaded
vehicle for trailer towing. 1. Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may
bined weight of occupants and cargo not safely exceed the available
should never exceed XXX kg or XXX cargo and luggage load capacity
Cargo capacity: lbs.'' on your vehicle's placard. calculated in Step 4.
The cargo capacity of your vehicle 2. Determine the combined weight of 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
will increase or decrease depending the driver and passengers that will load from your trailer will be trans-
on the weight and the number of be riding in your vehicle. ferred to your vehicle. Consult this
occupants. manual to determine how this
3. Subtract the combined weight of reduces the available cargo and lug-
the driver and passengers from gage load capacity of your vehicle.
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug- ✽ NOTICE
gage load capacity. For example, if We do not recommend using this
the "XXX" amount equals 1400 vehicle for trailer towing.
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5 54
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
A B C A B C A B C
C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM
Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total

Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs
A A A
Weight (385 kg) Weight (385 kg) Weight (385 kg)
Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant
300 lbs 750 lbs 815 lbs
B Weight B Weight B Weight
(136 kg) (340 kg) (370 kg)
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 150 lbs (68 kg) × 5 163 lbs (74 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and 549 lbs Available Cargo and 99 lbs Available Cargo and 34 lbs
C C C
Luggage weight (249 kg) Luggage weight (45 kg) Luggage weight (15 kg)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 55
To find out the actual loads on your

front and rear axles, you need to go (Continued)
to a weigh station and weigh your • Do not load your vehicle any
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with heavier than the GVWR, either
this. Be sure to spread out your load the maximum front or rear
equally on both sides of the center- GAWR and vehicle capacity
line. weight. If you do, parts,
including tires on your vehicle
can break, and it can change
WARNING - Overloading the way your vehicle handles
• Never exceed the GVWR for and its braking ability.
your vehicle, the GAWR for Overloading could cause you
OBH059070
either the front or rear axle to lose control and crash.
Certification label and vehicle capacity weight. Also, overloading can shorten
The certification label is located on Exceeding these ratings can the life of your vehicle.
the driver's door sill at the center pillar. cause an accident or vehicle
This label shows the maximum damage. You can calculate the
weight of your load by weigh- The label will help you decide how
allowable weight of the fully loaded much cargo and installed equipment
vehicle. This is called the GVWR ing the items (or people)
before putting them in the your vehicle can carry.
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle. Be careful not to over-
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and load your vehicle. If you carry items inside your vehicle
cargo. (Continued) - like suitcases, tools, packages, or
This label also tells you the maxi- anything else - they are moving as
mum weight that can be supported fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
by the front and rear axles, called or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). the items will continue moving and
can cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
5 56
WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo

• Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your
cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your war- occupants in a sudden stop or
tire failure that could lead to a ranty. Do not overload your turn, or in a crash.
crash. vehicle. • Put items in the cargo area of
• Overloading your vehicle can • Using heavier suspension your vehicle. Try to spread the
cause increased stopping dis- components to get added weight evenly.
tances that could lead to a durability might not change • Never stack items, like suit-
crash. your weight ratings. Ask your cases, inside the vehicle
• A crash resulting from poor dealer to help you load your above the tops of the seats.
handling, vehicle damage, tire vehicle the right way.
• Do not leave an unsecured
failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle.
distances could result in seri-
ous injury or death. • When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
• Do not drive with a seat folded
down unless necessary.
5 57
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
proper loading of your vehicle, to This figure includes all weight added This is the maximum allowable
keep your loaded vehicle weight to the Base Curb Weight, including weight of the fully loaded vehicle
within its design rating capability. cargo and optional equipment. (including all options, equipment,
Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR
provide maximum return of the vehi- is shown on the certification label
cle design performance. Before load- GAW (Gross axle weight) located on the driver’s door sill.
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself This is the total weight placed on
with the following terms for determin- each axle (front and rear) - including
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, vehicle curb weight and all payload.
from the vehicle's specifications and
the certification label:
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single
This is the weight of the vehicle axle (front or rear). These numbers
including a full tank of fuel and all are shown on the certification label.
standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must
include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR.
al equipment.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
Vehicle curb weight
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
5 58
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
5 59
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-9
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 6
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
• Jack label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
When you must make such an emer-

OGD042103N
gency stop, always pull off the road
Hazard warning flasher as far as possible.
The hazard warning flasher serves • The hazard warning flasher oper-
as a warning to other drivers to exer- ates whether your vehicle is run-
cise extreme caution when ning or not.
approaching, overtaking, or passing • The turn signals do not work when
your vehicle. the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
• To turn the hazard warning lights
off, push the switch again.
6 2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

If the engine stalls at a cross- If you have a flat tire while If engine stalls while driving
road or crossing driving 1. Reduce your speed gradually,
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or If a tire goes flat while you are driving: keeping a straight line. Move cau-
crossing, set the shift lever in the N 1. Take your foot off the accelerator tiously off the road to a safe place.
(Neutral) position and then push the pedal and let the car slow down 2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
vehicle to a safe place. while driving straight ahead. Do 3. Try to start the engine again. If
not apply the brakes immediately your vehicle will not start, contact
or attempt to pull off the road as an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
this may cause a loss of control. seek other qualified assistance.
When the car has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so,
brake carefully and pull off the ✽ NOTICE
road. Drive off the road as far as If there was a check engine light and
possible and park on firm, level loss of power or stall, it is best if safe
ground. If you are on a divided to do so to wait at least 10 seconds to
highway, do not park in the median restart a vehicle after it stalls. This
area between the two traffic lanes. may reset the car so it will no longer
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on run at low power (limp home) condi-
your emergency hazard flashers, tion.
set the parking brake and put the
transaxle in P (automatic transaxle)
or reverse (manual transaxle).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
car. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the car that is away from
traffic.
4. When repairing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
6 3
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally
turns over slowly but does not start
1. If your vehicle has an automatic 1. Check fuel level.
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is 2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the position, check all connectors at
emergency brake is set. ignition coils and spark plugs.
2. Check the battery connections to Reconnect any that may be discon-
be sure they are clean and tight. nected or loose.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light 3. If the engine still does not start, call
dims or goes out when you oper- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
ate the starter, the battery is dis- seek other qualified assistance.
charged.
4. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do
not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could result in a
collision or cause other dam-
age. In addition, push or pull
starting may cause the catalytic
converter to be overloaded and
create a fire hazard.
6 4
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jumper Cables Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
WARNING - Battery
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks
harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The
vehicle or battery, follow the jump battery produces hydrogen
starting procedures. If in doubt, we gas which may explode if
Jumper
terminal strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks.
Booster competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not fol-
battery
ice jump start your vehicle. lowed exactly, serious personal
injury and damage to the vehi-
cle may occur! If you are not
1VQA4001 CAUTION sure how to follow this proce-
Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- dure, seek qualified assis-
and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt tance. Automobile batteries
starting motor, ignition system, contain sulfuric acid. This is
and other electrical parts poisonous and highly corro-
beyond repair by use of a 24-volt sive. When jump starting, wear
power supply (either two 12-volt protective glasses and be care-
batteries in series or a 24-volt ful not to get acid on yourself,
motor generator set). your clothing or on the car.
• Do not attempt to jump start
the vehicle if the discharged
battery is frozen or if the elec-
trolyte level is low; the battery
may rupture or explode.
6 5
Jump starting procedure 4. Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus- CAUTION - Battery cables
✽ NOTICE tration. First connect one end of a Do not connect the jumper cable
If the battery is discharged, the jumper cable to the positive termi- from the negative terminal of the
engine can be started using a battery nal of the discharged battery (1), booster battery to the negative
of another vehicle and two jumper then connect the other end to the terminal of the discharged bat-
cables. Only use jumper cables with positive terminal on the booster tery. This can cause the dis-
fully insulated clamp handles. battery (2). Proceed to connect one charged battery to overheat and
To prevent personal injury or dam- end of the other jumper cable to the crack, releasing battery acid.
age to both vehicles, adhere strictly negative terminal of the booster
to the following procedure. battery (3), then the other end to a 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with
solid, stationary, metallic point (for the booster battery and let it run at
1. Make sure the booster battery is example, the engine lifting bracket)
12-volt and that its negative termi- 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
away from the battery (4). Do not the vehicle with the discharged
nal is grounded. connect it to or near any part that battery. If the first starting attempt
2. If the booster battery is in another moves when the engine is cranked. is not successful, wait a few min-
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles Do not connect it to or near any part utes before making another
to touch. that moves when the engine is attempt in order to allow the dis-
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical cranked. Make sure that there is no charged battery to recharge.
loads. contact between the bodywork of To charge the discharged battery
the two vehicles; otherwise, there is enough, it is recommended to let the
the danger of short circuits. engine at idle or to drive the vehicle
Do not allow the jumper cables to for a certain period of time.
contact anything except the correct If the cause of your battery discharg-
battery terminals or the correct ing is not apparent, you should have
ground. Do not lean over the bat- your vehicle checked by an author-
tery when making connections. ized HYUNDAI dealer.
6 6
Push-starting
Your manual transaxle-equipped
vehicle should not be push-started
because it might damage the emis-
sion control system.
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge for-
ward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
6 7
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check to see if the water pump
overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING
of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap
knocking, the engine is probably too tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This
hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant may result in coolant being
leaking from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon under the car. (If the air condition- cause serious burns.
as it is safe to do so. ing had been in use, it is normal
for cold water to be draining from it
2. Place the shift lever in P (automat- when you stop.) 6. If you cannot find the cause of the
ic transaxle) or neutral (manual overheating, wait until the engine
transaxle) and set the parking temperature has returned to nor-
brake. If the air conditioning is on, WARNING mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
turn it off. While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser-
3. If engine coolant is running out keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the
under the car or steam is coming away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark.
out from the hood, stop the as the fan and drive belts to pre- 7. Proceed with caution, keeping
engine. Do not open the hood until vent injury. alert for further signs of overheat-
the coolant has stopped running ing. If overheating happens again,
or the steaming has stopped. If 5. If the water pump drive belt is bro- call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-
there is no visible loss of engine ken or engine coolant is leaking er for assistance.
coolant and no steam, leave the out, stop the engine immediately
engine running and check to be and call the nearest authorized
sure the engine cooling fan is CAUTION
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
operating. If the fan is not running, Serious loss of coolant indi-
turn the engine off. cates there is a leak in the cool-
ing system and this should be
checked as soon as possible by
6 8
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- Please note that the TPMS is not a
vided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper tire mainte-
when cold and inflated to the recom- nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-
mended pressure by the vehicle bility to maintain correct tire pres-
manufacturer on the vehicle placard sure, even if under-inflation has not
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your reached the level to trigger illumina-
vehicle has tires of a different size tion of the TPMS low tire pressure
than the size indicated on the vehicle indicator.
placard or tire inflation pressure Your vehicle has also been equipped
label, you should determine the with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
OGDE061002 proper tire inflation pressure for indicate when the system is not
those tires.) operating properly. The TPMS mal-
As an added safety feature, your function indicator is combined with
vehicle has been equipped with a tire the low tire pressure indicator. When
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) the system detects a malfunction,
that illuminates a low tire pressure the indicator will flash for approxi-
indicator when one or more of your mately one minute and then remain
tires is significantly under-inflated. continuously illuminated. This
Accordingly, when the low tire pres- sequence will continue upon subse-
sure indicator illuminates, you should quent vehicle start-ups as long as
stop and check your tires as soon as the malfunction exists. When the
OGDE044523
possible, and inflate them to the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
(1) TPMS malfunction indicator proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- the system may not be able to detect
(2) Low tire pressure indicator cantly under-inflated tire causes the or signal low tire pressure as intend-
(Shown on the LCD display) tire to overheat and can lead to tire ed. TPMS malfunctions may occur
failure. Under-inflation also reduces for a variety of reasons, including the
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and installation of replacement or alter-
may affect the vehicle’s handling and nate tires or wheels on the vehicle
stopping ability. that prevent the TPMS from function-
ing properly.
6 9
Always check the TPMS malfunction Low tire pressure indicator Inflate the tires to the proper pres-
indicator after replacing one or more sure as indicated on the vehicle’s
tires or wheels on your vehicle to placard or tire inflation pressure label
ensure that the replacement or alter- located on the driver’s side center pil-
nate tires and wheels allow the lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
TPMS to continue to function proper- service station or if the tire cannot
ly. hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
✽ NOTICE Then the Low Tire Pressure indicator
may flash for approximately one
If the TPMS indicator does not illu- minute and then remain continuously
minate for 3 seconds when the igni- illuminated after restarting and about
tion switch is turned to the ON posi- 20 minutes of continuous driving
tion or engine is running, or if it before you have the low pressure tire
comes on after blinking for approxi- repaired or replaced on the vehicle.
mately one minute, take your car to
your nearest authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system checked. OGDE044523
CAUTION
When the tire pressure monitoring In winter or cold weather, the
system warning indicator is illuminat- low tire pressure indicator may
ed, one or more of your tires is sig- be illuminated if the tire pres-
nificantly under-inflated. sure was adjusted to the recom-
If the indicator illuminates, immedi- mended tire inflation pressure
ately reduce your speed, avoid hard in warm weather. It does not
cornering and anticipate increased mean your TPMS is malfunction-
stopping distances.You should check ing because the decreased tem-
your tires as soon as possible. perature leads to a lowering of
tire pressure.
(Continued)
6 10
(Continued) TPMS (Tire Pressure

Monitoring System) CAUTION
When you drive your vehicle malfunction indicator • The TPMS malfunction indica-
from a warm area to a cold area tor may be illuminated if the
or from a cold area to a warm vehicle is moving around elec-
area, or the outside temperature The TPMS malfunction indicator will tric power supply cables or
is higher or lower, you should illuminate after it blinks for approxi- radios transmitter such as at
check the tire inflation pressure mately one minute when there is a police stations, government
and adjust the tires to the rec- problem with the Tire Pressure public offices, broadcasting
ommended cold tire inflation Monitoring System. If the system is stations, military installations,
pressure. able to correctly detect an under airports, or transmitting tow-
inflation warning at the same time as ers, etc. This can interfere with
system failure then it will illuminate normal operation of the Tire
the TPMS malfunction indicator. Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING - Low pressure Have the system checked by an (TPMS).
damage authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon • The TPMS malfunction indica-
Significantly low tire pressure as possible to determine the cause tor may illuminate if snow
makes the vehicle unstable and of the problem. chains or some separately
can contribute to loss of vehicle purchased devices such as
control and increased braking notebook computers, mobile
distances. charger, remote starter, navi-
Continued driving on low pres- gation etc. are used in the
sure tires can cause the tires to vehicle. This can interfere with
overheat and fail. normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
6 11
Changing a tire with TPMS Each wheel is equipped with a tire If the indicator is not turned off after
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire pressure sensor mounted inside the a few minutes of driving, please visit
Pressure indicator will come on. tire behind the valve stem. You must an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Have the flat tire repaired by an use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- You may not be able to identify a tire
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon ommended that you always have with low pressure by simply looking
as possible or replace the flat tire your tires serviced by an authorized at it. Always use a good quality tire
with the spare tire. HYUNDAI dealer. pressure gauge to measure. Please
Even if you replace the low pressure note that a tire that is hot (from being
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire driven) will have a higher pressure
CAUTION Pressure indicator will blink or measurement than a tire that is cold.
Never use a puncture-repairing remain on until the low pressure tire A cold tire means the vehicle has
agent not approved by is repaired and placed on the vehi- been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
HYUNDAI to repair and/or inflate cle. less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
a low pressure tire. The tire After you replace the low pressure hour period.
sealant not approved by tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
HYUNDAI may damage the tire Pressure indicator may blink or illu-
pressure sensor. minate in 20 minutes after driving
The sealant on the tire pressure because the TPMS sensor mounted
sensor and wheel shall be elim- on the spare wheel is not initiated.
inated when you replace the tire Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-
with a new one. ed to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer, the
TPMS malfunction indicator and the
low tire pressure indicator will turn off
within a few minutes of driving.
6 12
Allow the tire to cool before measur- This device complies with Part
ing the inflation pressure. Always be WARNING - TPMS 15 of the FCC rules.
sure the tire is cold before inflating to • The TPMS cannot alert you to Operation is subject to the following
the recommended pressure. severe and sudden tire dam- two conditions:
age caused by external factors
such as nails or road debris. 1. This device may not cause harm-
CAUTION ful interference, and
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
Do not use any tire sealant 2. This device must accept any inter-
ity, immediately take your foot
except the Tire Mobility Kit ference received, including inter-
off the accelerator, apply the
approved by HYUNDAI if your ference that may cause undesired
brakes gradually and with
vehicle is equipped with a Tire operation.
light force, and slowly move to
Pressure Monitoring System.
a safe position off the road.
The liquid sealant can damage
the tire pressure sensors.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
WARNING - Protecting expressly approved by the party
TPMS responsible for compliance
Tampering with, modifying, or could void the user’s authority
disabling the Tire Pressure to operate the equipment.
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
6 13
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)

Jacking instructions (Continued)
The jack is provided for emergency • Be sure to use the correct
tire changing only. front and rear jacking posi-
To prevent the jack from “rattling” tions on the vehicle; never use
while the vehicle is in motion, store it the bumpers or any other part
properly. of the vehicle for jack support.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce • The vehicle can roll off the
the possibility of personal injury. jack causing serious injury or
death. No person should
place any portion of their
WARNING - Changing body under a vehicle that is
OGD061003 tires supported only by a jack; use
Jack and tools • Never attempt vehicle repairs vehicle support stands.
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug in the traffic lanes of a public • Do not start or run the engine
nut wrench are stored in the luggage road or highway. while the vehicle is on the
compartment. Pull up the luggage • Always move the vehicle com- jack.
box cover to reach this equipment. pletely off the road and onto • Do not allow anyone to remain
(1) Jack handle the shoulder before trying to in the vehicle while it is on the
(2) Jack change a tire. The jack should jack.
be used on level firm ground.
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench If you cannot find a firm, level • Make sure any children pres-
place off the road, call a tow- ent are in a secure place away
ing service company for from the road and from the
assistance. vehicle to be raised with the
jack.
(Continued)
6 14
OGD061004 OBH068002L 1JBA6504
Removing and storing the Changing tires 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
spare tire 1. Park on a level surface and apply jack, jack handle, and spare tire
the parking brake firmly. from the vehicle.
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise. 2. Shift the shift lever into R 5. Block both the front and rear of the
(Reverse) with manual transaxle or wheel that is diagonally opposite
Store the tire in the reverse order of
P (Park) with automatic transaxle. the jack position.
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools 3. Activate the hazard warning flash-
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in er.
motion, store them properly.
6 15
WARNING - Changing a
tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
blocked, and that no person OGD061009 OYF069019N
remain in a vehicle that is 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 7. Place the jack at the front or rear
being jacked. terclockwise one turn each, but do jacking position closest to the tire
not remove any nut until the tire you are changing. Place the jack
has been raised off the ground. at the designated locations under
the frame.
WARNING - Jack location

To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 16
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and

remove them with your fingers. WARNING
Slide the wheel off the studs and Wheels may have sharp edges.
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To Handle them carefully to avoid
put the wheel on the hub, pick up possible severe injury. Before
the spare tire, line up the holes putting the wheel into place, be
with the studs and slide the wheel sure that there is nothing on the
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar,
wheel slightly and get the top hole gravel, etc.) that prevents the
in the wheel lined up with the top wheel from fitting solidly
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back against the hub.
and forth until the wheel can be
OGD061008 If there is, remove it. If there is
slid over the other studs.
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack not good contact on the mount-
and turn it clockwise, raising the ing surface between the wheel
vehicle until the tire just clears the and hub, the wheel nuts could
ground by approximately 1.2 in (30 come loose and cause the loss
mm). Before removing the wheel of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may
lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is result in loss of control of the
stable and that there is no chance vehicle. This may cause serious
for movement or slippage. injury or death.
6 17
10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on If you have a tire gauge, remove the
the studs, put the wheel nuts on valve cap and check the air pressure.
the studs and tighten them finger If the pressure is lower than recom-
tight. The nuts should be installed mended, drive slowly to the nearest
with their tapered small diameter service station and inflate to the cor-
ends directed inward. Jiggle the rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust it
tire to be sure it is completely until it is correct. Always reinstall the
seated, then tighten the nuts as valve cap after checking or adjusting
much as possible with your fin- tire pressure. If the cap is not
gers again. replaced, air may leak from the tire. If
11. Lower the car to the ground by you lose a valve cap, buy another and
turning the wheel nut wrench OUN046019 install it as soon as possible.
counterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown After you have changed wheels,
in the drawing and tighten the wheel always secure the flat tire in its place
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated and return the jack and tools to their
completely over the nut. Do not stand proper storage locations.
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
tighten the wheel nuts to their proper
torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
65~79 lbf·ft (9~11 kgf·m)
6 18
Important - use of temporary

CAUTION WARNING - Wheel studs compact spare tire
Your vehicle has metric threads If the studs are damaged, they If your vehicle is equipped with a com-
on the wheel studs and nuts. may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire, it will take up less
Make certain during wheel the wheel. This could lead to the space than a regular-size tire. This tire
removal that the same nuts that loss of the wheel and a collision is smaller than a conventional tire and
were removed are reinstalled - resulting in serious injuries. is designed for temporary use only.
or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used. To prevent the jack, jack handle, CAUTION
Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire • You should drive carefully
thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling while the vehicle is in when the compact spare is in
vice-versa will not secure the motion, store them properly. use. The compact spare
wheel to the hub properly and should be replaced by the
will damage the stud so that it proper conventional tire and
must be replaced. WARNING - Inadequate rim at the first opportunity.
Note that most lug nuts do not spare tire • Do not use more than one
have metric threads. Be sure to pressure compact spare tire at a time.
use extreme care in checking Check the inflation pressures
for thread style before installing as soon as possible after
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. installing the spare tire. Adjust
If in doubt, consult an author- it to the specified pressure, if
ized HYUNDAI dealer. necessary. Refer to “Tires and
wheels” section 8.
6 19
When using a temporary compact • Do not use tire chains on the com-
WARNING spare tire, observe the following pre- pact spare tire. Because of the small-
The temporary compact spare cautions: er size, a tire chain will not fit proper-
tire is for emergency use only. • Under no circumstances should you ly. This could damage the vehicle
Do not operate your vehicle on exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher and result in loss of the chain.
this compact spare at speeds speed could damage the tire. • Do not use the compact spare tire
over 50 mph (80 km/h). The • Ensure that you drive slowly enough on any other vehicle because this
original tire should be repaired for the road conditions to avoid all tire has been designed especially
or replaced as soon as is possi- hazards. Any road hazard, such as a for your vehicle.
ble to avoid failure of the spare pothole or debris, could seriously • The compact spare tire’s tread life is
possibly leading to personal damage the compact spare. shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
injury or death. your compact spare tire regularly
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of and replace worn compact spare
vehicle control, and possible per- tires with the same size and design,
The compact spare should be inflat- mounted on the same wheel.
ed to 60 psi (420 kPa). sonal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- • The compact spare tire should not
mum load rating or the load-carry- be used on any other wheels, nor
✽ NOTICE ing capacity shown on the sidewall should standard tires, snow tires,
Check the inflation pressure after of the compact spare tire. wheel covers or trim rings be used
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to with the compact spare wheel. If
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The such use is attempted, damage to
the specified pressure, as necessary. compact spare tire diameter is these items or other car compo-
smaller than the diameter of a con- nents may occur.
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1 • Do not use more than one compact
inch (25 mm), which could result in spare tire at a time.
damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow a trailer while the com-
• Do not take the vehicle through an pact spare tire is installed.
automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
6 20
■ Example 1. Model Name

• Type A
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
OHYK065010
• Type B 6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transaxle or move the
OHYK065011
shift lever to the P position on
• Type C vehicles with automatic transaxle.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK064002
Jack label
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 21
TOWING
A It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
B or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels. HXD02
dolly When being towed by a commercial
C
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
OMC045012
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, HXD03
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Hyundai dealer or a com-
mercial tow-truck service. Proper lift- CAUTION
ing and towing procedures are nec- • Do not tow with sling-type
essary to prevent damage to the equipment. Use wheel lift or
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed equipment.
flatbed is recommended. • Do not tow the vehicle back-
wards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
6 22
When towing your vehicle in an ■ Front

emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle OGD061011
shift lever in N (Neutral) may ■ Rear
cause internal damage to the OGD061010
transaxle. Removable towing hook
(if equipped)
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case
which is stored under the cargo
area floorboard.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the OGD061012
bumper.
Emergency towing (if equipped)
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is If towing is necessary, we recom-
fully secured. mend you to have it done by an
4. Remove the towing hook and authorized Hyundai dealer or a
install the cover after use. commercial tow truck service.
6 23
If towing service is not available in an

emergency, your vehicle may be CAUTION WARNING
temporarily towed using a cable or • Attach a towing strap to the Use extreme caution when tow-
chain secured to the emergency tow- tow hook. ing the vehicle.
ing hook attached to the front (or • Using a portion of the vehicle • Avoid sudden starts or erratic
under the rear) of the vehicle. other than the tow hooks for driving maneuvers which
Use extreme caution when towing the towing may damage the body would place excessive stress
vehicle. A driver must be in the vehi- of your vehicle. on the emergency towing hook
cle to steer it and operate the brakes. • Use only a cable or chain and towing cable or chain. The
Towing in this manner may be done specifically intended for use hook and towing cable or
only on hard-surfaced roads for a in towing vehicles. Securely chain may break and cause
short distance and at low speeds. fasten the cable or chain to serious injury or damage.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train, the towing hook provided. • If the disabled vehicle cannot
steering and brakes must all be in be moved, do not forcibly con-
good condition. tinue the towing. Contact an
• Before emergency towing, check
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a that the hook is not broken or dam- authorized Hyundai dealer or
vehicle out of mud, sand or other aged. a commercial tow truck serv-
conditions from which the vehicle ice for assistance.
cannot be driven out under its own • Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook. • Tow the vehicle as straight
power. ahead as possible.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force. • Keep away from the vehicle
the vehicle doing the towing. during towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should • To avoid damaging the hook, do not
communicate with each other fre- pull from the side or at a vertical
quently. angle. Always pull straight ahead.
6 24
Emergency towing precau-

tions CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked. • If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N can be towed only from the
(Neutral). front. Be sure that the transaxle
• Release the parking bake. is in neutral. Be sure the steer-
• Press the brake pedal with more ing is unlocked by placing the
force than normal since you will ignition switch in the ACC posi-
have reduced brake performance. tion. A driver must be in the
• More steering effort will be towed vehicle to operate the
required because the power steer- steering and brakes.
ing system will be disabled. • To avoid serious damage to
• If you are driving down a long hill, the automatic transaxle, limit
the brakes may overheat and brake the vehicle speed to 10 mph
performance will be reduced. Stop (15 km/h) and drive less than 1
often and let the brakes cool off. mile (1.5 km) when towing.
• Before towing, check under
your vehicle for leaking auto-
matic transaxle fluid. If the
automatic transaxle fluid is
leaking, a flatbed equipment
or towing dolly must be used.
6 25
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-23 • For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 • Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 • Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 • Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-44
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 • Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Brake/clutch fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 • Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 • Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Parking brake - hand type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 • Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 • Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 7
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 • Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Front light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-78
• High mounted stop light bulb replacement . . . . . . . 7-81
• License plate light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
• Interior light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
3. Positive battery terminal
4. Negative battery terminal
5. Fuse box
6. Air cleaner
7. Radiator cap
8. Engine coolant reservoir
9. Engine oil dipstick
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
* : if equipped
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGDE073001N
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi-
to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an
and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An
forming any maintenance or inspec-
✽ NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record HYUNDAI’s high service quality
Should you have any doubts con-
Retention are the owner's responsi- standards and receives technical
cerning the inspection or servicing of
bility. support from HYUNDAI in order to
your vehicle, we strongly recom- provide you with a high level of serv-
mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that ice satisfaction.
HYUNDAI dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has
dance with the scheduled mainte-
factory-trained technicians and gen-
nance service charts shown on the
uine HYUNDAI parts to service your
following pages. You need this infor-
vehicle properly. For expert advice
mation to establish your compliance
and quality service, see an author-
with the servicing and maintenance
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
requirements of your vehicle war-
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- ranties.
cient servicing may result in opera-
Detailed warranty information is pro-
tional problems with your vehicle that
vided in your Owner’s Handbook &
could lead to vehicle damage, an
Warranty Information booklet.
accident, or personal injury.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
7 4
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precau-

tions WARNING - Maintenance
work
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives • Performing maintenance work
instructions only for the maintenance on a vehicle can be danger-
items that are easy to perform. ous. You can be seriously
injured while performing some
As explained earlier in this section,
maintenance procedures. If
several procedures can be done only
you lack sufficient knowledge
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and experience or the proper
with special tools.
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an
✽ NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper owner maintenance dur- • Working under the hood with
ing the warranty period may affect the engine running is danger-
warranty coverage. For details, read ous. It becomes even more
the separate Owner’s Handbook & dangerous when you wear jew-
Warranty Information booklet pro- elry or loose clothing. These
vided with the vehicle. If you're can become entangled in mov-
unsure about any servicing or main- ing parts and result in injury.
tenance procedure, have it done by Therefore, if you must run the
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. engine while working under the
hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and
necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose
clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle:
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed by the owner or an authorized
When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies • Check the engine oil level.
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
indicated to help ensure safe, • Check coolant level in coolant
dependable operation of your vehicle. • Check for vibrations in the steering
reservoir.
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
Any adverse conditions should be • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer-
brought to the attention of your dealer level. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
as soon as possible. • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position.
These Owner Maintenance Checks • Notice if your vehicle constantly
are generally not covered by war- turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
ranties and you may be charged for WARNING
when traveling on a smooth, level
labor, parts and lubricants used. Be careful when checking your road.
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot • When stopping, listen and check
coolant and steam may blow for unusual sounds, pulling to one
out under pressure. This could side, increased brake pedal travel
cause burns or other serious or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
injury. • If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)
function.
• Check parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 6
Maintenance
At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year:

• Check coolant level in the engine (i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Clean body and door drain holes.
coolant reservoir. • Check radiator, heater and air con- • Lubricate door hinges and checks,
• Check the operation of all exterior ditioning hoses for leaks or dam- and hood hinges.
lights, including the stoplights, turn age.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
signals and hazard warning flash- • Check windshield washer spray latches.
ers. and wiper operation. Clean wiper
• Lubricate door rubber weather-
• Check the cold inflation pressures blades with clean cloth dampened
strips.
of all tires including the spare. with washer fluid.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
transaxle linkage and controls.
shields and clamps.
• Clean battery and terminals.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function. • Check the brake fluid level.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow Normal Maintenance If your vehicle is operated under the
Schedule if the vehicle is usually above conditions, you should
operated where none of the following inspect, replace or refill more fre-
conditions apply. If any of the following quently than the following Normal
conditions apply, follow Maintenance Maintenance Schedule. After 120
Under Severe Usage Conditions. months or 150,000 miles (240,000
• Repeated short distance driving. km) continue to follow the prescribed
maintenance intervals.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extreme-
ly humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
7 8
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-
quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months (Continued)
❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
❑ Replace engine oil and filter boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Add fuel additive *3 (7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Rotate tire (15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Add fuel additive *3 (15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect vacuum hose replace.
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
of additive is recommended. Additives are available from
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
(Continued)
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect parking brake
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Add fuel additive *3 (22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months) ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Add fuel additive *3 (30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be mainte-
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines nance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are
some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction,
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance sched-
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & ule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
(Continued) how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7 10
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
❑ Inspect battery condition boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter (45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *3 (45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months
45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months ❑ Rotate tire
❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Add fuel additive *3 (52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler replace.
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
7 11
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or
❑ Inspect battery condition 72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Add fuel additive *3 (60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint *1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be mainte-
nance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surg-
ing, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1 *2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
❑ Inspect parking brake tension is reduced excessively.
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
(Continued) your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7 12
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
❑ Inspect battery condition boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or
(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months) 72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *3 (67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months (75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter replace.
❑ Inspect vacuum hose *2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant tension is reduced excessively.
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
(Continued)
7 13
Maintenance

82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months 90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months
❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Add fuel additive *3 (82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
replace. ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
of additive is recommended. Additives are available from ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
(Continued)
7 14
Maintenance

(Continued) 97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months
❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or ❑ Rotate tire
72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months) (97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *3 (90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *3 (97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace. replace.
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be mainte- *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
nance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this of additive is recommended. Additives are available from
maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surg- how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
tension is reduced excessively.
*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
7 15
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Add fuel additive *3
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers (112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & replace.
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint *2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or of additive is recommended. Additives are available from
72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)
❑ Add fuel additive *3
7 16
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 120 months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Add fuel additive *3
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint replace.
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts *1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be mainte-
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1 some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surg-
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ing, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel
❑ Inspect parking brake *2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap tension is reduced excessively.
❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months) of additive is recommended. Additives are available from
7 17
Maintenance

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
❑ Inspect vacuum hose boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months) ❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or
❑ Add fuel additive *3 72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months) ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months (135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition (135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
replace.
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant *2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines tension is reduced excessively.
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots *3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
7 18
Maintenance

❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Add fuel additive * 3 ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months) ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
replace. boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
how to use them. Do not mix other additives. ❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Inspect drive belts *2 (First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or
72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
(Continued)
7 19
Maintenance

(Continued) No check, No service required
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace coolant (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120
months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)

replace.
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be mainte-
maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are
some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surg-
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or
7 20
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E,
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS
F, G, H, I, J, K
AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) A, C, E, F, G, I
MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) C, E, F, G, H, I
FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS,

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H
CALIPERS
REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, F

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE &

BOOTS / LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I
UPPER ARM BALL JOINT
7 21
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE DRIVING
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
OPERATION CONDITION
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I
CLIMATE CONTROL
AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E
AND BLOWER UNIT)
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 E - Driving in sandy areas
miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long
distances H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or
salt- spread roads vehicle towing
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materi- J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
als or in very cold weather K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7 22
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections
changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the car damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam-
is being driven in severe conditions, cause multiple issues such as hard age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
more frequent oil and filter changes starting. If an excessive amount of dealer replace any damaged or leak-
are required. foreign matter accumulates in the ing parts immediately.
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
Drive belts Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
After installing a new filter, run the
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter-
saturation and replace if necessary. Fuel filters should be installed by an vals specified in the maintenance
Drive belts should be checked peri- authorized HYUNDAI dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new
odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-
adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.
7 23
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Automatic transaxle fluid

hoses A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner fil- (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- ter is recommended when the filter is Automatic transaxle fluid should not
dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. be checked under normal usage
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, conditions.
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and But in severe conditions, the fluid
excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs
should be changed at an authorized
ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with
paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. the scheduled maintenance at the
nearest to high heat sources, such beginning of this chapter.
as the exhaust manifold.
Cooling system
Inspect the hose routing to assure
Check cooling system components,
✽ NOTICE
that the hoses do not come in con-
tact with any heat source, sharp such as radiator, coolant reservoir, Automatic transaxle fluid color is
edges or moving component which hoses and connections for leakage basically red.
might cause heat damage or and damage. Replace any damaged As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose parts. matic transaxle fluid will begin to
connections, such as clamps and look darker.
couplings, to make sure they are This is a normal condition and you
Coolant should not judge the need to replace
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced The coolant should be changed at the fluid based upon the changed
immediately if there is any evidence the intervals specified in the mainte- color.
of deterioration or damage. nance schedule.
7 24
Maintenance
Manual transaxle fluid Parking brake

CAUTION (if equipped) Inspect the parking brake system
The use of a non-specified fluid Inspect the manual transaxle fluid including the parking brake pedal
could result in transaxle mal- according to the maintenance sched- and cables.
function and failure. ule.
Use only specified automatic
transaxle fluid. (Refer to Brake discs, pads, calipers
“Recommended lubricants and
Brake hoses and lines and rotors
capacities” in section 8.) Visually check for proper installation, Check the pads for excessive wear,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and discs for run out and wear, and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- calipers for fluid leakage.
ed or damaged parts immediately.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Brake/clutch fluid
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
Check brake fluid level in the brake muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
fluid reservoir. The level should be rioration, or damage. Start the
between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on engine and listen carefully for any
the side of the reservoir. Use only exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to nections or replace parts as neces-
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. sary.
7 25
Maintenance
Suspension mounting bolts Drive shafts and boots

Check the suspension connections Check the drive shafts, boots and
for looseness or damage. Retighten clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
to the specified torque. damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine Air conditioning refrigerant
off, check for excessive free-play in Check the air conditioning lines and
the steering wheel. connections for leakage and dam-
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
7 26
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should
OGD074002N be between F and L. OGD074005N
Checking the engine oil level If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

1. Be sure the vehicle is on level CAUTION bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
ground. • Do not overfill with engine oil.
2. Start the engine and allow it to Engine damage may result. Use a funnel to help prevent oil
reach normal operating tempera- from being spilled on engine com-
• Do not spill engine oil, when ponents.
ture. adding or changing engine oil.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a If you spill the engine oil on
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the engine room, wipe it off Use only the specified engine oil.
the oil to return to the oil pan. immediately. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in section 8.)
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
7 27
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects,
and reproductive harm.
Used engine oil may cause irri-
tation or cancer of the skin if
left in contact with the skin for
prolonged periods of time. Used
engine oil contains chemicals
Changing the engine oil and that have caused cancer in lab-
filter oratory animals. Always protect
your skin by washing your
Have engine oil and filter changed by hands thoroughly with soap
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and warm water as soon as pos-
according to the Maintenance sible after handling used oil.
Schedule at the beginning of this
section.
7 28
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
(Continued) WARNING
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is • Turn the engine off and wait The electric motor
filled at the factory. until it cools down. Use (cooling fan) is con-
extreme care when removing trolled by engine
Check the antifreeze protection and
the radiator cap. Wrap a thick coolant temperature,
coolant level at least once a year, at
towel around it, and turn it refrigerant pressure
the beginning of the winter season,
counterclockwise slowly to and vehicle speed. It may some-
and before traveling to a colder cli-
the first stop. Step back while times operate even when the
mate.
the pressure is released from engine is not running. Use
the cooling system. When you extreme caution when working
Checking the coolant level are sure all the pressure has near the blades of the cooling
been released, press down on fan so that you are not injured
the cap, using a thick towel,
WARNING and continue turning counter-
by a rotating fan blades. As the
Removing radiator engine coolant temperature
clockwise to remove it. decreases, the electric motor
cap • Even if the engine is not oper- will automatically shut off. This
ating, do not remove the radia- is a normal condition.
tor cap or the drain plug while
the engine and radiator are
• Never attempt to remove the hot. Hot coolant and steam
radiator cap while the engine may still blow out under pres-
is operating or hot. Doing so sure, causing serious injury.
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage and could
result in serious personal
injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam.
(Continued)
7 29
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant For mixture percentage, refer to the

• When adding coolant, use only following table.
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard Mixture Percentage (volume)
water in the coolant filled at the fac- Ambient
tory. An improper coolant mixture Temperature
Antifreeze Water
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage. 5°F (-15°C) 35 65
• The engine in your vehicle has alu- -13°F (-25°C) 40 60
minum engine parts and must be -31°F (-35°C) 50 50
protected by an ethylene-glycol -49°F (-45°C) 60 40
OGD071007 with phosphate based coolant to
Check the condition and connections prevent corrosion and freezing.
of all cooling system hoses and • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
heater hoses. Replace any swollen coolant or mix them with the spec-
or deteriorated hoses. ified coolant.
The coolant level should be filled • Do not use a solution that contains
between F and L marks on the side more than 60% antifreeze or less
of the coolant reservoir when the than 35% antifreeze, which would
engine is cool. reduce the effectiveness of the
If the coolant level is low, add enough solution.
distilled (deionized) water. Bring the
level to F, but do not overfill. If fre-
quent additions are required, see an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
7 30
Maintenance
Changing the coolant

Have coolant changed by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric
around the radiator cap before
refilling the coolant in order to
OGD074072N prevent the coolant from over-
flowing into engine parts such
as the generator.
WARNING
Radiator cap
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Do not remove the radiator cap • Radiator coolant can severely
when the engine and radiator obscure visibility when
are hot. Scalding hot coolant sprayed on the windshield
and steam may blow out under and may cause loss of vehicle
pressure causing serious injury. control or damage to paint
and body trim.
7 31
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level. The level will fall with accumu- WARNING - Brake/clutch
lated mileage. This is a normal condi- fluid
tion associated with the wear of the When changing and adding
brake linings. If the fluid level is brake fluid, handle it carefully.
excessively low, have the brake sys- Do not let it come in contact
tem or clutch (if equipped) checked with your eyes. If brake fluid
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. should come in contact with
your eyes, immediately flush
Use only the specified brake fluid. them with a large quantity of
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants fresh tap water. Have your eyes
OGD074071N or capacities” in section 8.) examined by a doctor as soon
Checking the brake/clutch as possible.
fluid level Never mix different types of fluid.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir CAUTION
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the WARNING - Loss of Do not allow brake fluid to con-
side of the reservoir. brake/ tact the vehicle's body paint, as
clutch fluid paint damage will result. Brake
Before removing the reservoir cap fluid, which has been exposed
and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of to open air for an extended time
the area around the reservoir cap should never be used as its
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid, the vehicle should be
inspected by an authorized quality cannot be guaranteed. It
fluid contamination. should be disposed of properly.
HYUNDAI dealer.
Don't put in the wrong kind of
fluid. A few drops of mineral-
based oil, such as engine oil, in
your brake system can damage
brake system parts.
7 32
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE - HAND

TYPE
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control or
damage to paint and body trim.
• Windshield washer fluid
OGD071010
agents contain some amounts
Checking the washer fluid of alcohol and can be flamma- OMD050014
level ble under certain circum- Checking the parking brake
The reservoir is translucent so that stances. Do not allow sparks
or flame to contact the washer Check the stroke of the parking
you can check the level with a quick brake by counting the number of
visual inspection. fluid or the washer fluid reser-
voir. Damage to the vehicle or “clicks’’ heard while fully applying it
Check the fluid level in the washer occupants could occur. from the released position. Also, the
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- parking brake alone should securely
sary. Plain water may be used if • Windshield washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
washer fluid is not available. grade. If the stroke is more or less
However, use washer solvent with animals. Do not drink and
avoid contacting windshield than specified, have the parking
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- brake adjusted by an authorized
mates to prevent freezing. washer fluid. Serious injury or
death could occur. HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of

44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).
7 33
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
OGD074074N OMD070011 OMD070012
Filter replacement 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
When replacement is necessary, it attaching clips and open the cover. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
should not be cleaned and reused. 4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this section.)
7 34
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part.
Use of non-genuine parts
could damage the air flow sen-
sor and engine.
7 35
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components. OGD071012 OGD071013
Filter replacement 2. Remove the support strap (1).

1. Open the glove box. Remove the
stoppers on the both sides.
7 36
Maintenance
OGD071014 OHG075041
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter.
ter cover (2) while pressing the 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
lock (1). of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
Install a new climate control air fil-
ter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol ( ↓) facing down-
wards.
Otherwise, the climate control
effects may decrease, possibly with a
noise.
7 37
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement
shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean
eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn
ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer- CAUTION
cial car washes. If the blades are not To prevent damage to the wiper
wiping properly, clean both the win- arms or other components, do
dow and the blades with a good not attempt to move the wipers
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse manually.
1JBA5122 thoroughly with clean water.
Blade inspection
✽ NOTICE CAUTION CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified
Commercial hot waxes applied by
blades, do not use gasoline, wiper blade could result in
automatic car washes have been
kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper malfunction and failure.
known to make the windshield diffi-
solvents on or near them.
cult to clean.
7 38
Maintenance
1JBA7037
1LDA5023 OGD071041
Front windshield wiper blade Rear window wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
wiper blade assembly to expose the wiper blade assembly.
the plastic locking clip.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield, 1JBA7038
since it may chip or crack the 2. Compress the clip and slide the
windshield. blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 39
Maintenance
OGD071042
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recom-
mend that the wiper blade be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7 40
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING - Battery (Continued)

dangers If any electrolyte gets
Always read the follow- into your eyes, flush
ing instructions carefully your eyes with clean
when handling a battery. water for at least 15 min-
utes and get immediate
Keep lighted cigarettes medical attention. If elec-
and all other flames or trolyte gets on your skin,
sparks away from the thoroughly wash the
battery. contacted area. If you
OGD074073N Hydrogen, a highly com- feel a pain or a burning
bustible gas, is always sensation, get medical
For best battery service attention immediately.
present in battery cells
• Keep the battery securely mount- and may explode if ignit- Wear eye protection
ed. ed. when charging or work-
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. ing near a battery.
Keep batteries out of the Always provide ventila-
• Keep the terminals and connec- reach of children
tions clean, tight, and coated with tion when working in an
because batteries con- enclosed space.
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. tain highly corrosive
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from SULFURIC ACID. Do not An inappropriately dis-
the battery immediately with a allow battery acid to posed battery can be
solution of water and baking soda. contact your skin, eyes, Pb harmful to the environ-
• If the vehicle is not going to be clothing or paint finish. ment and human health.
used for an extended time, discon- Dispose the battery
(Continued) according to your local
nect the battery cables.
law(s) or regulation.
(Continued)
7 41
Maintenance
(Continued) Battery recharging

CALIFORNIA PROPO- Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
• When lifting a plastic-cased SITION 65 WARNING calcium-based battery.
battery, excessive pressure Battery posts, terminals, and
on the case may cause battery If the battery becomes discharged in
related accessories contain a short time (because, for example
acid to leak, resulting in per- lead and lead compounds,
sonal injury. Lift with a battery the headlights or interior lights were
chemicals known to the State of left on while vehicle was not in use)
carrier or with your hands on California to cause cancer, birth
opposite corners. jump start the vehicle from another
defects and reproductive harm. battery and run the engine at least
• Never attempt to recharge the Batteries also contain other 20 minutes at idle before driving. Do
battery when the battery chemicals known to the State of not turn off the engine for 30 minutes
cables are connected. California to cause cancer. total of idle and/or driving as the bat-
• The electrical ignition system Wash hands after handling. tery may not have sufficient recharge
works with high voltage. to start.
Never touch these compo-
nents with the engine running CAUTION
or the ignition switched on. • When you don’t use the vehi-
Failure to follow the above cle for a long time in the low
warnings can result in serious temperature, remove the bat-
bodily injury or death. tery and store it indoors.
• Always charge the battery
fully to prevent the battery
case from being damaged in
low temperatures.
• If you connect unauthorized
electronic devices to the bat-
tery, the battery may be dis-
charged. Never use unautho-
rized devices.
7 42
Maintenance
(Continued) Reset items

WARNING - Recharging Items should be reset after the bat-
battery 1. Turn off the battery charger tery has been discharged or the bat-
When recharging the battery, main switch. tery has been disconnected.
observe the following precau- 2. Unhook the negative clamp • Sunroof (See section 4)
tions: from the negative battery ter-
minal. • Trip computer (See section 4)
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in 3. Unhook the positive clamp • Climate control system
an area with good ventilation. from the positive battery ter- (See section 4)
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, minal. • Audio (See section 4)
or flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce WARNING
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin gassing (boiling) • Before performing mainte-
violently or if the temperature nance or recharging the bat-
of the electrolyte of any cell tery, turn off all accessories
exceeds 120°F (49°C). and stop the engine.
• Wear eye protection when • The negative battery cable
checking the battery during must be removed first and
charging. installed last when the battery
is disconnected.
• Disconnect the battery charg-
er in the following order. • Operation related to the bat-
tery should be done at an
(Continued) authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 43
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
WARNING - Tire
maximum fuel economy, you must underinflation
always maintain recommended tire Severe underinflation can lead
inflation pressures and stay within to severe heat build-up, causing
the load limits and weight distribution blowouts, tread separation and
recommended for your vehicle. other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
Recommended cold tire infla- death. This risk is much higher
tion pressures on hot days and when driving
All tire pressures (including the OMD060012N for long periods at high speeds.
spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres-
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label
vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center CAUTION
least three hours or driven less than pillar. • Underinflation also results in
one mile (1.6 km). excessive wear, poor handling
Recommended pressures must be and reduced fuel economy.
maintained for the best ride, vehicle Wheel deformation also is
handling, and minimum tire wear. possible. Keep your tire pres-
For recommended inflation pressure, sures at the proper levels. If a
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section tire frequently needs refilling,
8. have it checked by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread, and
a greater possibility of dam-
age from road hazards.
7 44
Maintenance
Checking tire inflation pres-

CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure sure
• Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: Check your tires once a month or
recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the more.
sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 tires are cold. (After vehicle
kPa). Do not release air from Also, check the tire pressure of the
has been parked for at least spare tire.
warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been
sure or the tires will be under- driven more than one mile (1.6
inflated. km) since startup.) How to check
• Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your Use a good quality gage to check tire
inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check pressure. You can not tell if your tires
the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. are properly inflated simply by look-
could get into the valve core ing at them. Radial tires may look
and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a properly inflated even when they're
valve cap is missing, install a underinflated.
new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one. Check the tire's inflation pressure
• Worn, old tires can cause acci- when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
dents. If your tread is badly means your vehicle has been sitting
WARNING - Tire Inflation worn, or if your tires have for at least three hours or driven no
Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them. more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 45
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation

valve stem. Press the tire gage firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated
measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops.
pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge.
information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for
• Tires with too much or too little correct balance.
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
pressure wear unevenly caus-
low, add air until you reach the rec- When rotating tires, check for uneven
ing poor handling, loss of vehi-
ommended amount. wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
cle control, and sudden tire
If you overfill the tire, release air by usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
failure leading to accidents,
pushing on the metal stem in the sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
injuries, and even death. The
center of the tire valve. Recheck the of-balance wheels, severe braking or
recommended cold tire pres-
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be severe cornering. Look for bumps or
sure for your vehicle can be
sure to put the valve caps back on bulges in the tread or side of tire.
found in this manual and on
the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of
the tire label located on the dri-
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- these conditions. Replace the tire if
ver's side center pillar.
ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
• Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire
dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check
worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness.
are damaged.
• Remember to check the pres-
sure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that
you check the spare every time
you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
7 46
Maintenance
Without a spare tire Wheel alignment and tire bal-

WARNING ance
• Do not use the compact spare The wheels on your vehicle were
tire (if equipped) for tire rota- aligned and balanced carefully at the
tion. factory to give you the longest tire life
• Do not mix bias ply and radial and best overall performance.
ply tires under any circum- In most cases, you will not need to
stances. This may cause have your wheels aligned again.
unusual handling characteris- However, if you notice unusual tire
tics that could result in death, wear or your vehicle pulling one way
severe injury, or property or the other, the alignment may need
OBH078040 damage. to be reset.
Disc brake pads should be inspected If you notice your vehicle vibrating
for wear whenever tires are rotated. when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
✽ NOTICE
Rotate radial tires that have an CAUTION
directional tread pattern only from Improper wheel weights can
front to rear and not from right to damage your vehicle's alu-
left. minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
7 47
Maintenance
Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacing (Continued)

tires • Wheels that do not meet
HYUNDAI’s specifications
To reduce the chance or serious
may fit poorly and result in
or fatal injuries from an acci-
damage to the vehicle or
dent caused by tire failure or
unusual handling and poor
loss of vehicle control:
vehicle control.
• Replace tires that are worn,
• When replacing tires (or
show uneven wear, or are
wheels), it is recommended to
damaged. Worn tires can
replace the two front or two
cause loss of braking effec-
OEN076053 rear tires (or wheels) as a pair.
tiveness, steering control, and
Replacing just one tire can
Tire replacement traction.
seriously affect your vehicle's
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear • Do not drive your vehicle with handling.
indicator will appear as a solid band too little or too much pressure
• The ABS works by comparing
across the tread. This shows there is in your tires. This can lead to
the speed of the wheels. Tire
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread uneven wear and tire failure.
size can affect wheel speed.
left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never When replacing tires, all 4
this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires tires must use the same size
Do not wait for the band to appear on the same car. You must originally supplied with the
across the entire tread before replac- replace all tires if moving from vehicle. Using tires of a differ-
ing the tire. radial to bias-ply tires. ent size can cause the ABS
• Using tires and wheels other (Anti-lock Brake System) and
than the recommended sizes ESC (Electronic Stability
could cause unusual handling Control) to work irregularly.
characteristics and poor vehi-
cle control, resulting in a seri-
ous accident.
(Continued)
7 48
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction

A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you
tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are
Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery
tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be
The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators
should be the same size and design appear. To reduce the possibility of
as the one provided with your new losing control, slow down whenever
vehicle and should be mounted on WARNING there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
the same compact spare tire wheel. A wheel that is not the correct
The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel
designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and Tire maintenance
size wheel, and the compact spare stopping abilities, handling In addition to proper inflation, correct
tire wheel is not designed for mount- characteristics, ground clear- wheel alignment helps to decrease
ing a regular size tire. ance, body-to-tire clearance, tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
snow chain clearance, unevenly, have your dealer check the
speedometer and odometer cal- wheel alignment.
ibration, headlight aim and
When you have new tires installed,
bumper height.
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
7 49
Maintenance
1 2. Tire size designation 94 - Load Index, a numerical code

A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum
5,6 load the tire can carry.
size designation. The following
7 explains what the letters and numbers H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
in the tire size designation mean. speed rating chart in this section
4
Example tire size designation: for additional information.
(These numbers are provided as an
2 example only; your tire size designa- Wheel size designation
3
tor could vary depending on your Wheels are also marked with impor-
vehicle.) tant information that you need if you
1 I030B04JM P195/65R15 94H ever have to replace one. The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
Tire sidewall labeling numbers in the wheel size designa-
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
This information identifies and tion mean.
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
describes the fundamental charac-
intended for use on passenger
teristics of the tire and also provides
cars or light trucks; however, not Example wheel size designation:
the tire identification number (TIN)
all tires have this marking). 6.0JX15
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in 195 - Tire width in millimeters.
case of a recall. 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section 6.0 - Rim width in inches.
height as a percentage of its
width. J - Rim contour designation.
1. Manufacturer or brand name 15 - Rim diameter in inches.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown. 15 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 50
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age
ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even
used for passenger car tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used.
speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining
designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, it is recommended that
tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire tires generally be replaced after
tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside side- six (6) years of normal service.
ating speed. wall), displaying the DOT Code. The Heat caused by hot climates or
DOT Code is a series of numbers on frequent high loading conditions
Speed a tire consisting of numbers and can accelerate the aging
Rating Maximum Speed English letters. The manufacturing process. Failure to follow this
Symbol date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden tire
S 112 mph (180 km/h) digits (characters) of the DOT code. failure, which could lead to a
T 118 mph (190 km/h) loss of control and an accident
H 130 mph (210 km/h) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO involving serious injury or death.
V 149 mph (240 km/h) The front part of the DOT indicates a
Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h) plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1617 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2017.
7 51
Maintenance
4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear
rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire man- can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled
ufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
letter "R" means radial ply construc- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov-
tion; the letter "D" means diagonal or ernment course as a tire graded 100.
bias ply construction; and the letter "B" 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires
means belted-bias ply construction. depends upon the actual conditions
Quality grades can be found where
of their use, however, and may
applicable on the tire sidewall
5. Maximum permissible inflation depart significantly from the norm
between tread shoulder and maxi-
pressure due to variations in driving habits,
mum section width.
service practices and differences in
This number is the greatest amount For example: TREAD WEAR 200 road characteristics and climate.
of air pressure that should be put in TRACTION AA
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum These grades are molded on the
permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
to the Tire and Loading Information The tires available as standard or
label for recommended inflation optional equipment on your vehicle
pressure. may vary with respect to grade.
7 52
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the temperature
grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of The temperature grade for this
stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat tire is established for a tire that
under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- is properly inflated and not
ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory overloaded. Excessive speed,
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. underinflation, or excessive
C may have poor wet traction per- Sustained high temperature can loading, either separately or in
formance. cause the material of the tire to combination, can cause heat
degenerate and reduce tire life, and build-up and possible sudden
excessive temperature can lead to tire failure. This can cause loss
WARNING of vehicle control and serious
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
The traction grade assigned to responds to a level of performance injury or death.
this tire is based on straight- which all passenger car tires must
ahead braking traction tests, meet under the Federal Motor
and does not include accelera- Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
tion, cornering, hydroplaning, Grades B and A represent higher
or peak traction characteristics. levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
7 53
Maintenance
Tire terminology and defini- Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
tions air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- must always face outward when
Air Pressure: The amount of air mounted on a vehicle.
pascals (kPa) before a tire has built
inside the tire pressing outward on
up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo- Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure.
pascal (kPa). of a motor vehicle with standard and Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designat-
optional equipment including the ed by its manufacturer as primarily
Accessory Weight: This means the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and intended for use on lightweight trucks
combined weight of optional acces-
coolant, but without passengers and or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
sories. Some examples of optional
cargo.
accessories are, automatic transaxle, Load ratings: The maximum load
power seats, and air conditioning. DOT Markings: A code molded into that a tire is rated to carry for a given
the sidewall of a tire signifying that inflation pressure.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
tire's height to its width. Load Index: An assigned number
Department of Transportation motor
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords vehicle safety standards. The DOT ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-
that is located between the plies and code includes the Tire Identification sponds to the load carrying capacity
the tread. Cords may be made from Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- of a tire.
steel or other reinforcing materials. ignator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
Bead: The tire bead contains steel tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a
wires wrapped by steel cords that brand and date of production. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-
hold the tire onto the rim. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating mum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
which the plies are laid at alternate Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Load Rating: The load
angles less than 90 degrees to the rating for a tire at the maximum per-
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight missible inflation pressure for that
centerline of the tread.
Rating for the Rear axle. tire.
7 54
Maintenance
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: Pneumatic tire: A mechanical Speed Rating: A code assigned to a
The sum of curb weight; accessory device made of rubber, chemicals, tire indicating the maximum speed at
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and fabric and steel or other materials, which a tire can operate.
production options weight. that, when mounted on an automo- Traction: The friction between the
Normal Occupant Weight: The tive wheel, provides the traction and tire and the road surface. The
number of occupants a vehicle is contains the gas or fluid that sustains amount of grip provided.
designed to seat multiplied by 150 the load.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
pounds (68 kg). Production options weight: The comes into contact with the road.
Occupant Distribution: Designated combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
seating positions. bands, sometimes called "wear
5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of the stan-
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side dard items which they replace, not bars," that show across the tread of a
of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- previously considered in curb weight tire when only 1/16 inch of tread
ticular side that faces outward when or accessory weight, including heavy remains.
mounted on a vehicle. The outward duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
facing sidewall bears white lettering heavy duty battery, and special trim. Grading Standards, a tire information
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or system that provides consumers with
model name molding that is higher or Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- ratings for a tire's wet traction, tem-
deeper than the same moldings on perature and treadwear. Ratings are
the inner facing sidewall. ed tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard. determined by tire manufacturers
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire using government testing proce-
used on passenger cars and some Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in dures. The ratings are molded into
light duty trucks and multipurpose which the ply cords that extend to the the sidewall of the tire.
vehicles. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel ber of designated seating positions
cords Rim: A metal support for a tire and multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the
upon which the tire beads are seated. rated cargo and luggage load.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
7 55
Maintenance
Vehicle Maximum Load on the All season tires Snow tires

Tire: Load on an individual tire due HYUNDAI specifies all season tires If you equip your car with snow tires,
to curb and accessory weight plus on some models to provide good they should be the same size and
maximum occupant and cargo performance for use all year round, have the same load capacity as the
weight. including snowy and icy road condi- original tires. Snow tires should be
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; other-
Load on an individual tire that is by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud wise, poor handling may result.
determined by distributing to each and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
axle its share of the curb weight, tires have better snow traction than kPa) more air pressure than the
accessory weight, and normal occu- all season tires and may be more pressure recommended for the stan-
pant weight and dividing by 2. appropriate in some areas. dard tires on the tire label on the dri-
Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- ver's side of the center pillar, or up to
ly attached to a vehicle showing the the maximum pressure shown on the
original equipment tire size and rec-
Summer tires
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
ommended inflation pressure. HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
performance on dry roads. Summer km/h) when your car is equipped with
tire performance is substantially snow tires.
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
tires do not have the tire traction rat-
ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
side wall. if you plan to operate your
vehicle in snowy or icy conditions.
HYUNDAI recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
7 56
Maintenance
Tire chains Radial-ply tires

Tire chains, if necessary, should be
WARNING - Snow or ice Radial-ply tires provide improved
installed on the front wheels. • When driving on roads cov- tread life, road hazard resistance and
ered with snow or ice, drive at smoother high speed ride. The radi-
Be sure that the chains are installed
less than 20 mph (30 km/h). al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
in accordance with the manufactur-
er's instructions. • Use the SAE “S” class or wire belted construction, and are selected
chains. to complement the ride and handling
To minimize tire and chain wear, do characteristics of your vehicle.
not continue to use tire chains when • If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body, Radial-ply tires have the same load
they are no longer needed. carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
retighten the chain to avoid
belted tires of the same size, and use
contact with the vehicle body.
CAUTION the same recommended inflation
• To prevent body damage, pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
Since the sidewalls of radial retighten the chains after driv-
tires are thinner, they can be with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km). not recommended. Any combina-
damaged by mounting some
• Do not use tire chains on tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
types of snow chains on them. belted tires when used on the same
Therefore, the use of snow tires vehicles equipped with alu-
minum wheels. In unavoidable vehicle will seriously deteriorate
is recommended instead of vehicle handling. The best rule to fol-
snow chains. circumstance, use a wire type
chain. low is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59
inches (15 mm) to prevent Longer wearing tires can be more
damage to the chain’s con- susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
nection. is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7 57
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire (Continued)

(if equipped) CAUTION
• When passing over a pothole, • It is not easy to recognize the
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect speed bump, manhole, or curb
ratio is lower than 50, are provided tire damage with your own
stone, drive slowly so that the eyes. But if there is the slight-
for sporty looks. tires and wheels are not dam- est hint of tire damage, even
Because the low aspect ratio tires aged. though you cannot see the tire
are optimized for handling and brak- • If the tire is impacted, we rec- damage with your own eyes,
ing, it may be more uncomfortable to ommend that you inspect the have the tire checked or
ride in and there is more noise com- tire condition or contact an replaced because the tire
pare with normal tires. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. damage may cause air leak-
• To prevent damage to the tire, age from the tire.
CAUTION inspect the tire condition and • If the tire is damaged by driv-
Because the sidewall of the low pressure every 3,000km. ing on a rough road, off road,
aspect ratio tire is shorter than pothole, manhole, or curb
the normal, the wheel and tire of stone, it will not be covered by
the low aspect ratio tire is easi- the warranty.
er to be damaged. So, follow the • You can find out the tire infor-
instructions below. mation on the tire sidewall.
• When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
(Continued)
7 58
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type The electrical system is protected by
fuses. WARNING - Fuse
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one replacement
located in the driver’s side panel bol- • Never replace a fuse with any-
Normal Open ster, the other in the engine compart- thing but another fuse of the
■ Cartridge type ment. same rating.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- • A higher capacity fuse could
sories, or controls do not work, check cause damage and possibly a
the appropriate circuit fuse. fire.
If the electrical system does not work, • Never install a wire or alu-
first check the driver’s side fuse panel. minum foil instead of the
Normal Open Always replace an open fuse with proper fuse - even as a tem-
one of the same rating. porary repair. It may cause
■ Multi fuse
extensive wiring damage and
Before replacing an open fuse, dis-
a possible fire.
connect the negative battery cable.
If the replacement fuse opens, this
indicates an electrical malfunction. CAUTION
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized Do not use a screwdriver or any
Normal Open
HYUNDAI dealer. other metal object to remove
■ Battery fuse terminal fuses because it may cause a
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade short circuit and damage the
type for lower amperage rating, car- system.
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
Normal Open
ODM072020
7 59
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When replacing an open fuse
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips. The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with OGD071016 OGD071017
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays Instrument panel fuse replace- 3. Pull the related fuse straight out.
and terminals may be fas- ment Use the removal tool provided in
tened incompletely, and it may the engine compartment fuse
cause a possible fire. If fuses, 1. Turn the ignition switch and all
panel.
relays and terminals fastened other switches off.
with bolts or nuts are open, 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
consult with an authorized if it is open.
HYUNDAI dealer. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same
• Do not input any other objects rating, and make sure it fits tightly
except fuses or relays into in the clips.
fuse/relay terminals such as a If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
driver or wiring. It may cause HYUNDAI dealer.
contact failure and system If you do not have a spare, use a
malfunction. fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter
fuse.
7 60
Maintenance
If the headlights or other electrical ✽ NOTICE

components do not work and the If you need to park your vehicle for
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel prolonged periods more than 1
in the engine compartment. If a fuse month, move the transportation fuse
is open, it must be replaced. switch to the OFF position to pre-
If the headlights, fog lights, turn sig- vent the battery being discharged.
nal lights, position lights or interior
lights do not work and there is noth-
ing wrong with the bulbs, consult with
OGDE071018
Fuse switch
Always put the transportation fuse
switch at the ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as the
audio and digital clock must be reset
and the transmitter (or smart key)
may not work properly.
CAUTION
• Always place the transporta-
tion fuse switch in the ON posi-
tion while driving the vehicle.
• Do not move the transportation
fuse switch repeatedly. The
fuse switch may be worn out.
7 61
Maintenance
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it

if it is open. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
CAUTION
OGD071019
After checking the fuse panel in
the engine compartment, secure-
Engine compartment fuse ly install the fuse panel cover. If
replacement not, electrical malfunctions may
1. Turn the ignition switch and all occur from water contact.
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up.
7 62
Maintenance
OGDE071022
Fuse/relay panel description
Inner fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE OGDE075126
Not all fuse panel descriptions in

this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 63
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Description Fuse rating Protected component
C/LIGHTER 20A Console Cigar Light, Rear Power Outlet
1
MODULE 7.5A Sport Mode Switch
A/C Control Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH,

4
MODULE 7.5A
Fuel Filter Warning Sensor(D4FD), Rear Parking Assist System
Instrument Cluster, BCM, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Audio,

3
MODULE 7.5A
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, ATM shift lever Ind
POWER
15A Front Power Outlet
OUTLET FRT
HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECU
ICM Relay Box (Rain Sensor Relay), Multifunction Switch,

WIPER FRT 25A
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 7) Front Wiper Motor
A/CON 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 4)
P/WDW LH 25A P/WDW LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD)
T/GATE OPEN 10A Tail Gate, Rear Camera Open Actuator
P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Manual Switch
2
MODULE 7.5A ICM Relay Box, Rear Camera Module, Electro Chromic Mirror
7 64
Maintenance
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
STOP LAMP 15A Stop Lamp Switch
P/WDW RH 25A P/WDW RH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD)
2
PDM 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch, Ultrasonic Instruction Protection Sensor
EMS BOX (Head Lamp Washer Relay), Ionizer Unit, Panorama Sunroof, DSL BOX (PTC Relay),
5
MODULE 7.5A
E/R Fuse & Relay BOX(RLY. ), Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module
IG1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Fuse – F)
6
MODULE 10A Outside Mirror Switch, Audio, Navigation Head Unit, Digital Clock
MDPS 7.5A EPS Control Module
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay BOX (Dead Lock Relay),

DR LOCK 20A
Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator, Fuel filler actuator, Door Lock Actuator LH/RH
Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp, Room Lamp, Luggage Lamp,
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
DR Warning Switch
MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, Navigation Head Unit
A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module
7 65
Maintenance
1
MEMORY 7.5A Instrument Cluster
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster
3
PDM 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Ultrasonic instrusion Protection Sensor
Outside Mirror Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, BCM, Auto Light & Photo Sensor,
2
MEMORY 10A
OBD, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module
1
PDM 25A Smart Key Control Module
W/O Button Start : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. ) Ignition Lock Switch,
START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch
With Button Start : ECM/PCM, Transaxle Range Switch
SUNROOF 20A Panorama Sunroof
BCM 7.5A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
A/CON SWITCH 7.5A A/C Control Module
7
MODULE 7.5A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
FOG LAMP RR 10A Rear Fog Lamp
PUDDLE LAMP 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
7 66
Maintenance
OGD071023
Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in OGDE075127
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 67
Maintenance
MDPS 80A EPS Control Module
I/P Junction Box (IPS 0 (4CH), IPS 1 (4CH), IPS 2 (2CH),

1B+ 60A
Fuse - F13/F14/F19/F20/F21/F26/ F36)
1
ABS 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
MULTI
FUSE
BLOWER 40A RLY. 4 (Blower Relay)
2B+ 60A I/P Junction Box (IPS 3 (4CH), IPS 4 (4CH), Fuse - F2/F7/F9/F15)
GSL PTC
60A RLY. 12 (GASOLINE PTC Relay)
HEATER
COOLING FAN 40A RLY. 1 (C/FAN LO Relay), RLY. 2 (C/FAN HI Relay)
2
RLY. 9 (Start Relay), Ignition Switch (W/O Button Start),

IG2 40A
RLY. 6 (PDM 4 (IG2) Relay, With Button Start)
W/O Button Start : Ignition Switch,

FUSE IG1 40A
With Button Start : RLY. 8 (PDM 2 (ACC) Relay)/RLY. 10 (PDM 3 (IG1) Relay
DEICER 15A ICM Relay Box (Front Deicer Relay)
3B+ 50A I/P Junction Box (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse - F18/F25/F30/F34/F38)
BRAKE SWITCH 10A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Signal Relay
7 68
Maintenance
S/HEATER
20A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module
FRT
WIPER 10A PCM/ECM
HORN 15A RLY. 5 (Horn Relay), ICM Relay Box (B/A Horn Relay)
1
TCU 15A A/T - TCM (D4FD), Transaxle Range Switch
FUSE
6
ECU 15A RLY. 9 (D4FD, Start Relay), ECM/PCM
3
3
ECU 10A ECM/PCM, Air Flow Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch
B/UP M/T - Back-Up Lamp Switch, A/T - Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH,
10A
LAMP Rear Curtain Module, Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, IPS Control Module
7 69
Maintenance
G4FD/D4FD : ECM
1
ECU 20A
G4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)
IGN COIL 20A G4NA : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser
G4FD : Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,

Purge Control Solenoid Valve
G4NA/G4NC : Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,
2
SENSOR 10A
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
D4FD : Camshaft Position Sensor, EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve,
Diesel Box (Glow Relay)
G4FD : Oil Control Valve #1/ #2, Oil Level Sensor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1)
G4NA/G4NC : Oil Control Valve #1/ #2, Camshaft Position Sensor (Intake/Exhaust),
1
SENSOR 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1)
FUSE D4FD : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1), Diesel Box (PTC Heater Relay#1),
Lambda Sensor, VGT Control Solenoid Valve
G4FD : ECM G4NA : Fuel Pump Relay G4NC : Fuel Pump Relay, PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)
2
ECU 10A
D4FD : Oil Level Sensor, Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve
INJECTOR 10A G4NA - Injector #1/#2/#3/#4
4
ECU 15A G4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)
FUEL PUMP 20A EMS Box (Fuel Pump Relay)
A/CON 30A EMS Box (Air Conditionor)
EMS 40A EMS Box
7 70
Maintenance
Description Protected component Type
1
COOLING FAN C/FAN LO RELAY PLUG MICRO
2
COOLING FAN C/FAN HI RELAY PLUG MICRO
BLOWER BLOWER RELAY PLUG MICRO
HORN HORN RELAY PLUG MICRO
4
PDM (IG2) PDM 4 (IG2) RELAY PLUG MICRO
WIPER FRONT WIPER RELAY PLUG MICRO

FUSE
1
PDM (ACC) PDM 1 (ACC) RELAY PLUG MICRO
START 1 START RELAY PLUG MICRO
3
PDM (IG1) PDM 3 (IG1) RELAY PLUG MICRO
REAR HEATED RR HTD RELAY PLUG MICRO
GSL PTC
PTC Heater/Fuel Filter PLUG MINI
HEATER
7 71
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Working on CAUTION
After heavy, driving rain or wash-
the lights The headlight aiming adjusting, headlight and taillight lenses
Prior to working on the light, ment may be necessary after could appear frosty. This condition
firmly apply the parking brake, the headlight assembly is rein- is caused by the temperature differ-
ensure that the ignition switch stalled. If you are unsure how to ence between the lamp inside and
is turned to the LOCK position replace or aim the headlight, we outside. This is similar to the con-
and turn off the lights to avoid recommend that you consult densation on your windows inside
sudden movement of the vehi- with an authorized HYUNDAI your vehicle during the rain and
cle and burning your fingers or dealer. doesn’t indicate a problem with
receiving an electric shock. your vehicle. If the water leaks into
the lamp bulb circuitry, we recom-
CAUTION mend that the vehicle be checked by
Use only the bulbs of the specified If you don’t have necessary an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
wattage. tools, the correct bulbs and the
expertise, we recommend that
CAUTION you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. In many cases,
Be sure to replace the burned- it is difficult to replace vehicle
out bulb with one of the same light bulbs because other parts
wattage rating. Otherwise, it of the vehicle must be removed
may cause damage to the fuse before you can get to the bulb.
or electric wiring system. This is especially true if you
have to remove the headlight
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the head-
light assembly can result in
damage to the vehicle.
7 72
Maintenance
(Continued)
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediate-
ly and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before han-
dling it.
OGD072026N OHD076046
Front light replacement

(1) Front side marker WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
(2) Front turn signal light /
Position light • Halogen bulbs contain pres-
surized gas that will produce
(3) Headlight (Low) flying pieces of glass if broken.
(4) Headlight (High) • Always handle them carefully,
(5) Front fog light (if equipped) and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never
touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause
the bulb to overheat and burst
when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed
in a headlight.
(Continued)
7 73
Maintenance
Low
OGDE074050
High
OGDE071052 OGD071044
4. Pull out the both side of the front Headlight bulb (high)/Daytime run-
bumper and then pull out the front ning light (if equipped)
bumper. Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the pre-
5. Remove the headlight assembly vious page.
from the body of the vehicle. 7. Remove the headlight bulb cover
6. Disconnect the power connec- by turning it counterclockwise.
tor(s) from the back of the head- 8. Disconnect the headlight bulb
OGDE071051
light assembly. socket-connector.
Replace front lamps
9. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain-
1. Open the hood. ing wire by depressing the end
2. Disconnect the negative battery and pushing it upward.
cable. 10. Remove the bulb from the head-
3. Loosen the assembly retaining light assembly.
screws and nuts. If you can reach 11. Install a new headlight bulb and
the bulb without removing the snap the headlight bulb retaining
headlight assembly, you do not wire into position by aligning the
need to do step 3, 4 and 5. wire with the groove on the bulb.
7 74
Maintenance
12. Connect the headlight bulb socket- Headlight (Low)

connector. Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the pre-
13. Install the headlight bulb cover by vious page.
turning it clockwise. 7. Remove the cover by turning it
counterclockwise.
8. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
9. Pull the bulb out of the socket. OGD071045
10. Insert a new bulb into the socket. Front turn signal bulb /
11. Install the socket in the assembly Position light
by aligning the tabs on the sock- Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the pre-
et with the slots in the assembly. vious page.
Push the socket into the assem-
bly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Remove the socket from the
12. Install the headlight bulb cover by counterclockwise until the tabs on
turning it clockwise. the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
✽ NOTICE 8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
Always have the headlight aiming pressing it in and rotating it counter-
adjusted after an accident or the clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
headlight assembly is reinstalled at align with the slots in the socket.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it
locks into place.
7 75
Maintenance
10. Install the socket in the assembly 10. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the sock- by aligning the tabs on the sock-
et with the slots in the assembly. et with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assem- Push the socket into the assem-
bly and turn the socket clockwise. bly and turn the socket clockwise.
11. Reinstall the light assembly to 11. Reinstall the light assembly to
the body of the vehicle. the body of the vehicle.
OGD072062N
Front side marker
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the pre-
vious page.
the assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pulling out the bulb.
9. Insert a new bulb.
7 76
Maintenance
9. Install the new bulb-socket into the

housing by aligning the tabs on
the socket with the slots in the
housing. Push the socket into the
housing and turn the socket clock-
wise.
10. Connect the power connector to
the socket.
OGDE071055L OGD071030
Front fog light (if equipped) Side repeater light bulb
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the pre- replacement (if equipped)
vious page. If the light bulb is not operating, we
7. Disconnect the power connector recommend that the vehicle be
from the socket. checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
8. Remove the bulb-socket from the dealer.
housing by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on ✽ NOTICE
the socket align with the slots on A skilled technician should check or
the housing. repair the side repeater lamp.
Otherwise, it may damage related
parts (ex. outside mirror).
7 77
Maintenance
■ Type A
OGDE071031
■ Type B
OGD071032 OGD071033
Outside light Rear turn signal light and stop/tail light
1. Turn off the engine. (Bulb type)
2. Disconnect the negative battery Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre-
cable. vious page.
3. Open the tailgate. 6. Remove the socket from the
4. Loosen the light assembly retain- counterclockwise until the tabs on
ing screws with a cross-tip screw- the socket align with the slots on
OGDE071058 driver. the assembly.
Rear combination light bulb 5. Remove the rear combination light 7. Remove the bulb from the socket
replacement assembly from the body of the by pressing it in and rotating it
vehicle. counterclockwise until the tabs on
(1) Back-up light
the bulb align with the slots in the
(2) Tail light
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
(3) Rear turn signal light socket.
(4) Stop/tail light
(5) Side marker
7 78
Maintenance
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it 9. Install the socket in the assembly

into the socket and rotating it until by aligning the tabs on the socket
it locks into place. with the slots in the assembly.
9. Install the socket in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket and turn the socket clockwise.
with the slots in the assembly. 10. Reinstall the light assembly to
Push the socket into the assembly the body of the vehicle.
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Reinstall the light assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
OGD072063N
Rear side marker (Bulb type)
Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre-
vious page.
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pulling out the bulb.
8. Insert a new bulb.
7 79
Maintenance
Stop/tail light and rear side marker

(LED type, if equipped)
If the LED light does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
✽ NOTICE Tail
A skilled technician should check or Back-up light

repair the stop/tail and rear side
marker. Otherwise, it may damage
related parts of the vehicle. OGD071034 OGD071035
Inside light Tail light (Bulb type)

1. Turn off the engine. 5. Remove the socket from the
2. Disconnect the negative battery assembly by turning the socket
cable. counterclockwise until the tabs on
3. Open the tailgate. the assembly.
4. Remove the service cover using a 6. Remove the bulb from the socket
flat-blade screwdriver. by pressing it in and rotating it
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7 80
Maintenance
8. Install the socket in the assembly Back-up light (Bulb type)

by aligning the tabs on the socket 5. Remove the socket from the
with the slots in the assembly. assembly by turning the socket
Push the socket into the assembly counterclockwise until the tabs on
and turn the socket clockwise. the socket align with the slots on
9. Install the service cover by putting the assembly.
it into the service hole. 6. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
7. Insert a new bulb into the socket.
8. Install the socket into the assem-
bly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots on the OGD071036
assembly and turning the socket
clockwise. High mounted stop light
replacement
9. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle 1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
Stop/tail light (LED type, if equipped) cable.
If the LED light does not operate, 3. Open the tailgate.
have the vehicle checked by an
✽ NOTICE
A skilled technician should check or
repair the stop/tail light. Otherwise,
it may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
7 81
Maintenance
OGD072064N OGD072065N OGD072066N

4. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, 5. Disconnect the connector(1) and 6. Remove the mounting nuts.
gently pry the tailgate upper trim. remove the washer hose(2) and
the plug holes(3).
7 82
Maintenance
OGD072067N OGD072068N OGD071046

7. Remove the rear spoiler assembly. 8. Remove the high mounted stop License plate light bulb
lamp after removing the mounting replacement
nuts.
1. Turn off the engine.
9. Install a new lamp
2. Disconnect the negative battery
10. Reinstall the rear spoiler and the cable.
tailgate upper trim in the reverse
3. Remove the cover by pressing it
order.
as direction of the arrows.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5. Install a new bulb.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
7 83
Maintenance
■ Map lamp ■ Luggage room lamp Interior light bulb replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interi-
or light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING
■ Room lamp Prior to working on the Interior
- Ty p e A
Lights, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
■ Sunvisor lamp
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
- Ty p e B
CAUTION
Use care not to dirty or damage
OGD071039/OMD070043/OGD071038/
lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-
OGD071040/OTD079035 ings.
7 84
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Finish maintenance
Washing CAUTION
Exterior general caution
To help protect your vehicle’s finish • Do not use strong soap, chem-
It is very important to follow the label ical detergents or hot water,
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least and do not wash the vehicle in
cleaner or polish. Read all warning direct sunlight or when the
and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold
water. body of the vehicle is warm.
on the label.
If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the
driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle.
High-pressure washing off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especially, with high-pressure
• When using high-pressure wash- the removal of any accumulation of water, water may leak through
ers, make sure to maintain suffi- salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign the windows and wet the inte-
cient distance from the vehicle. materials. Make sure the drain holes rior.
Insufficient clearance or excessive in the lower edges of the doors and • To prevent damage to the
pressure can lead to component rocker panels are kept clear and plastic parts and lamps, do
damage or water penetration. clean. not clean with chemical sol-
• Do not spray the camera, sensors Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, vents or strong detergents.
or its surrounding area directly with industrial pollution and similar
a high pressure washer. Shock deposits can damage your vehicle’s
applied from high pressure water finish if not removed immediately.
may cause the device to not oper- WARNING - Wet brakes
Even prompt washing with plain After washing the vehicle, test
ate normally.
water may not completely remove all the brakes while driving slowly
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or to see if they have been affected
use on painted surfaces, may be by water. If braking performance
connectors as they may be dam- used.
aged if they come into contact with is impaired, dry the brakes by
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- applying them lightly while main-
high pressure water.
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. taining a slow forward speed.
Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-
ish.
7 85
Maintenance
Waxing Finish damage repair

Wax the vehicle when water will no Deep scratches or stone chips in the
longer bead on the paint. painted surface must be repaired
Always wash and dry the vehicle promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
before waxing. Use a good quality liq- rust and may develop into a major
uid or paste wax, and follow the man- repair expense.
ufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal
trim to protect it and to maintain its ✽ NOTICE
luster.
If your vehicle is damaged and
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- requires any metal repair or
als with a spot remover will usually replacement, be sure the body shop
OJB037800
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to applies anti-corrosion materials to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of the parts repaired or replaced.
CAUTION the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
• Water washing in the engine Bright-metal maintenance
compartment including high CAUTION • To remove road tar and insects,
pressure water washing may • Wiping dust or dirt off the
cause the failure of electrical use a tar remover, not a scraper or
body with a dry cloth will other sharp object.
circuits or engine and related scratch the finish.
components located in the • To protect the surfaces of bright-
engine compartment. • Do not use steel wool, abra- metal parts from corrosion, apply a
sive cleaners, or strong deter- coating of wax or chrome preser-
• Never allow water or other liq- gents containing highly alka-
uids to come in contact with vative and rub to a high luster.
line or caustic agents on
electrical/electronic compo- chrome-plated or anodized • During winter weather or in coastal
nents and air duct inside the aluminum parts. This may areas, cover the bright metal parts
vehicle as this may damage result in damage to the protec- with a heavier coating of wax or
them. tive coating and cause discol- preservative. If necessary, coat the
oration or paint deterioration. parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
7 86
Maintenance
Underbody maintenance Aluminum wheel maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice and WARNING The aluminum wheels are coated
snow removal and dust control may After washing the vehicle, test with a clear protective finish.
collect on the underbody. If these the brakes while driving slowly • Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
materials are not removed, acceler- to see if they have been affected polishing compound, solvent, or
ated rusting can occur on underbody by water. If braking performance wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
parts such as the fuel lines, frame, is impaired, dry the brakes by They may scratch or damage the
floor pan and exhaust system, even applying them lightly while finish.
though they have been treated with maintaining a slow forward
rust protection. speed. • Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
body and wheel openings with luke- • Use only a mild soap or neutral
warm or cold water once a month, detergent, and rinse thoroughly
after off-road driving and at the end of with water. Also, be sure to clean
each winter. Pay special attention to the wheels after driving on salted
these areas because it is difficult to roads. This helps prevent corro-
see all the mud and dirt. It will do sion.
more harm than good to wet down the • Avoid washing the wheels with
road grime without removing it. The high-speed car wash brushes.
lower edges of doors, rocker panels, • Do not use any cleaners containing
and frame members have drain holes alkaline or acid detergents. It may
that should not be allowed to clog with damage and corrode the aluminum
dirt; trapped water in these areas can wheels coated with a clear protec-
cause rusting. tive finish.
7 87
Maintenance
Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler-

Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your car ate corrosion of parts that are not
sion is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture
materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea-
By using the most advanced design sons, it is particularly important to
and construction practices to combat particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor- keep your car clean and free of mud
corrosion, we produce cars of the or accumulations of other materials.
highest quality. However, this is only rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial This applies not only to the visible
part of the job. To achieve the long- surfaces but particularly to the
term corrosion resistance your vehi- pollution.
underside of the car.
cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-
tion and assistance is also required. Moisture breeds corrosion
To help prevent corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
Common causes of corrosion which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from
occur. For example, corrosion is getting started by observing the fol-
The most common causes of corro- lowing:
sion on your car are: accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is above freezing. In such conditions,
allowed to accumulate underneath the corrosive material is kept in con-
the car. tact with the car surfaces by moisture
• Removal of paint or protective that is slow to evaporate.
coatings by stones, gravel, abra- Mud is particularly corrosive
sion or minor scrapes and dents because it is slow to dry and holds
which leave unprotected metal moisture in contact with the vehicle.
exposed to corrosion. Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
7 88
Maintenance
Keep your car clean • When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con-
The best way to prevent corrosion is rocker panels and frame members, dition
to keep your car clean and free of be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish
corrosive materials. Attention to the open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up"
underside of the car is particularly and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce
important. erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
Keep your garage dry tion of a qualified body and paint
• If you live in a high-corrosion area shop is recommended.
— where road salts are used, near Don't park your car in a damp, poor-
the ocean, areas with industrial pol- ly ventilated garage. This creates a
lution, acid rain, etc.—, you should favorable environment for corrosion. Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
take extra care to prevent corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash highly corrosive and may damage
In winter, hose off the underside of your car in the garage or drive it into painted surfaces in just a few hours.
your car at least once a month and the garage when it is still wet or cov- Always remove bird droppings as
be sure to clean the underside thor- ered with snow, ice or mud. Even a soon as possible.
oughly when winter is over. heated garage can contribute to cor-
• When cleaning underneath the car, rosion unless it is well ventilated so Don't neglect the interior
give particular attention to the moisture is dispersed. Moisture can collect under the floor
components under the fenders and mats and carpeting to cause corro-
other areas that are hidden from sion. Check under the mats periodi-
view. Do a thorough job; just damp- cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
ening the accumulated mud rather Use particular care if you carry fertil-
than washing it away will acceler- izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
ate corrosion rather than prevent it. cals in the car.
Water under high pressure and These should be carried only in prop-
steam are particularly effective in er containers and any spills or leaks
removing accumulated mud and should be cleaned up, flushed with
corrosive materials. clean water and thoroughly dried.
7 89
Maintenance
Interior care Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Leather (if equipped)
Interior general precautions rior trim • Feature of Seat Leather
Prevent caustic solutions such as Vinyl (if equipped) - Leather is made from the outer
perfume and cosmetic oil from con- Remove dust and loose dirt from skin of an animal, which goes
tacting the dashboard because they vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum through a special process to be
may cause damage or discoloration. cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a available for us. Since it is a natu-
If they do contact the dashboard, vinyl cleaner. ral object, each part differs in
wipe them off immediately. See the thickness or density. Wrinkles
instructions that follow for the proper may appear as a natural result of
Fabric (if equipped) stretching and shrinking depend-
way to clean vinyl.
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- ing on the temperature and
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum humidity.
CAUTION cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- - The seat is made of stretchable
• Never allow water or other liq- tion recommended for upholstery or fabric to improve comfort.
uids to come in contact with carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If - The parts contacting the body are
electrical/electronic compo- curved and the side supporting
nents inside the vehicle as fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained area is high which provides driv-
this may damage them. ing comfort and stability.
• When cleaning leather prod- and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be - Wrinkles may appear naturally
ucts (steering wheel, seats from usage. It is not a fault of the
etc.), use neutral detergents reduced if the material is not proper-
ly maintained. product.
or low alcohol content solu-
tions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or acid/alka- CAUTION CAUTION
line detergents, the color of Using anything but recommend-
the leather may fade or the • Wrinkles or abrasions which
ed cleaners and procedures may appear naturally from usage
surface may get stripped off. affect the fabric’s appearance are not covered by warranty.
and fire-resistant properties. (Continued)
7 90
Maintenance
- Light colored (beige, cream - Chewing gum

(Continued)
beige) leather is easily contami- Harden the gum with ice and
• Belts with metallic acces- nated and the stain is noticeable. remove gradually.
sories, zippers or keys inside Clean the seats frequently.
the back pocket may damage
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
the seat fabric. Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
cause the surface to crack.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. webbing
It may change the nature of Clean the belt webbing with any mild
natural leather. • Cleaning the leather seats soap solution recommended for
• Jeans or clothes which could - Remove all contaminations cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
bleach may contaminate the instantly. Refer to instructions the instructions provided with the
surface of the seat covering below for removal of each con- soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
fabric. taminant. webbing because this may weaken it.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.) Cleaning the interior window
• Caring for the leather seats
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth glass
- Vacuum the seat periodically to and wipe the contaminated spot.
remove dust and sand on the If the interior glass surfaces of the
Wipe off the cream with a wet vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
seat. It will prevent abrasion or cloth and remove water with a dry
damage of the leather and main- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
cloth. film), they should be cleaned with
tain its quality.
- Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) glass cleaner. Follow the directions
- Wipe the natural leather seat on the glass cleaner container.
cover often with dry or soft cloth. Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami-
- Use of a proper leather protective nations do not smear.
may prevent abrasion of the CAUTION
cover and helps maintain the - Oil
Do not scrape or scratch the
color. Be sure to read the instruc- Remove oil instantly with inside of the rear window. This
tions and consult a specialist absorbable cloth and wipe with may result in damage to the rear
when using leather coating or stain remover used only for natu- window defroster grid.
protective agents. ral leather.
7 91
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your Notice for Inspection and 2. Evaporative emission con-
vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic trol (including ORVR:
warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) Onboard Refueling Vapor
information contained in the Owner’s • To prevent the vehicle from indi- Recovery) system
Handbook & Warranty Information cating an erroneous misfire dur-
booklet in your vehicle. The Evaporative Emission Control
ing dynamometer testing, turn System is designed to prevent fuel
Your vehicle is equipped with an the Electronic Stability Control vapors from escaping into the atmos-
emission control system to meet all (ESC) system off by pressing phere.
applicable emission regulations. the ESC switch.
(The ORVR system is designed to
There are three emission control • After dynamometer testing is allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
systems, as follows. completed, turn the ESC system be loaded into a canister while refu-
back on by pressing the ESC eling at the gas station, preventing
switch again. the escape of fuel vapors into the
(1) Crankcase emission control
system atmosphere.)
(2) Evaporative emission control 1. Crankcase emission control
system system Canister
(3) Exhaust emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
system is employed to prevent air tank are absorbed and stored in the
pollution caused by blow-by gases onboard canister. When the engine is
In order to assure the proper function being emitted from the crankcase. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
of the emission control systems, it is This system supplies fresh filtered air the canister are drawn into the surge
recommended that you have your to the crankcase through the air tank through the purge control sole-
car inspected and maintained by an intake hose. Inside the crankcase, noid valve.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer in the fresh air mixes with blow-by
accordance with the maintenance gases, which then pass through the
schedule in this manual. PCV valve into the induction system.
7 92
Maintenance
Purge Control Solenoid Valve 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions
(PCSV) system (carbon monoxide)
The purge control solenoid valve is The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present
controlled by the Engine Control System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes.
Module (ECM); when the engine which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust
coolant temperature is low during while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired
orated fuel is not taken into the immediately. If you ever suspect
engine. After the engine warms-up exhaust fumes are coming into
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
Vehicle modifications your vehicle, drive it only with all
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to • This vehicle should not be modi- the windows fully open. Have your
the engine. fied. Modification of your vehicle vehicle checked and repaired
could affect its performance, safety immediately.
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emis-
sions regulations. WARNING - Exhaust
In addition, damage or perform- Engine exhaust gases contain
ance problems resulting from any carbon monoxide (CO). Though
modification may not be covered colorless and odorless, it is
under warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if
• If you use unauthorized electronic inhaled. Follow the instructions
devices, it may cause the vehicle to on this page to avoid CO poi-
operate abnormally, wire damage, soning.
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
7 93
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt-

CALIFORNIA PROPO- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped)
SITION 65 WARNING garages) any more than what is
Engine exhaust and a wide vari- necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area. WARNING - Fire
ety of automobile components
and parts, including components • When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can
found in the interior furnishings open area for more than a short ignite flammable items under
in a vehicle, contain or emit time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park, idle,
chemicals known to the State of adjust the ventilation system (as or drive the vehicle over or
California to cause cancer and needed) to draw outside air into the near flammable objects, such
birth defects and reproductive vehicle. as grass, vegetation, paper,
harm. In addition, certain fluids leaves, etc.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
contained in vehicles and certain vehicle for any extended time with • The exhaust system and cat-
products of component wear the engine running. alytic system are very hot
contain or emit chemicals known while the engine is running or
• When the engine stalls or fails to immediately after the engine
to the State of California to cause
start, excessive attempts to restart is turned off. Keep away from
cancer and birth defects or other
the engine may cause damage to the exhaust system and cat-
reproductive harm.
the emission control system. alytic, or you may get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
7 94
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLO-
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- • Avoid driving with a extremely low RATE NOTICE
alytic converter emission control fuel level. Running out of fuel could Perchlorate Material-special handling
device. cause the engine to misfire, dam- may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-
Therefore, the following precautions aging the catalytic converter. ardouswaste/perchlorate.
must be observed: Failure to observe these precautions
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for could result in damage to the catalyt-
ic converter and to your vehicle. Notice to California Vehicle
gasoline engines. Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing
Additionally, such actions could void
• Do not operate the vehicle when your warranties. materials, such as air bag inflators,
there are signs of engine malfunc- seatbelt pretensioners and keyless
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable remote entry batteries, must be dis-
loss of performance. posed of according to Title 22
• Do not misuse or abuse the California Code of Regulations
engine. Examples of misuse are Section 67384.10 (a).
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
7 95
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Capacity/Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-5
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Consumer information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Reporting safety defects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
ENGINE BULB WATTAGE

Item Specification Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type
Displacement cu. in (cc) 121.9 (1999) Low 55 H11
Headlights
High 55 H7L
Bore x Stroke in. (mm) 3.19x3.81 (81x97)
Day time running light 55 H7L
Firing order 1-3-4-2 Front Front turn signal lights /
28/8 PY28/8W
No. of cylinders 4, In-line Position lights
Front fog lights 27 881
Front side marker 5 W5WLL
DIMENSIONS Stop and tail lights
Bulb 28/8 PY28/8W
LED LED LED
Item inch (mm)
Rear turn signal lights 27 PY27W
Overall length 169.3 (4,300) Tail lights 28/8 PY28/8W
Overall width 70.1 (1,780) Rear Bulb 5 W5WLL
Rear side marker
Overall height 57.9 (1,470) LED LED LED
Back-up lights 16 16W
Steel wheel 61.0 (1,549)
P205/55R16 High mounted stop light LED LED
Front tread Aluminum wheel 61.2 (1,555) License plate lights 5 W5W
P215/45R17 Aluminum wheel 61.0 (1,549) Map lamps 8 FESTOON
Steel wheel 61.5 (1,562) Room lamps 8 FESTOON
P205/55R16 Interior
Luggage lamp 8 FESTOON
Rear tread Aluminum wheel 61.7 (1,568)
Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON
P215/45R17 Aluminum wheel 61.5 (1,562)
Wheelbase 104.3 (2,650)
8 2
TIRES AND WHEELS

Inflation pressure psi (kPa)
Wheel lug nut torque
Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load *1 Maximum load
lbf·ft (kgf·m, N·m)
Front Rear Front Rear
P205/55 R16 6.5J×16 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220)
Full size tire
P215/45 R17 7.0J×17 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220) 32 (220)
65~79
Compact T125/80D15 4.0T×15 (9~11, 88~107)
spare tire 60 (420) 60 (420) 60 (420) 60 (420)
(if equipped) T125/80D16 4.0T×16
*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons
✽ NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expect-
ed, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to
drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air
inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
8 3
CAPACITY/WEIGHT
Item Specification
Gross vehicle weight
3,968 (1,800)
lbs. (kg)
Luggage volume Min. 13.3 (378)
cu ft (l) Max. 46.5 (1,316)
8 4
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Recommends API Service SM*3,
4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)
ILSAC GF-4 or above
HK MTF (SK), HD MTF (H.K.SHELL)

HYUNDAI Genuine transaxle fluid
1.90~2.01 US qt. (API GL-4, SAE 70W)
Manual transaxle fluid
(1.8~1.9 l) Use the Manual transaxle fluid approved by
HYUNDAI motor company.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV

NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other
Automatic transaxle fluid 7.5 US qt. (7.1 l)
brands meeting the above specification approved by
Hyundai Motor Co.,
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
* If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
3
8 5
Lubricant Volume Classification

Manual transaxle 6.34 US qt. (6.0 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water
Coolant
Automatic transaxle 6.23 US qt. (5.9 l) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.7~0.8 US qt.
Brake/clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
(0.7~0.8 l)
Fuel 13.21 US gal. (50 l) Unleaded gasoline
8 6
Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has When choosing an oil, consider the
number an effect on fuel economy and cold range of temperature your vehicle
weather operating (engine start and will be operated in before the next oil
CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- change. Proceed to select the rec-
ty engine oils can provide better fuel ommended oil viscosity from the
Always be sure to clean the area economy and cold weather perform- chart.
around any filler plug, drain ance, however, higher viscosity
plug, or dipstick before check- engine oils are required for satisfac-
ing or draining any lubricant. tory lubrication in hot weather. Using
This is especially important in oils of any viscosity other than those
dusty or sandy areas and when recommended could result in engine
the vehicle is used on unpaved damage.
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
that could be damaged. (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
10W-30
Engine Oil *1
5W-20, 5W-30
*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use

the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API
SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not
available in your country, select the proper engine oil
using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8 7
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

LABEL
■ VIN label ■ Type A
OMD080001 OBH088005N OMD080002

■ Type B
The vehicle certification label The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center attached on the driver’s side center
pillar contains the vehicle identifica- pillar contains the vehicle identifica-
tion number (VIN).The vehicle identi- tion number (VIN).The VIN is also on
fication number (VIN) is the number a plate attached to the top of the
used in registering your car and in all dashboard. The number on the plate
legal matters pertaining to its owner- can easily be seen through the wind-
ship, etc. shield from outside.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger’s seat. To
check the number, open the cover. OMDS080002
The vehicle certification label

attached on the driver’s side center
pillar contains the vehicle identifica-
tion number (VIN).
8 8
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL

PRESSURE LABEL
OMD060012N OGD082009 OMD070054N
The tires supplied on your new vehi- The engine number is stamped on The refrigerant label is located on
cle are chosen to provide the best the engine block as shown in the the underside of the hood.
performance for normal driving. drawing.
The label contains the following infor-
The tire label located on the driver's mation:
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your car. • Type of refrigerant
• Amout of refrigerant
8 9
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been Eastern Region: Connecticut, South Central Region: Alabama,
prepared in accordance with regula- Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts, Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi,
tions issued by the National Highway New Hampshire, New Jersey, New New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee,
Traffic Safety Administration of the York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Texas.
U.S. Department of Transportation. Vermont.
Your Hyundai dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you South Central Region
read this information. Eastern Region 1421 South Beltline Road,
1122 Cranbury South River Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019
Road (800) 633-5151
Hyundai motor vehicles are
designed and manufactured to meet Jamesburg, NJ 08831
or exceed all applicable safety stan- (800) 633-5151 Central Region: Illinois, Indiana,
dards. lowa, Kentucky, Michigan,
Southern Region: Florida, Georgia, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota,
For your safety, however, we strongly Maryland, North Carolina, South South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin,
urge you to read and follow all direc- Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia. Kansas, Missouri.
tions in this Owner's Manual, particu-
larly the information under the head- Southern Region Central Region
ings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and 1705 Sequoia Drive
"WARNING". 3025 Chastain Meadows
Parkway suite 100 Marietta, Aurora, Illinois 60506
GA 30066 (800) 633-5151
If, after reading this manual, you (800) 633-5151
have any questions regarding the
operation of your vehicle, please
contact your nearest Hyundai Motor
America Regional Office as listed in
the following:
8 10
Western Region: Alaska, Arizona,

California Colorado, Hawaii, ldaho,
Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,
Washington, Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue
P.O.Box 20850
Fountain Valley, California
92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
8 11
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

If you believe that your vehicle has a To contact NHTSA, you may call the
defect which could cause a crash or Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-
could cause injury or death, you 888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
should immediately inform the 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;
National Highway Traffic Safety or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
Administration (NHTSA) in addition 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE West
to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR Building Washington, DC 20590. You
AMERICA. If NHTSA receives similar can also obtain other information
complaints, it may open an investiga- about motor vehicle safety from
tion, and if it finds that a safety defect http://www.safercar.gov.
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8 12
Index
I
Index
Automatic climate control system ..............................4-111
A Air conditioning ......................................................4-117
Active eco system ........................................................5-41 Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-112
Active ECO operation ................................................5-41 Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-113
Limitation of Active ECO operation ..........................5-41 Automatic transaxle ......................................................5-17
Air bag warning label....................................................3-68 Sports mode................................................................5-20
Air bag warning light ....................................................3-43 Automatic transaxle shift position indicator ................4-60
Air bags ........................................................................3-40 Aux, USB and iPod port ............................................4-130
Air bag warning label ................................................3-68
Air bag warning light ................................................3-43 B
Curtain air bag............................................................3-59
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ........................3-54 Base curb weight ..........................................................5-58
Occupant classification system ..................................3-47 Battery ..........................................................................7-41
Side impact air bag ....................................................3-58 Battery saver function ..................................................4-88
SRS components and functions..................................3-44 Before driving ................................................................5-4
Air cleaner ....................................................................7-34 Binding arbitration (U.S.A ONLY) ..............................8-12
Antenna (Roof)............................................................4-135 Blue link center ............................................................4-48
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)......................................5-28 Bottle holders, see cup holders ..................................4-126
Appearance care ............................................................7-85 Brake system ................................................................5-24
Exterior care ..............................................................7-85 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..................................5-28
Interior care ................................................................7-90 Electronic stability control (ESC) ..............................5-30
Audio system ..............................................................4-135 Parking brake - Hand type..........................................5-26
Roof antenna ............................................................4-135 Power brakes ..............................................................5-24
Steering wheel audio control....................................4-136 Vehicle stability management ....................................5-33
Auto defogging sysemt ..............................................4-120 Brakes/clutch fluid ........................................................7-32
Bulb replacement ..........................................................7-72
Bulb wattage....................................................................8-2
I 2
Index
Compact spare tire ........................................................6-20
C Compact spare tire replacement....................................7-49
California perchlorate notice ........................................7-95 Consumer information ..................................................8-10
Capacities (Lubricants) ..................................................8-5 Cool box ......................................................................4-123
Care Coolant ..........................................................................7-29
Exterior care ..............................................................7-85 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ................................7-29
Interior care ................................................................7-90 Crankcase emission control system ..............................7-92
Tire care......................................................................7-44 Crankcase emission control system ..............................7-92
Cargo area cover..........................................................4-131 Cruise control system....................................................5-36
Cargo capacity ..............................................................5-54 Cup holder ..................................................................4-126
Cargo weight ................................................................5-58 Curtain air bag ..............................................................3-59
Center console storage ................................................4-122
Central door lock switch ..............................................4-22 D
Certification label..........................................................5-56
Certification label............................................................8-8 Dashboard illumination,
Chains see instrument panel illumination ..............................4-57
Tire chains ..................................................................5-50 Dashboard, see instrument cluster ................................4-56
Changing tires ..............................................................6-15 Daytime running light ..................................................4-89
Checking tire inflation pressure ....................................7-45 Defogging (Windshield)..............................................4-118
Child restraint system....................................................3-30 Defroster (Rear window) ............................................4-100
Lower anchor..............................................................3-38 Defrosting (Windshield)..............................................4-118
Seat belt ......................................................................3-33 Dimensions......................................................................8-2
Tether anchor system..................................................3-36 Display illumination,
Child-protector rear door lock ......................................4-24 see instrument panel illumination ..............................4-57
Climate control air filter................................................7-36 Displays, see instrument cluster....................................4-56
Climate control system ....................................4-101, 4-111 Door locks ....................................................................4-21
Clothes hanger ............................................................4-129 Central door lock switch ............................................4-22
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ..............4-56 Child-protector rear door lock....................................4-24
I 3
Index
Drinks holders, see cup holders ..................................4-126 Engine temperature gauge ............................................4-58
Driver's 3-point seat belt ..............................................3-21 Engine will not start ........................................................6-4
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ..........................3-54 Evaporative emission control System ..........................7-92
Driving at night ............................................................5-45 Exhaust emission control system ..................................7-93
Driving in flooded areas................................................5-47 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-23
Driving in the rain ........................................................5-46 Exterior care ..................................................................7-85
Exterior features
E Mounting bracket for roof carrier ............................4-133
Exterior overview(Front) ................................................2-2
Economical operation....................................................5-42 Exterior overview(Rear)..................................................2-3
Electric chromic mirror with homelink system ............4-44
Electric power steering..................................................4-43 F
Electronic stability control (ESC) ................................5-30
Emergency starting..........................................................6-5 Flat tire ..........................................................................6-14
Jump starting ................................................................6-5 Changing tires ............................................................6-15
Push starting ................................................................6-7 Compact spare tire......................................................6-20
Emergency while driving ................................................6-3 Jack and tools ............................................................6-14
Emission control system ..............................................7-92 Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-15
Crankcase emission control system ..........................7-92 FLEX STEER................................................................4-45
Evaporative emission control System ........................7-92 Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................4-129
Exhaust emission control system ..............................7-93 Fluid
Engine..............................................................................8-2 Brakes/clutch fluid ....................................................7-32
Engine compartment ......................................................2-6 Washer fluid ..............................................................7-33
Engine coolant ..............................................................7-29 Folding the rear seat......................................................3-16
Engine number ................................................................8-9 Front passenger and rear seat belt ................................3-22
Engine oil ......................................................................7-27 Front seat adjustment ......................................................3-5
Engine overheats ............................................................6-8 Fuel filler lid..................................................................4-34
Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-9 Fuel gauge ....................................................................4-59
I 4
Index
Fuel requirements............................................................1-3 Horn ..............................................................................4-45
Fuse switch....................................................................7-61 How to use this manual ..................................................1-2
Fuses..............................................................................7-59
Fuse switch ................................................................7-61 I
Fuse/relay panel description ......................................7-63
Instrument panel fuse ................................................7-60 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ..................1-7
Indicators and warnings ................................................4-71
G Inside rearview mirror ..................................................4-48
Instrument cluster..........................................................4-56
Gauge Engine temperature gauge..........................................4-58
Engine temperature gauge..........................................4-58 Fuel gauge ..................................................................4-59
Fuel gauge ..................................................................4-59 Instrument panel illumination ....................................4-57
GAW (Gross axle weight) ............................................5-58 LCD display warning ................................................4-82
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)................................5-58 Odometer ....................................................................4-60
Glove box ....................................................................4-123 Speedometer ..............................................................4-57
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)........................................5-58 Tachometer ................................................................4-57
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ..........................5-58 Trip computer ............................................................4-61
Warning and indicators ..............................................4-71
H Instrument panel fuse ....................................................7-60
Instrument panel illumination ......................................4-57
Hazardous driving conditions ......................................5-44 Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5
Headlamp delay ............................................................4-88 Interior care ..................................................................7-90
Headlamp welcome function ........................................4-88 Interior features ..........................................................4-126
Headrest(front) ................................................................3-8 Aux, USB and iPod port ..........................................4-130
Headrest(rear)................................................................3-13 Cargo area cover ......................................................4-131
Hight adjustment ..........................................................3-21 Clothes hanger..........................................................4-129
Highway driving............................................................5-47 Cup holder ................................................................4-126
Hood ..............................................................................4-32 Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................4-129
I 5
Index
Power outlet..............................................................4-128 Daytime running light ................................................4-89
Sunvisor ....................................................................4-127 Headlamp delay..........................................................4-88
Interior light ..................................................................4-97 Headlamp welcome function......................................4-88
Interior overview ............................................................2-4 Lower anchor ................................................................3-38
Lubricants and capacities ................................................8-5
J Luggage net ................................................................4-124
Jack and tools ................................................................6-14 M

Jump starting ..................................................................6-5
Maintenance
K Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-23
Maintenance services ..................................................7-4
Key ..................................................................................5-6 Maintenance under severe usage conditions ..............7-21
Keys ................................................................................4-4 Normal maintenance schedule ....................................7-9
Scheduled maintenance service....................................7-8
L Tire maintenance ........................................................7-49
Maintenance schedule ....................................................7-8
Label Maintenance under severe usage conditions ..............7-21
Air bag warning label ................................................3-68 Normal maintenance schedule ....................................7-9
Refrigerant label ..........................................................8-9 Maintenance services ......................................................7-3
Jack label ....................................................................6-21 Manual climate control system ..................................4-101
Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-50 Air conditioning ......................................................4-107
Tire specification and pressure label............................8-9 Climate control air filter ..........................................4-109
Vehicle certification label ............................................8-8 Heating and air conditioning....................................4-102
LCD display warning ....................................................4-82 Manual transaxle ..........................................................5-14
Light bulbs ....................................................................7-72 Manual transaxle shift indicator....................................4-60
Lighting ........................................................................4-88 Mirrors ..........................................................................4-48
Battery saver function ................................................4-88 Blue link center ..........................................................4-48
I 6
Index
Day/night rearview mirror..........................................4-48
Electric chromic mirror with homelink system ........4-49
R
Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-48 Rear seat ........................................................................3-13
Side view mirror ........................................................4-53 Rearview camera ..........................................................4-87
Mounting bracket for roof carrier ..............................4-133 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..................7-44
Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-5
O Recommended SAE viscosity number ........................8-7
Refrigerant label..............................................................8-9
Occupant classification system ....................................3-47 Remote keyless entry ....................................................4-14
Odometer ......................................................................4-60 Replacement light bulb ................................................7-72
Oil (Engine) ..................................................................7-27 Reporting safety defects................................................8-12
Outside temperature ......................................................4-60 Road warning ..................................................................6-2
Overheats ........................................................................6-8 Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-44
Owner maintenance ........................................................7-6 Roof antenna ..............................................................4-135
P S
Panorama sunroof..........................................................4-38 Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-8
Parking brake ................................................................7-33 Maintenance under severe usage conditions ..............7-21
Parking brake - Hand type ............................................5-26 Normal maintenance schedule ....................................7-9
Power brakes ................................................................5-24 Seat belt precautions ....................................................3-27
Power outlet ................................................................4-128 Seat belt warning ..........................................................3-20
Power window lock button............................................4-31 Seat belts ......................................................................3-19
Pre-tensioner seat belt ..................................................3-24 Hight adjustment ........................................................3-21
Push starting ....................................................................6-7 Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................3-24
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system ............................3-21
Seat belt precautions ..................................................3-27
Seat belt warning........................................................3-20
I 7
Index
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat..................3-22 Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-44
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) ..............................3-12 Highway driving ........................................................5-47
Seat warmer ..................................................................3-10 Rocking the vehicle....................................................5-44
Seatback pocket ............................................................3-13 Smooth cornering ......................................................5-45
Seating capacity ............................................................5-53 Speedometer ..................................................................4-57
Seats ................................................................................3-2 Sports mode ..................................................................5-20
Folding the rear seat ..................................................3-16 SRS components and functions ....................................3-41
Front seat adjustment ..................................................3-5 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ................6-4
Headrest(front) ............................................................3-8 Steering wheel ..............................................................4-43
Headrest(rear) ............................................................3-13 Electric power steering ..............................................4-43
Rear seat ....................................................................3-13 FLEX STEER ............................................................4-45
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) ..............................3-12 Horn............................................................................4-45
Seat warmer................................................................3-10 Tilt steering ................................................................4-44
Seatback pocket..........................................................3-13 Steering wheel audio control ......................................4-136
Side impact air bag........................................................3-58 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit..................5-54
Side view mirror............................................................4-53 Storage compartment ..................................................4-122
Sliding armrest ............................................................4-122 Center console storage ............................................4-122
Smart key ........................................................................4-7 Cool box ..................................................................4-123
Smooth cornering ..........................................................5-45 Glove box ................................................................4-123
Snow tires......................................................................5-49 Luggage net ..............................................................4-124
Spare tire Sliding armrest ........................................................4-122
Compact spare tire......................................................6-20 Sunglass holder ........................................................4-124
Compact spare tire replacement ................................7-49 Sunglass holder ..........................................................4-124
Removing and storing the spare tire ..........................6-15 Sunroof, see panorama sunroof ....................................4-38
Special driving conditions ............................................5-44 Sunvisor ......................................................................4-127
Driving at night ..........................................................5-45
Driving in flooded areas ............................................5-47
Driving in the rain ......................................................5-46
I 8
Index
Transaxle
T Automatic transaxle....................................................5-17
Tachometer ....................................................................4-57 Manual transaxle ........................................................5-14
Tailgate ..........................................................................4-25 Trip computer................................................................4-61
Tether anchor system ....................................................3-36 Automatic transaxle shift position indicator ..............4-60
Theft-alarm system........................................................4-17 Manual transaxle shift indicator ................................4-60
Tilt steering ..................................................................4-44 Outside temperature ..................................................4-60
Tire and loading information label ..............................5-53
Tire chains ....................................................................5-50 V
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ......................6-9
Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-9 Vehicle break-in process ................................................1-5
Tires and wheels............................................................7-44 Vehicle capacity weight ................................................5-53
Checking tire inflation pressure ................................7-45 Vehicle certification label................................................8-8
Compact spare tire replacement ................................7-49 Vehicle curb weight ......................................................5-58
Low aspect ratio tire ..................................................7-58 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ............1-6
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..............7-44 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-8
Tire care......................................................................7-44 Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-53
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-49 Cargo capacity............................................................5-54
Tire replacement ........................................................7-48 Certification label ......................................................5-56
Tire rotation ................................................................7-46 Seating capacity..........................................................5-53
Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-50 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ..............5-54
Tire traction ................................................................7-49 Tire and loading information label ............................5-53
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-47 Towing capacity..........................................................5-54
Wheel replacement ....................................................7-49 Vehicle capacity weight..............................................5-53
Tires and wheels..............................................................8-3 Vehicle stability management ......................................5-33
Towing ..........................................................................6-22 Vehicle weight ..............................................................5-58
Towing capacity ............................................................5-54 Base curb weight ........................................................5-58
Trailer towing ................................................................5-59 Cargo weight ..............................................................5-58
I 9
Index
GAW (Gross axle weight) ..........................................5-58
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ............................5-58
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ....................................5-58
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)........................5-58
Vehicle curb weight....................................................5-58
Volume/weight ................................................................8-4
W
Warning and indicators ................................................4-71
Washer fluid ..................................................................7-33
Weight/volume ................................................................8-4
Welcome system............................................................4-99
Wheel alignment and tire balance ................................7-47
Wheel replacement........................................................7-49
Windows........................................................................4-27
Auto down window ....................................................4-29
Auto up/down window ..............................................4-30
Power window lock button ........................................4-31
Windshield defrosting and defogging ........................4-118
Auto defogging system ............................................4-120
Winter driving ..............................................................5-49
Snow tires ..................................................................5-49
Tire chains ..................................................................5-50
Wiper blades..................................................................7-38
Wipers and washers ......................................................4-94
I 10

2017 Elantra GT Om

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 Elantra GT Om

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OWNER'S MANUAL

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR CAUTION

Hyundai Motor America/Phoenix

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects 8

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Safety symbol in illustrations

The symbol means to "Avoid"

Other fuels Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Exterior overview (front).

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT)

1. Front removable towing hook .................6-23

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR)

1. Roof antenna ........................................4-135

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Inside door handle ................................4-22

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-27

Front passenger’s seat

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat

WARNING - Rear (Continued) WARNING

OGD031002 OGD031003 OGD031004

OGD031006 OGD031005 OGD031008

For maximum effectiveness in case

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro- Seat warmer (if equipped)

lates against heat, such as that can cause drowsiness or

LOW ( ) with seat warmers. Damage to

• The seat warmer (with air ventila-

Generally, the center of gravity of

Reinstall Folding the rear seat

Conditions Warning Pattern

and do not fasten and unfas- in "ON" position. (5 km/h)

ten the seat belt repeatedly *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times

The seat belt automatically adjusts to Front seat

When the seat belt is fully extended

2. Emergency Fastening Device

CAUTION WARNING (Continued)

Seat belt precautions Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE

Children are afforded the most safe- Injured person

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

Rearward-facing child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

If the vehicle headrest prevents prop-

To remove the child restraint, press

■ Type A This symbol indicates the

WARNING WARNING WARNING - Child restraint

Also, test the child restraint seat

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Noise and smoke

WARNING - Air bag